You are on page 1of 204

A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES

THEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

TERMLY A-LEVEL
MATHEMATICS
PAPER 1 & 2

PAST PAPERS WITH
PAPER 1 & 2
PAST-PAPERS WITH MARKING GUIDES

MARKING GUIDES Contains S.5 & 6 Mathematics paper 1 & 2
past-papers with their marking guides for
Contains S.5 & 6 Mathematics Paper 1 & 2 past-
Ndejje S.S.S:
papers with their marking guides for Ndejje S.S.S: • Beginning of term,
Beginning of term. • Mid of Term,
Mid of Term.
• End of Term,
End of Term.
Sets of Mocks. • Sets of Mocks,
COMPILED BY • UACE UNEB 2018-2016.
WALUGADA RONALD

RELEASE 2018 BY
WALUGADA RONALD
Release 2018

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 1 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 2
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

PREFACE
I take an opportunity to present this compilation of Senior 5 and 6 Principal
Mathematics Past Papers for Ndejje S.S.S, for the year 2018, to all Advanced
Level Mathematics Students and Teachers in various parts of the country.

The objective of this book is to equip the students with the necessary
techniques while preparing for exams of Principal Mathematics Paper 1 and 2.

Students very often find a challenge on how to correctly and precisely present
their answers in an exam without leaving out the important steps needed by
© Walugada Ronald. 2018.

the examiners. This problem has been well addressed by the author by
First release 2018.

providing compiled sets of past papers with their marking guides in an


All rights reserved.

organized, precise and exhaustive manner as the reader will appreciate.


This book should not be reproduced, distributed or transmitted in part or in
whole by any means, electronic, electrostatic, magnetic tape, or mechanical
including photocopying r recording; on any formation and retrieval, without
prior permission in writing from Walugada Ronald or in accordance with the Each solution has been presented as simply, well organized and precisely as
possible to suit the students’ understanding as well as the requirements of
provision of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act or under the terms of any
license permitting limited copying issued by the licensing copyright licensing
agency in Uganda. examiners. Alternative methods and approach of solutions have been provided
Any person who does any unauthorized act in relation to this publication may in the where necessary.
be liable to criminal prosecution and civil claims for damages.
This book, no doubt, will be of benefit to both the student and the teacher.

Any suggestions for improvement of this text or for orders of copies of this
book, notify the author on the following contacts:
Tel: +256 785 609 713/ +256 704 989 851.
Email: walugadagenius@gmail.com.
I shall be grateful.
Thank you.

WALUGADA RONALD
PHYSICS/MATH TEACHER,
NDEJJE S.S.S,
BOMBO, LUWEERO.

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 3 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 4
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

AKNOWLEDGEMENT
The author acknowledges the support he received from various persons at one
stage or another in the compilation, typing, proofreading, typesetting,
reproduction, collating and binding of this book. Their efforts were not in vain.
Upon their request, their names and forms of contribution shall not be made
public.

OTHER BOOKS BY THE SAME AUTHOR SO FAR


• MASTERING A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAPER 1.

• MASTERING A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAPER 2.

• MASTERING A-LEVEL SUBSIDIARY MATHEMATICS PAPER 1.

• MASTERING A-LEVEL PHYSICS PAPER 1.

• MASTERING A-LEVEL PHYSICS PAPER 2.

• TERMLY O-LEVEL MATH PAPER 1 & 2 PAST PAPERS WITH MARKING


GUIDES.

• TERMLY A-LEVEL SUBSIDIARY MATH PAPER 1 PAST-PAPERS WITH


MARKING GUIDES.

• U.A.C.E MATH 1 & 2 TOPICAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS.

• U.C.E MATH 1 & 2 TOPICAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS.

• U.A.C.E PHYSICS 1 & 2 TOPICAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS.

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 5 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 6
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DEDICATION
PREFACE ............................................................................................................................................ 4

I dedicate this book to my beloved wife, Mrs. Walugada Esther, for standing AKNOWLEDGEMENT .................................................................................................................... 6
beside me while coming up with this piece of work; all teachers of Mathematics DEDICATION..................................................................................................................................... 7
at Ndejje Senior Secondary School; and the past, present and future A-level S.5 MATH 1 MOT 1 2018 ........................................................................................................... 11
Mathematics students in Uganda; who have been the inspiration behind this
MARKING GUIDE .......................................................................................................................... 13
book.
S.5 MATH 2 MOT 1 2018 ........................................................................................................... 19
MARKING GUIDE .......................................................................................................................... 22
S.5 MATH 1 BOT 2 2018 ............................................................................................................ 27
MARKING GUIDE .......................................................................................................................... 29
S.5 MATH 2 BOT 2 2018 ............................................................................................................ 36
MARKING GUIDE .......................................................................................................................... 40
S.5 MATH 1 MOT 2 2018 ........................................................................................................... 47
MARKING GUIDE .......................................................................................................................... 49
S.5 MATH 2 MOT 2 2018 ........................................................................................................... 56
MARKING GUIDE .......................................................................................................................... 60
S.5 MATH 1 EOT 2 2018 ............................................................................................................ 67
MARKING GUIDE .......................................................................................................................... 70
S.5 MATH 2 EOT 2 2018 ............................................................................................................ 78
MARKING GUIDE .......................................................................................................................... 82
S.5 MATH 1 BOT 3 2018 ............................................................................................................ 91
MARKING GUIDE .......................................................................................................................... 94
S.5 MATH 2 BOT 3 2018 ......................................................................................................... 102
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 106
S.5 MATH 1 EOT 3 2018 ......................................................................................................... 118
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 121
S.5 MATH 2 EOT 3 2018 ......................................................................................................... 129
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 134
S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 1 2018 ............................................................................................ 144
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 146

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 7 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 8
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 1 2018............................................................................................ 152 MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 384
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 157 S.6 MATH 1 UNEB 2016 .......................................................................................................... 394
S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 2 2018............................................................................................ 165 MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 397
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 168 OTHER BOOKS BY THE SAME AUTHOR .......................................................................... 407
S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 2 2018............................................................................................ 178
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 183
S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 3 2018............................................................................................ 193
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 196
S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 3 2018............................................................................................ 207
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 212
S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 4 2018............................................................................................ 223
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 226
S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 4 2018............................................................................................ 235
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 240
S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 5 2018............................................................................................ 254
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 257
S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 5 2018............................................................................................ 270
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 274
S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 6 2018............................................................................................ 287
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 290
S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 6 2018............................................................................................ 302
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 306
S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 7 2018............................................................................................ 321
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 324
S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 7 2018............................................................................................ 337
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 341
S.6 MATH 1 UNEB 2018 ......................................................................................................... 353
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 356
S.6 MATH 2 UNEB 2018 ......................................................................................................... 364
MARKING GUIDE ....................................................................................................................... 369
S.6 MATH 2 UNEB 2017 ......................................................................................................... 380
© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 9 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 10
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 6: Given that R A + dR + e and 3R A + e have a common factor VR U YW;


P425/1 where d, e and Y are non-zero, show that 3dA + 4e S 0. [5]

Qn 7: Given that VR + 2W is a factor of 2R H + 6R A + eR U 5, find the remainder


PURE

when the expression is divided by V2R U 1W.


MATHEMATICS
PAPER 1 [5]

Qn 8: Given that f and g are the roots of the equation R A U YR + Z S 0.


April 2018

(i). Show that Vf A + 1WVg A + 1W S VZ U 1WA + Y A .


3 hours

(ii). Find, in terms of Y and Z, a quadratic equation whose roots are


NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL h i
Eh NT i NT
and E . [10]
T Al
S.5 MATH 1 MOT 1 2018 Qn 9: If j S tan A k, show that sin k S TNl E and derive and expression of cos k
Time: 3 Hours in terms of j. Hence or otherwise, solve the equation 3 sin k + cos k S 2
for values of k in the range 0° ≤ k ≤ 180°. [10]
b
NAME: COMB: Qn 10: (a). Given that tan n S H and that n is acute. Without using tables or

(i). cos 2n,


INSTRUCTIONS: calculator, find the value of:
 Attempt ALL questions in this paper.
o
 Show your working clearly. (ii). tan .
A
(b). Express 8 cosb k in the form X cos 4k + Y cos 2k + Z, giving the
numerical values of the constants X, Y and Z.
Qn 1: Simplify:
ABCDE FG ● HICDI
Qn 11: Show that, for all values of k,
[10]
HC ● JCDE
(i).
I O O QO
KL ME N L ME PKL ME F L ME P cot A k
S cosA k
I O E
1 + cot A k
(ii). . [10]
KL ME F L ME P
Hence or otherwise, find the solution in the range F180° ≤ k ≤ N180° of

cot A k
the equation
(i). logH R + 3 log L 3 S 4.
Qn 2: Solve the equations:
S 2 cos 2k
(ii). 2ALNT U 5V2L W + 2 S 0. [12] 1 + cot A k

Qn 12: (i). Solve for the value of R in the equation


[10]

XR A + YR + Z S 0, prove that ZVX U YWH S XVZ U YWH . 2qV2R U 12W U qV2R U 3W S 3


Qn 3: Given one root is the square of the other in the equation
[5]

1 + sin 45°
(ii). Rationalise the denominator of;

1 U sin 45°
Qn 4: Prove that:
+ S
[\] ^ TN_`[ ^ A
TN_`[ ^ [\] ^ [\] ^
(i). . [3]
(ii). tanA a U sinA a S sinb a secA a. log H R
(iii). Prove that
log G R S
[3]
1 + log H 2
Qn 5: When the polynomial cVRW is divided by VR U 1W, the remainder is 7 and Hence, given that log H 2 S 0.631, find the value of log G 4 correct to 3 s.f.
when divided by VR U 3W, the remainder is 13. Find the remainder when
cVRW is divided by R A U 4R + 3.
[12]
[5] ***END***

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 11 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 12
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

2u A U 4u U u + 2 S 0
MARKING GUIDE 2uVu U 2W U Vu U 2W S 0
V2u U 1WVu U 2W S 0
M1

V2u U 1W S 0, or, Vu U 2W S 0
SNo. Working Marks

27rNA U 6 ● 3HrNH V3H WrNA U 6 × 3HrNH 2u S 1, or, uS2


1 (i).
S 1
3r ● 9rNA 3r × V3A WrNA uS , or, uS2
3 × 3 U 2 × 3T × 3Hr × 3H 2
B1
Hr G
S 2 S2 ,
L FT
or, 2L S 2T
A1
3r × 3Ar × 3b
R S U1, or, RS1
M1
3 × 3G U 2 × 3Hr × 3b 3Hr × 3b V3A U 2W
B1
Hr
S S
A1 A1
3Hr × 3b 3Hr × 3b
B1
S3 U2 S 7
A
Let one of the roots be g ; then the other root is g A
B1 B1 12

Y
(ii). 3
g + gA S U ⟶ V1W
HM
KR +R A P KR MA UR AP
TM T FTM
A
X
TM A Z Z
KR
HM
A +R AP g×g S ,
A
⟹g SH
⟶ V2W
X X
R
HM
A KR MA
T
UR
FTM
AP + R
TM
A KR MA
T
UR
FTM
AP Equation V1W + V2W gives,
B1

S Z Y
H
R H U 2 × R MA × R MA + R T
T g + gA + gH S U
X X
B1
R A U RT + RT U R t RA U 1 ZUY
S S gV1 + g + gA W S
B1
R H U 2R A + R T RVR A U 2R + 1W X
VR U 1WVR + 1W VR + 1W Y ZUY
S S g x1 U y S
B1 B1

RVR U 1WA RVR U 1W X X


XUY ZUY
gx yS
B1 B1
X X
B1
VZ U YW
10
gS
logH R + 3 log L 3 S 4 VX U YW
2 (i).

3 VZ U YWH
log H R + S4 g S
H
log H R VX U YWH
B1

Let u S log H R Z VZ U YWH


B1

3 S
S4u+ X VX U YWH
u ZVX U YWH S XVZ U YWH , as required
B1

u + 3 S 4u
A

u A U 4u + 3 S 0
sum S U4, product S 3, factors S VU1, U3W
M1 05

Vu U 1WVu U 3W S 0 sin k 1 + cos k sinA k + V1 + cos kWA


4 (i).

Vu U 1W S 0, or, Vu U 3W S 0 z. {. | S + S
1 + cos k sin k V1 + cos kW sin k
u S 1, or, uS3 sin k + 1 + 2 cos k + cos k 1 + 1 + 2 cos k
B1
A A
S S
A1
log H R S 1, or, log H R S 3 V1 + cos kW sin k V1 + cos kW sin k
3T S R, or, 3H S R
B1
2V1 + cos kW 2
M1
3 S R, or, 27 S R S S
V1 + cos kW sin k sin k
R S 3, or, R S 27
B1

sinA a
(ii).
2ALNT U 5V2L W + 2 S 0
A1 A1
z. {. | S tanA a U sinA a S U sinA a
(ii).

V2L WA × 2 U 5V2L W + 2 S 0 cos A a


B1

Let u S 2L sinA a U sinA a cosA a


S
cosA a
B1
u A × 2 U 5u + 2 S 0
B1 B1

2u A U 5u + 2 S 0 sinA a V1 U cosA aW sinA a sinA a sinb a


S S S S sinb a sec A a
sum S U5, product S 2 × 2 S 4, factors S VU4, U1W cosA a cosA a cosA a

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 13 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 14
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

z. {. | S Vf A + 1WVg A + 1W S f A g A + f A + g A + 1
S VfgWA + Vf + gWA U 2fg + 1
for VR U 1W S 0, R S 1, ⟹ }V1W S 7 S Z A + YA U 2Z + 1
06 B1

for VR U 3W S 0, R S 3, ⟹ }V3W S 13 S Z A U 2Z + 1 + YA
5

~VRW S R A U 4R + 3 S VR U 1WVR U 3W S VZ U 1WA + YA


M1

Let }VRW S R + € be the remainder when cVRW is divided by


R A U 4R + 3. f g
(ii). A1
product of new roots S A ×
}V1W S V1W + €, ⟹ 7 S  + € ⟶ V1W f + 1 gA + 1
B1

}V3W S V3W + €, ⟹ 13 S 3 + € ⟶ V2W fg Z


B1 M1

Equation V2W U V1W gives, S A S


Vf + 1WVg A + 1W VZ U 1WA + YA
6 S 2, ⟹S3
A1
f g fVg A + 1W + gVf A + 1W
M1

From equation V1W sum of new roots S A + A S


f +1 g +1 Vf A + 1WVg A + 1W
€ S7US 7U3 S 4
A1
fg A + f + f A g + g fgVg + fW + Vf + gW ZY + Y
∴ }VRW S 3R + 4 S S S
B1
VZ U 1WA + YA VZ U 1WA + Y A VZ U 1WA + YA
M1 M1 A1

R A + VsumWR + VproductW S 0
The required equation is:
YA + dY + e S 0 ⟶ V1W
05
ZY + Y Z
3YA + e S 0 ⟶ V2W R +„ …R +„ …S0
6
A

Equation 3 × V1W U V2W gives, VZ U 1WA + YA VZ U 1WA + YA


3YA + 3dY + 3e S 0 → 3 × V1W †VZ U 1W + Y ‡R + YVZ + 1WR + Z S 0
A A A
B1

+ ‚ 3YA + e S 0 ‚ → V2W M1
3dY + 2e S 0
10
2 sin K P cos K P
^ ^
2 sin A cos A
^ ^
2e
YSU sin k S S A A
9
3d 1 sin K AP + cos K AP
^ ^
M1
A A
A1
2e A
3 xU y + e S 0 ˆ2 sin K AP cos K AP‰ ×
^ ^ T
3d Š
M1
_`[E KE P
4e A S
+e S0 ˆsinA K P + cos A K P‰ ×
^ ^ T
3d A
M1
A A _`[E K P
Š

4eA + 3dA e S 0
M1 E

2 tan K AP
^
2j
4e + 3dA S 0 S S
3d + 4e S 0, as required 1 + tanA K P 1 + jA
A1
A ^
A
B1
cosA K AP U sinA K AP cos A K AP U sinA K AP
^ ^ ^ ^

cos k S S
VR + 2W S 0, 1
05 M1
sinA K AP + cosA K AP
^ ^

for VR + 2W S 0, R S U2
7

ˆcosA K AP U sinA K AP‰ × E Š


^ ^ T
}VU2W S 2VU2WH + 6VU2WA + eVU2W U 5 _`[ K E P
0 S U16 + 24 U 2e U 5 S
M1

ˆsinA K P + cos A K P‰ ×
^ ^ T
0 S 3 U 2e A A _`[E K P
Š M1
e S 1.5 E

1U tanA K P
^
for V2R U 1W S 0, R S 0.5 1 U jA
A1

}V0.5W S 2V0.5WH + 6V0.5WA + 1.5V0.5W U 5 S A


S
1 + tan K P
A ^ 1 + jA A1
S 0.25 + 1.5 + 0.75 U 5 S U2.5
M1 B1
A1 A

3 sin k + cos k S 2
For the hence part:

3 × 2j 1 U j A
05
+ S2
R A U YR + Z S 0 1 + jA 1 + jA
8 (i).
6j + 1 U j S 2 + 2j A
M1
A
f+g S Y
fg S Z B1 3j A U 6j + 1 S 0

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 15 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 16
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

6 ± qVU6WA U 4 × 3 × 1 6 ± √24 1
jS S S1U S 1 U sinA k S cosA k
2×3 6 cosec A k B1 B1
6 + √24 6 U √24
jS , or, jS cot A k
For the hence part:
6 6 S 2 cos 2k
k k 1 + cotA k
tan x y S 0.1835 , or, tan x y S 1.8165 cos k S 2 cos 2k
A
2 2 1
k k
B1 M1

x y S 10.40°, or, x y S 61.17° V1 + cos 2kW S 2 cos 2k


2 2 2
1 + cos 2k S 4 cos 2k
M1 M1
k S 20.80°, or, k S 122.34°
1 S 3 cos 2k
A1

1
cos 2k S
3
10
2k S ±70.53°, ±289.47°
B1
b A
10 (a). (i).
1 U tanA n 1 U KHP 7 9 7 k S ±35.265°, ±144.74°
M1
cos 2n S S SU × SU
1 + tanA n 9 25 25
A1 A1
b A
M1 B1 A1
1+K P
H 10

2qV2R U 12W U qV2R U 3W S 3


12 (i).
Let j S tan A
o
(ii).

A A
Ž2qV2R U 12W S Ž3 + qV2R U 3W
4
tan n S 4V2R U 12W S 9 + 6qV2R U 3W + V2R U 3W
M1
3
2j 4 8R U 48 S 6 + 6qV2R U 3W + 2R
S 6R U 54 S 6qV2R U 3W
1 U jA 3
6j S 4 U 4j A R U 9 S qV2R U 3W
M1

4j A + 6j U 4 S 0 R A U 18R + 81 S 2R U 3
2j A + 3j U 2 S 0 R A U 20R + 84 S 0
sum S 3, product S U2 × 2 S U4, factors S VU1, 4W
20 ± qVU20WA U 4 × 1 × 84 20 ± 8
M1
2j A U j + 4j U 2 S 0 RS S
jV2j U 1W + 2Vj U 1W S 0 2×1 2
M1
20 + 8 20 U 8
Vj + 2WV2j U 1W S 0 RS S 14 , or, RS S6
Vj + 2W S 0, or, V2j U 1W S 0 2 2
but R ≠ 6 , ⟹ R S 14
A1
j S U2, or, j S 0.5 B1
n n
A1
tan S U2, or, tan S 0.5
2 2
1 + sin 45° Ž1 + 0.5√2 × Ž1 + 0.5√2
(ii).
n n S
for acute B, tan ≠ U2, ⟹ tan S 0.5 1 U sin 45° Ž1 U 0.5√2 × Ž1 + 0.5√2
2 2
B1
B1 M1
1 + √2 + 0.5 1.5 + √2
S S S 3 + 2√2
1 U 0.5 0.5
A1
1
(b).
A
8 cos b k S 8†cosA k‡A S 8 „ V1 + cos 2kW…
2 log H R log H R log H R
(iii).

S 2V1 + 2 cos 2k + cosA 2kW z. {. | S log G R S S S


log H 6 log H 3 + log H 2 1 + logH 2
M1
B1 B1
S 2 + 4 cos 2k + 2 cos A 2k
S 2 + 4 cos 2k + V1 + cos 4kW log H 4 2 log H 2 2 × 0.631 1.262
For the hence part:
S 3 + 4 cos 2k + cos 4k log G 4 S S S S ≈ 0.7738 M1 M1 B1
M1
1 + log H 2 1 + log H 2 1 + 0.631 1.631
∴ X S 1, Y S 4, ZS3 A1
12
cot k cosec k U 1
10
A A ***END***
z. {. | S S
11
1 + cot A k cosec A k B1 B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 17 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 18
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

P425/2 Qn 5: A bag contained five balls each bearing one of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. A
APPLIED ball was drawn from the bag, its number noted and then replaced. This

frequency distribution. If the mean is 2.7, find the value of R and u.


MATHEMATICS was done 50 times in all and the table below shows the resulting
PAPER 2
April 2018

R 11 u 8 9
2 hours Number 1 2 3 4 5
Frequency

NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL Qn 6: A force vector ’ S d• + 12– has a magnitude of 13 units.
~ ~ ~
S.5 MATH 2 MOT 1 2018 Find the two possible values of d.
For each value of d, find the unit force vector.
(a).
Time: 2 Hours (b).

Qn 7: The data below shows the weights of some students in a senior five class.
NAME: COMB:
INSTRUCTIONS: Mass U< 45 U< 50 U< 55 U< 60 U< 65 U< 70 U< 75
 Attempt ALL questions in both sections. Number 3 30 39 33 13 1 1
 Show your working clearly. of
students

Qn 1: For a particular set of observations, ∑ c S 20, ∑ cR A S 16143 and


Section A

∑ cR S 563. Find the value of the:


Calculate the mean mass of the students.

(i). mean, Qn 8: A line has a vector equation œ S V1 + W• + V3 U 5W– .


~ ~ ~
(ii). standard deviation.
State the coordinates of the point for which R S 3.
(a). State its direction vector.
Qn 2: The resultant of forces ’“ S 3• + VX U ZW– , ’— S V2X + 3ZW• + 5– and (b).
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
’˜ S 4• + 6– acting on a particle is 10• + 12– . Find:
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Section B
the value of X and Z. Question 9:
the magnitude of force ’— .
(i).
(ii). The table below is the distribution of weights of a group of animals;
~

Qn 3: A set of digits consists of ™ zeros and š ones.


Mass (kg) Frequency
21 – 25 10
(a). Find the mean of this set of data. 26 – 30 20

√™š
(b). Hence show that the standard deviation of the set of digits is: 31 – 35 15

™+š
36 – 40 10
41 – 50 30

Qn 4: Find in the form X• + Y– the velocity of a plane flying from aV10, 50W to
51 – 65 45
~ ~
66 – 75 5
nV130, U110W at a speed of 100 m s FT.
(a). Construct a histogram for the above data and use it to estimate the mode.
(b). Calculate the median for the above data.

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 19 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 20
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

(a). Find the magnitude of the resultant of forces ’“ , ’— and ’˜ if;


Question 10:
MARKING GUIDE
~ ~ ~
’“ = 3• − 6– − 4ž .
SNo. Working Marks

~ ~ ~ ~ ∑ cR 563
1 (i).

¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ and is of magnitude 12 N.


’— is parallel to vector Ÿ  Mean, R=
∑c
=
20
= 28.15
~
M1 A1
¡¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ and is of magnitude 3√13 N and given that
’˜ is parallel to vector £¤
(ii).
∑ cR A ∑ cR
A
~
the position vectors of Ÿ and   are • + 2– + 3ž and 5• − 2– + ž Standard deviation, ¥=¦ −§ ¨
~ ~ ~ ~ ∑c ∑c
~ ~
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ .
respectively; and ¤ is the midpoint of Ÿ  16143
=¦ − V28.15WA = √14.7275 ≈ 3.8376
20
M1 M1 A1

(b). Two forces ’“ and ’— act on a particle at a point Ÿ with position vector
~ ~
3• + 2– + ž . 05
~ ~ ~
’“ is of magnitude 14 N and is in direction of the vector 6• + 3– − 2ž . ’ = ’“ + ’— + ’˜
2 (i).

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~
10 3 2X + 3Z 4
’— = 4• + 7– + 6ž . K P=K P+K P+K P
~ ~ ~ ~ 12 X−Z 5 6
7 + 2X + 3Z
M1
10
Find a vector equation for the line of action of the resultant of ’“ and ’— . K P=K
12 11 + X − Z
P
~ ~

10 = 7 + 2X + 3Z, ⟹ 2X + 3Z = 3 ⟶ V1XW
By comparison,
***END***
12 = 11 + X − Z, ⟹ X = Z + 1 ⟶ V1YW
Substituting V1YW into V1XW gives;
B1-both

2VZ + 1W + 3Z = 3
equations

5Z = 1, ⟹ Z = 0.2
From V1YW,
X = Z + 1 = 0.2 + 1 = 1.2 of X and Z
B1-both values

2X + 3Z 2 × 0.2 + 3 × 1.2 4
(ii).
’— = K P=K P=K P
~ 5 5 5
©’—© = q4A + 5A = √41 ≈ 6.403 N M1 A1
~

05

∑ cR 0 ×  + 1 × € €
3 (a).
R= = =
∑c +€ +€ M1 A1
(b).
∑ cR A ∑ cR
A
Variance, ¥A = −§ ¨
∑c ∑c
0A ×  + 1A × € € A
B1-for ∑ cR A
= −K P
+€ +€
€V + €W − € A € + €A − € A €
= = =
V + €WA V + €WA V + €WA M1

B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 21 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 22
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

€ √€ −< 50 B1-for R column


Standard deviation S √Variance S ¦ S −< 55
30 47.5 1425
V + €WA  + €
−< 60 B1-for cR
39 52.5 2047.5

−< 65
33 57.5 1897.5
column
−< 70
13 62.5 812.5

B1-for ∑ cR
05
ª«ª = 100 m s −< 75
1 67.5 67.5
4 FT 1 72.5 72.5
~
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ 130 10 120
Ÿ  = £  − £Ÿ = K P−K P=K P
Total 120 6450
−110 50 −160
∑ cR 6450
M1 B1
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗
¬Ÿ ¬ = q120 + V−160W = √40000 = 200
A A
Mean mass, R= = = 53.75
∑c 120
ª«ª
M1 A1
100 120
B1
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ = 60
«= ~
Ÿ  K P=K P m s FT
~ ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗¬
¬Ÿ  200 −160 −80 M1 A1 05

1+ 1 1
8 (a).
œ=K P = K P+K P
3 − 5 3 −5
05 M1
~
­ c = R + 11 + u + 8 + 9 1
Direction vector = K P
5

50 = R + u + 28 −5
B1

R + u = 22 ⟶ V1W R 1+
(b).
V1 × RW + V2 × 11W + V3 × uW + V4 × 8W + V5 × 9W KuP = K P
B1
Mean = 3 − 5
50 when R = 3, 1 +  = 3, ⟹  = 3−1= 2
R + 22 + 3u + 32 + 45
B1
u = 3 − 5 = 3 − 5 × 2 = −7
M1
2.7 =
50
M1
Coordinates are V3, −7W
135 = R + 3u + 99
A1

R + 3u = 36 ⟶ V2W
Equation V2W − V1W gives;
B1 05
R + 3u = 36 → V1W
9
+ ® R + u = 22 ® → V2W
2u = 14
M1
u=7
R = 22 − u = 22 − 7 = 15
c Z c⁄Z
A1
Class Class C.F
05 boundary
6 (a).
ª’ª = qdA + 12A = 13 B1-for c⁄Z
21 – 25 10 20.5 – 25.5 5 2 10
M1
~
26 – 30 20 25.5 – 30.5 5 4 30
d A + 144 = 169 31 – 35 15 30.5 – 35.5 5 3 45
d A = 25 36 – 40 10 35.5 – 40.5 5 2 55 B1-for C.F
d = ±5 A1 A1
41 – 50 30 40.5 – 50.5 10 3 85

1 1 −5 −5⁄13
(b). 51 – 65 45 50.5 – 65.5 15 3 130
for d = −5, ¯=
’ ’= K P=x y
13 12 12⁄13
66 – 75 5 65.5 – 75.5 10 0.5 135
ª’ª
B1
~ ~ Total
~
1 5 5⁄13
for d = 5, ¯=
’ K P=x y
13 12 12⁄13
(a).
~
B1

05

c R cR
7
B2-for axes
−< 45
Class
3 42.5 127.5

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 23 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 24
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

B2-for bars ¡¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗¬ S q3A + 0 + 2A S √13 ≈ 3.606


¬£¤ B1

©’˜©
3√13 3 9
⟹ ’˜ S ~ ¡¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S
£¤ ¶0· S ¶0· N
M1-finding mode
¡¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗¬
¬£¤ √13 2
~
6
B1
Resultant force, ’ = ’“ + ’— + ’˜
~ ~ ~ ~
3 8 9 20
= ¶−6· + ¶−8· + ¶0· = ¶−14· N
−4 −4 6 −2
B1

ª’ª = q20A + (−14)A + (−2)A = 10√6 ≈ 24.4949 N


~
M1 A1

3 4 6
(b).
¡¡¡¡¡⃗ = ¶2· ,
¡£Ÿ ’— = ¶7· N, ©’“© = 14 N, »“ = ¶ 3 ·
1 ~
6 ~ ~
−2
©»“© = q6A + 3 + (−2) = √49 = 7
A A
~
©’“© 14 6 12
⟹ ’“ = ~
»“ = ¶ 3 ·=¶ 6 · N
©»“© 7
~ ~
−2 −4
B1
~
12 4 16
A1

Resultant force, ’ = ’“ + ’— = ¶ 6 · + ¶7· = ¶13· N


−4 6 2
~ ~ ~
B1
3 16
M1
Line of action, ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ + ’ = ¶2· +  ¶13·
œ = £Ÿ
1 2
~ ~ M1 A1
From the histogram, the estimated mode is 27.5. A1

± S 135, ±⁄2 S 67.5, z² S 40.5,³. ´µ S 55, c² S 30, Z S 10


(b).

±⁄2 U ³. ´µ 67.5 U 55
14

Median S z² + § ¨ Z S 40.5 + x y × 10
***END***
c² 30
S 40.5 + 4.167 S 44.667

10

3 1 5
10 (a).

’“ S ¶U6· N, ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶2· ,


£Ÿ ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗
£  S ¶U2·
~
U4 3 1
5 1 4
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S £ 
Ÿ  ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ U ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗
£Ÿ S ¶U2· U ¶2· S ¶U4·
1 3 U2
B1
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗¬ S q4A + VU4WA + VU2WA S √36 S 6
¬Ÿ  B1
©’—© 12 4 8
⟹ ’— S ~ Ÿ  ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶U4· S ¶U8· N
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗¬
¬Ÿ  6
B1
~
U2 U4
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗
£Ÿ + ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗
£ 
For midpoint, ¡¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗
£¤ S
2
1 1 5 1 6 3
S ¹¶2· + ¶U2·º S ¶0· S ¶0·
2 2
M1 B1
3 1 4 2
© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 25 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 26
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

(b). Show that for all positive integral values of €, 7r + 2ArNT is


P425/1 divisible by 3. [12]

Differentiate from first principles cVRW S 2R A + 5R U 3. Hence


PURE

find c ¿ V2W.
MATHEMATICS Qn 5: (a).
PAPER 1
May 2018 À¼
ÀL
(b). Find for each of the functions:
½ G
u S 3R U L + L E ,
3 hours
(i).
(ii). u S V2R + 3WVR + 2W. [12]
NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
Qn 6: (a). A cylinder of volume, Á, is to be cut from a solid sphere of
S.5 MATH 1 BOT 2 2018 bÂÃ I
radius, }. Prove that the maximum value of Á is
H√H
.
A rectangular block has a square base of area R cm . Its total
A A
Time: 3 Hours
surface area is 150 cmA. Prove that the volume of the block is
(b).

V75R U R H W cmH . Hence find the dimensions of the block when its
NAME: COMB: T
INSTRUCTIONS: A
volume is a maximum. [12]
 Attempt ALL questions in this paper.
 Show your working clearly.
Qn 7: (a). Prove the identity:
If the roots of XR + YR + Z S 0 differ by 3, show that
A
1 U cos k
YA S 9XA + 4XZ. ¦ S cosec k U cot k.
Qn 1: (a).
1 + cos k
If f and g are roots of the quadratic equation R A U 4R + 2 S 0, find
the quadratic equation that has roots; Vf + 2W, Vg + 2W.
(b).
(b). Solve the equation 4 cos k − 3 sec k = 2 tan k for
[12]
F
180° ≤ k ≤ N180°. [9]

Qn 2: The expression 6R H U 23R A + XR + Y gives a remainder of 11 when


B ½

divided by VR U 3W and a remainder of F21 when divided by VR + 1W. Find


Qn 8: Given that f and g are acute angles with sin f = and cos g = ; find,
A½ TH

the values of X and Y; hence factorize the expression.


without using tables or calculator, sin(f + g) and tan(f + g). [8]
[10]

Given that log A R + 2 logb u S 4, show that Ru S 16. Hence


Qn 9: The sum of the first two terms of a G.P is 9 and the sum to infinity of the

solve for R and u in the simultaneous equation:


Qn 3: (a). G.P is 25. If the G.P has a positive common ratio, Ä, find Ä and the first

logTt VR + uW S 1
term. [5]

log A R + 2 log b u S 4 Qn 10: Determine the equation of the tangent and the normal to the curve

If 5L ●25A¼ S 1 and 3½L ●9¼ S J , determine the value of R and


[8]
T
u = (R + 1)(2R + 3) at a point (2, 21). [5]
(b).
u.
***END***
[7]

sin 2€k
Qn 4: (a). Prove by induction that
cos k + cos 3k + cos 5k + ⋯ + cosV2€ U 1Wk S
2 sin k

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 27 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 28
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

cV3W S 6 × VU1WH U 23 × VU1WA U X + Y S U21


U6 U 23 U X + Y S U21
M1
MARKING GUIDE
UX + Y S 8 ⟶ V2W
Equation V1W U V2W gives,
SNo. Working Marks B1

Let one of the roots be f. Then the other root is Vf U 3W. 3X + Y S 56 ⟶ V1W
1 (a).

Y U ® UX + Y S 8 ® ⟶ V2W
sum of roots, f + Vf U 3W S U 4X S 48
X
M1

Y X S 12
B1
2f U 3 S U From equation V2W,
X
A1

Y Y S 8 + X S 8 + 12 S 20
2f S 3 U
X
M1 A1

3X U Y
2f S
X
10

3X U Y log A R + 2 log b u S 4
3 (a).
fS
2X log A u
B1
Z log A R + 2 x yS4
product of roots, fVf U 3W S log A 4
X log A u
Z
B1

f A U 3f S log A R + 2 x yS4
X 2 logA 2 M1
3X U Y A 3X U Y Z logA R + logA u S 4
x y U 3x yS log A Ru S 4
2X 2X X
B1
Ru S 2b
M1
9XA U 6XY + YA 9X U 3Y Z
U S Ru S 16
4XA 2X X
B1
9X A U 6XY + YA U 2XV9X U 3YW S 4XZ
logTtVR + uW S 1
B1 For the hence part,
9XA U 6XY + YA U 18XA + 6XY S 4XZ
YA U 9XA S 4XZ log A R + 2 log b u S 4
Y S 9X + 4XZ,
A A
as required
R + u S 10 ⟶ V1W
Ru S 16 ⟶ V2W
B1
R A U 4R + 2 S 0
(b).

f + g S UVU4W S 4 logTtVR + uW S 1, ⟹ R + u S 10 ⟶ V1W


fg S 2 log A R + 2 log b u S 4, ⟹ Ru S 16 ⟶ V2W
Substituting for u in equation V2W gives,
B1

RV10 U RW S 16
B1
sum of roots S Vf + 2W + Vg + 2W S f + g + 4 S 4 + 4
For the required equation,

S8 10R U R A S 16
R A U 10R + 16 S 0
M1 B1 M1
product of roots S Vf + 2WVg + 2W S fg + 2f + 2g + 4
S fg + 2Vf + gW + 4 S 2 + 2 × 4 + 4 S 14 10 ± qVU10WA U 4 × 1 × 16 10 ± 6
RS S
M1 B1
2×1 2
M1
R A U Vsum of rootsWR + Vproduct of rootsW S 0 10 + 6 10 U 6
The required equation is given by:
RS S 8, or, RS S2
R A U 8R + 14 S 0 2 2
A1 for R S 8, u S 10 U 8 S 2
12 for R S 2, u S 10 U 2 S 8 A1
A1
5L ●25A¼ S 1
(b).
let cVRW S 6R H U 23R A + XR + Y
2

for VR U 3W S 0, RS3 5 × V5A WA¼ S 5t


L

cV3W S 6 × 3H U 23 × 3A + 3X + Y S 11 5LNb¼ S 5t
B1 M1
162 U 207 + 3X + Y S 11 R + 4u S 0
M1

3X + Y S 56 ⟶ V1W B1 R S U4u ⟶ V1W


B1
for VR + 1W S 0, R S U1 1
3½L ●9¼ S
9
B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 29 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 30
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

3½L × V3A W¼ S 3FA Since its true for € S 1, € S 2, € S Å and € S Å + 1, then it’s
3½LNA¼ S 3FA true for all positive integers of €.
M1

5R + 2u S U2 ⟶ V2W
Substituting equation V1W into V2W gives, let cV€W S 7r + 2ArNT
B1 (b).

5 × VU4uW + 2u S U2 cV1W S 7T + 2A×TNT S 7 + 8 S 15 S 3 × 5, true for € S 1


U18u S U2 cV2W S 7A + 2A×ANT S 49 + 32 S 81 S 3 × 27,
M1 B1

2 1 true for € S 1
B1
uS S
18 9 Suppose it’s true for € S Å, then,
From equation V2W, cVÅW S 7Æ + 2AÆNT S 3a
A1

1 4 7Æ S 3a U 2AÆNT ⟶ V1W
R S U4 × S U
9 9 where a is a positive integer.
B1

For € S Å + 1,
A1

cVÅ + 1W S 7ÆNT + 2AÆNH S 7T V7Æ W + 2AÆNH


but 7Æ S 3a U 2AÆNT
15

sin 2€k cVÅ + 1W S 7V3a U 2AÆNTW + 2AÆNH


4 (a).
cos k + cos 3k + cos 5k + ⋯ + cosV2€ U 1Wk S
2 sin k S 21a U 7 × 2AÆ × 2 + 2AÆ × 2H
M1

For € S 1,
M1
S 21a U 14 × 2AÆ + 2AÆ × 8
z. {. | S cos k S 21a U 2AÆ V14 U 8W
sin 2 × 1 × k sin 2k 2 sin k cos k S 21a U 6 × 2AÆ
}. {. | S S S S cos k
2 sin k 2 sin k 2 sin k S 3V7a U 2 × 2AÆ W
True for € S 1 since z. {. | S }. {. |
B1
S 3V7a U 2AÆNT W
For € S 2, True of € S Å + 1 since cVÅ + 1W is a multiple of 3.
k + 3k k U 3k
B1
z. {. | S cos k + cos 3k S 2 cos x y cos x y Since its true for € S 1, € S 2, € S Å and € S Å + 1, then
2 2 7r + 2ArNT is divisible by 3 for all positive integral values of €.
S 2 cos 2k cosVUkW S 2 cos 2k cos k
B1
sin 2 × 2k sin 4k 2 sin 2k cos 2k
}. {. | S S S
2 sin k 2 sin k 2 sin k
12
2V2 sin k cos kW cos 2k
S S 2 cos k cos 2k cVRW S 2R A + 5R U 3
5 (a).
2 sin k
B1

True for € S 2 since z. {. | S }. {. | cVR + ÇRW S 2VR + ÇRWA + 5VR + ÇRW U 3


S 2R A + 4RVÇRW + 2VÇRWA + 5R + 5VÇRW U 3
B1
Suppose it’s true for € S Å, the series becomes:
sin 2Åk S 2R A + 5R U 3 + 4RVÇRW + 2VÇRWA + 5VÇRW
cos k + cos 3k + cos 5k + ⋯ + cosV2Å U 1Wk S ⟶ V1W cVR + ÇRW U cVRW
B1
2 sin k c ′ VRW S lim É Ê
For € S Å + 1, ÈL→t ÇR
sin 2VÅ + 1Wk 4RVÇRW + 2VÇRW + 5VÇRW
A
}. {. | S S lim É Ê
2 sin k ÈL→t ÇR
M1
z. {. | S cos k + cos 3k + cos 5k + ⋯ + cosV2Å U 1Wk S lim †4R + 2VÇRW + 5‡ S †4R + 2 × 0 + 5‡ S 4R + 5
+ cosV2Å + 1Wk ÈL→t
sin 2Åk
M1 B1

S + cosV2Å + 1Wk c ′ V2W S 4 × 2 + 5 S 13


For the hence part:
2 sin k
sin 2Åk + 2 sin k cosV2Å + 1Wk
M1 A1

S
M1
5 6
(b). (i).
2 sin k u S 3R U + A
sin 2Åk + sin†V2Å + 1Wk + k‡ U sin†V2Å + 1Wk + k‡ R R
S u S 3R U 5R FT + 6R FA
2 sin k
M1
sin 2Åk + sin†V2Å + 2Wk‡ U sinV2ÅkW Ëu
S S 3 × R TFT U 5 × VU1 × R FTFTW + 6 × VU2 × R FAFT W
2 sin k ËR
sin 2VÅ + 1Wk Ëu
S S 3 + 5R FA U 12R FH
2 sin k
B1 ËR
True for € S VÅ + 1W since z. {. | S }. {. |.
B1 B1 B1

u S V2R + 3WVR + 2W
(ii).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 31 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 32
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

u S 2R A + 3R + 4R + 6
1 U cos k V1 U cos kWV1 U cos kW
u S 2R A + 7R + 6 z. {. | S ¦ S¦
Ëu 1 + cos k V1 + cos kWV1 U cos kW
M1 M1
S 4R + 7
ËR V1 U cos kWA V1 U cos kWA 1 U cos k
S¦ S¦
B1
S
1 U cosA k sinA k sin k
M1 B1

(a). Let the cylinder be of radius, Ä, and height, ℎ. 1 cos k


12
S U S cosec k U cot k
sin k sin k
6
B1

4 cos k U 3 sec k S 2 tan k


(b).

3 2 sin k
4 cos k U S
cos k cos k
4 cos A k U 3 S 2 sin k
B1 M1

4V1 U sinA kW U 3 S 2 sin k


4 U 4 sinA k U 3 S 2 sin k
4 sinA k + 2 sin k U 1 S 0
ℎA
By Pythagoras theorem,
U2 ± q2A U 4 × 4 × VU1W U2 ± √20
B1
V2ÄWA S V2}WA U ℎA , ⟹ Ä A S }A U sin k S S
4 2×4 8
Volume of cylinder, either sin k S U0.80902, ⟹ θ S U54°, U126°
B1 M1

ℎA ÍℎH or sin k S 0.30902, ⟹ θ S 18°, 162°


A1
Á S ÍÄ A ℎ S Í §}A U ¨ ℎ S Í} A ℎ U
4 4
M1 A1

ËÁ 3Íℎ A
S Í}A U
Ëℎ 4
09

7 5
M1 8
For maximum volume, ÀÏ S 0
ÀÎ
sin f S cos g S
3ÍℎA 25 13
Í}A U S0
4
3Íℎ A
2}
M1
}A S , ⟹ℎS
4 √3
2} 2} H 2 2
A1
Á²ÐL S Í} x y U Í x y S Í} x U
A H
y
√3 √3 √3 3√3 M1
6U2 4 4Í} H
S Í}H x y S Í} H x yS R S q13A U 5A S 12
3√3 3√3 3√3 R S q25A U 7A S 24 12
B1

24 sin g S
Let ℎ be the height of the block. cos f S 13
(b).
25
B1 B1
total surface area S 2VÑ × Ò + Ñ × ℎ + Ò × ℎW S 150
2VR × R + R × ℎ + R × ℎW S 150
R A + 2ℎR S 75 ∴ sinVf + gW S sin f cos g + cos f sin g
M1
2ℎR S 75 U R A 7 5 24 12 7 288 323
75 U R A S × + × S + S
ℎS 25 13 25 13 65 325 325
2R cosVf + gW S cos f cos g U sin f sin g
B1 M1 A1
75 U R A 24 5 7 12 24 84 36
volume S Ñ × Ò × ℎ S R A × § ¨ S × U × S U S
2R 25 13 25 13 65 325 325
M1 M1 B1
75R U R H 1 sinVf + gW 323 36 323
S S V75R U R H W cmH , as required ∴ tanVf + gW S S ÷ S
2 2 cosVf + gW 325 325 36
M1 A1
B1

12 08
7 (a). 9

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 33 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 34
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

X + XÄ S 9
XV1 + ÄW S 9
P425/2
9
APPLIED
XS
1+Ä
MATHEMATICS
B1
X
PAPER 2
|Õ S S 25
1UÄ 2 A hours
T
May 2018
X S 25V1 U ÄW B1
9
Equating the two equations gives:
S 25V1 U ÄW
1+Ä NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
M1
9 S 25V1 U Ä A W
9 S.5 MATH 2 BOT 2 2018
ÄA S 1 U
25
4 Time: 2 Hours 30 Minutes
Ä S S 0.8
5
A1
First term, X S 25V1 U 0.8W S 5
A1
NAME: COMB:
INSTRUCTIONS:
u S VR + 1WV2R + 3W
05
 Attempt ALL questions in both sections.
u S 2R A + 3R + 2R + 3
10

u S 2R A + 5R + 3
 Show your working clearly.
Ëu
Gradient function, S 4R + 5
ËR
Section A (40 Marks)
At point V2, 21W,
M1

Gradient of tangent S 4 × 2 + 5 S 13 Qn 1: A particle has an initial position vector x4• + 3– + 9žy m. The particle
~ ~ ~
u U 21
The required equation of the tangent is given by:
S 13 moves with a constant velocity of x3• U 2– U 5žy m s FT . Find:
RU2 ~ ~ ~
u U 21 S 13R U 26 the position vector of the particle after j seconds.
u S 13R + 5
M1 (a). [2]
1
Gradient of normal S U
(b). how far the particle is from the origin after 5 seconds. [3]
13
A1

u U 21 1
The required equation of the normal is given by: Qn 2: In 1991, the index number of the value of commodity was 135 when
SU
RU2 13
1989 was taken as base year. The value of the commodity in 1991 was
1 2
M1 shs 5,400 and in 1990 was shs 4,600. Find:
u U 21 S U R +
13 13
(a). the value of the commodity in 1989. [2]
1 275
uSU R+
(b). the index number of the value of the commodity in 1990 when
13 13
A1
1989 was taken as base year. [3]

05 Qn 3: Three force ’“ S 2• + 4– U ž , ’— S 3• U 7– + 6ž and


~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
’˜ S • + 5– U 4ž are acting on a particle which is given a displacement,
~ ~ ~ ~
12• + 4– + 2ž . Find:
***END***
~ ~ ~
(a). the resultant of forces, ’“ , ’— and ’˜ . [2]
~ ~ ~
(b). work done by the resultant force. [3]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 35 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 36
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Ø is a point with position vector F16 • + 4– + 4ž when j = 0 and one


Qn 4: The numbers X, Y, 8, 5, 7 have a mean of 6 and a variance 2. Find the
~ ~ ~
second later, Ù passes through the point with position vector
values of X and Y if X > Y. F
5 • − 10– − 9ž . Show that the particles collide at a point with
[5]
~ ~ ~
position vector • − 2– + ž .
~ ~
Qn 5: Calculate the magnitude of the horizontal and vertical components of a [7]
tension of 8 N in a string of length 10 m which has one end fastened to ~

the top of a flag pole of height 6 m and the other end fixed to the ground.
Question 10:
[5]
The table gives the frequency distribution of heights (in cm) of 400 children in
Qn 6: The table shows the speeds of 200 vehicles passing a particular point. a certain school.

Speeds Vkm hFT W 30 U 40 U 50 U 60 U 70 U


< 110
Height (cm) Frequency
14 30 52 71 33
< 120
Frequency 27

< 130
58

< 140
Find the mean speed. [5] 130

< 150
105
Qn 7: A car a, travelling at a constant velocity of 25 m s FT, overtakes a
< 160
50
stationary car n. Two seconds later, car   sets off in pursuit; accelerating
< 170
25
at 6 m s FA. How far does   travel before catching up with Ÿ? [5] 5

Qn 8: Calculate a weighted price index for the following figures for 1994 based (a). Draw a cumulative frequency curve for the above data. Hence, estimate:
on 1990. (Give your answer to the nearest integer.) (i). the median,
Hence comment on your results. (ii). The interquartile range,
(iii). The 10th to 90th percentile range.
Item 1990 price V£W 1994 price V£W Weight, Ò (b). Calculate the modal height. [12]
Food 55 60 4

(a). Ÿ,   and Ú are three points lying in that order on a straight road with
Housing 48 52 2 Question 11:

Ÿ  = 5 km and  Ú = 4 km. A man runs from Ÿ to   at 20 km hFT


Transport 16 20 1

and then walks from   to Ú at 8 km hFT. Find:


(i). the total time taken to travel from Ÿ to Ú.
[5]

(ii). The average speed of the man for the journey from Ÿ to Ú.
(b). At j = 0, a body is projected from an origin £ with an initial velocity of
Section B (48 Marks) [5]

10 m s FT . The body moves along straight line with a constant


(a). An object with constant speed of 13 m s FT moves in a direction acceleration of F2 m s FA .
Question 9:

10• − 24– from a point with position vector • − – . Find the position (i). Find the displacement of the body from the point £ when
~ ~ ~ ~ j = 7 s.
(ii). How far from £ does the body come to instantaneous rest and
[2]
Ø and Ù are particles moving with constant velocities «Ø and «Ù
vector of the object after 3 seconds. [5]
(b).
~
what is the value of j then.
~
[3]

j = 0 to j = 7 seconds.
(iii). Find the distance travelled by the body during the time interval,
«Ø = 3• − 2– − ž , and, «Ù = 3• + 4– + 5ž
respectively.
[2]
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 37 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 38
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Question 12:
The following table gives the test results for 10 children.
MARKING GUIDE
SNo. Working Marks

4 3
1 (a).
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶3· m,
£Ø « = ¶−2· m s FT
Child A B C D E F G H I J

(R ) 9
~
−5
Math 1 8 15 18 23 28 33 39 45 45
4 3 4 + 3j
¡¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ = £Ø
£Ø′ ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ + j« = ¶3· + j ¶−2· = ¶3 − 2j· m
(u )
English 3 14 8 20 19 17 36 26 14 29
~
9 −5 9 − 5j
M1 A1
(ii). When j = 5,
4 3 4 15 19
(a). Draw a scatter diagram for the above data. Hence comment on the ¡¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ = ¶3· + 5 ¶−2· = ¶3· + ¶−10· = ¶ −7 · m
£Ø′ M1 A1
relationship between the Maths and English marks. 9 −5 9 −25 −16
(b). Draw a line of best fit on the scatter diagram and use it to estimate the Distance from origin = q19A + V−7WA + V−16WA = √666
Math mark of a student who scored 30 marks in English. = 25.807 m A1
(c). Calculate the rank correlation coefficient for the above data. Hence
comment on your result at 5% level of significance. [12] 05

ÛTJJT
2 (a).
= 1.35
ÛTJÜJ
***END***
5400
= 1.35
M1
ÛTJÜJ
5400
ÛTJÜJ = = 4,000
1.35 A1

ÛTJJt 4600
(b).
ÝTJJt = × 100 = × 100 = 115
ÛTJÜJ 4000 M1 M1 A1

05

2 3 12 6
3 (a).

’ = ’“ + ’— + ’˜ = ¶ 4 · + ¶−7· + ¶ 4 · = ¶2·
~ ~ ~ ~
−1 6 2 1
M1 A1

6 12
(b).

Work done = ’. Þ = ¶2· . ¶ 4 · = 72 + 8 + 2 = 82 J


~ ~
1 2
M1 M1 A1

∑R
05
Mean =
4
€
X+Y+8+5+7
=6
5
X + Y + 20 = 6 × 5
X + Y = 10 ⟶ V1W
∑ RA ∑R
A
B1

Variance = −§ ¨
€ €

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 39 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 40
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

X A + Y A + 8A + 5A + 7A
U 6A S 2
5
X A + Y A + 138
B1 05
S 38
5
7

XA + YA + 138 S 38 × 5
X A + Y A S 52 ⟶ V2W
Substituting equation V1W into V2W gives;
X A + V10 U XWA S 52
X + 100 U 20X + XA S 52
A

2X A U 20X + 48 S 0
20 ± qVU20WA U 4 × 2 × 48
XS
2×2
M1
X S 4, or, XS6 1
For the car A,

For X S 4, Y S 10 U 4 S 6 àT S áT jT + XT jTA
2
B1
For X S 6, Y S 10 U 6 S 4 R S 25Vj + 2W + 0
But X > Y, ⟹ X ≠ 4, ∴ X S 6 and Y S 4 R S 25j + 50 ⟶ V1W B1
A1
1
For the car B,
àA S áA jA + XA jA A
2
05

1
5
R S 0 + × 6j A
2
R S 3j A ⟶ V2W
Equating equations V1W and V2W gives,
B1

3j A S 25j + 50
3j A U 25j U 50 S 0
M1

25 ± qVU25WA U 4 × 3 × VU50W
B1
jS
2×3
5
j S 10, or, jSU
3
5
n³ S q10A U 6A S 8 m But j S U , ⟹ j S 10 s
3
8 From equation V2W,
Horizontal component S 8 sin k S 8 × S 6.4 N
10 R S 3j A S 3 × 10A S 300 m
6
M1 A1
Vertical component S 8 cos k S 8 × S 4.8 N
M1 A1
10 05
∑K
M1 A1
× æP
âOããä

Weighted price index S × 100


âOããå
8

∑æ
05

c R cR K½½ × 4P + KbÜ × 2P + KTG × 1P


Gt ½A At
6

30 U S × 100
Class Class boundary
4+2+1
40 U
30 – 40 14 35 490 B1-class M1 M1 M1
S 111.1472 ≈ 111 Vnearest integerW
50 U
40 – 50 30 45 1350 boundary A1

60 U B1-for R
50 – 60 52 55 2850 The cost of living index increased by 11%. B1

70 U
60 – 70 71 65 4615

B1-for ∑ cR
70 – 80 33 75 2475 05

13
Total 200 11790
10
9 (a).

∑ cR 11790 Velocity vector, «= K P


Mean S S S 58.95 ~ q10A + V−24WA −24
∑c 200
M1
M1 A1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 41 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 42
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

5
SK P m s FT
U12
B1
1 5
Position vector, œVjW = K P + j K P
~ −1 −12
M1
1 5 16
œVj = 3W = K P + 3 K P=K P m
~ −1 −12 −37 M1 A1

−5 3 −8
(b).

œÙ Vj = 0W = ¶−10· − 1 ¶4· = ¶−14· m


~
−9 5 −14
B1

−8 3 −8 + 3j
B1-axes well

œÙ VjW = ¶−14· + j ¶4· = ¶−14 + 4j·


labeled and
~
−14 5 −14 + 5j
B1 suitable scale.
16 −5 16 − 5j
œØ VjW = ¶ 4 · + j ¶−2· = ¶ 4 − 2j ·
B1-correctly
~
4 −1 4−j
B1 plotted points.

œØVjW = œÙ VjW
For collision,
B1-smooth curve
~ ~
16 − 5j −8 + 3j
¶ 4 − 2j · = ¶−14 + 4j·
4−j −14 + 5j
M1
16 − 5j = −8 + 3j, ⟹j=3
4 − 2j = −14 + 4j, ⟹j=3
4 − j = −14 + 5j, ⟹j=3 B1
16 − 5 × 3 1
œØ Vj = 3W = ¶ 4 − 2 × 3 · = ¶−2· m
(i).
T T
~ Median position: A ± = A × 400 = 200
4−3 1 M1 B1
From the ogive, Median: eA = 129 cm
Hence they collide at • − 2– + ž . A1
~ ~ ~ (ii).
T T
Lower quartile position: b ± = b × 400 = 100
H H
Upper quartile position: ± = × 400 = 300
12
b b
c
10 (a).

Lower quartile: eT = 121.5


From the ogive,
< 110
Class C.F Class boundary

Upper quartile: eH = 137.5


B1-class
< 120
27 27 100 – 110

∴Interquartile range: eH − eT = 137.5 − 121.5 = 16 cm


boundary
< 130
58 85 110 – 120

< 140
130 215 120 – 130 M1 A1
(iii).
Tt Tt
10th percentile position: Ttt ± = Ttt × 400 = 40
B1-for C.F
< 150
105 320 130 – 140

< 160
50 370 140 – 150
Jt Jt
±= × 400 = 360
< 170
25 395 150 – 160
Ttt Ttt
90th percentile position:
5 400 160 – 170
10th percentile: ÛTt = 112
From the ogive,

90th percentile: ÛJt = 147.5


∴ 10th to 90th percentile range: ÛJt − ÛTt
= 147.5 − 112 = 35.5 cm
M1 A1
∆T = 130 − 58 = 72, ∆A= 130 − 105 = 25, z² = 120, Z = 10
(b).

∆T 72
Mode = z² + x y Z = 120 + x y × 10
∆T + ∆A 72 + 25
= 120 + 7.4226 = 127.4226
M1
A1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 43 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 44
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

225 186
RS S 22.5, uS S 18.6
10 10
12

Distance 5 ⟹ Mean point, VR, uW S V22.5, 18.6W


11 (a). (i). B1
Time taken from A to B S S S 0.25 hours
Speed 20
Distance 4
Time taken from B to C S S S 0.5 hours
Speed 8
Total time taken from A to C S 0.25 + 0.5 S 0.75 hours M1 M1 A1

Total distance
(ii). B1-axes well

Average speed from A to C S


labeled and
Total time
5+4
suitable scale

S S 12 km hFT
0.75 M1 A1 B2-plotting

á S 10 m sFT , X S U2 m sFT , j S 7 s
(b). (i). scatter points

1 1
including mean
à S áj + Xj A S 10 × 7 U × 2 × 7A S 21 m
point
2 2 M1 A1

á S 10 m s FT , X S U2 m sFT , è S 0 m sFT
(ii). B1-drawing line

è A S á A + 2Xà
of best fit

è U á A 0A U 10A
A
àS S S 25 m
2X 2 × F2 M1 A1
(iii).

è U á 0 U 10
Time taken to reach instantaneous rest is given by: Comment: There is a positive linear relationship.
jS S F S5s
B1
X 2
B1
Therefore time take after instantaneous rest S 7 U 5 S 2 s.
(ii). The estimate Math mark of a student who scored 30 marks
in English is 47 marks. B1
1 1 6 ∑ ËA 6 × 59.5
Extra distance covered is given by: (b).
à S áj + Xj A S 10 × 2 + × VU2W × 2A S 4 m é S 1U S1U S 0.6394
2 2 €V€ A U 1W 10V10A U 1W
Total Distance S 25 + 4 S 29 m M1 A1 M1 A1
Comment: Insignificant at 5%. B1
12 12
12 (a).

R u }L }¼ Ë ËA ***END***
A 1 3 10 10 0 0
B 8 14 9 7.5 1.5 2.25

B1-∑ ËA
C 15 8 8 9 -1 1
D 18 20 7 4 3 9
E 23 19 6 5 1 1
F 28 17 5 6 -1 1
G 33 36 4 1 3 9
H 39 26 3 3 0 0
I 45 14 1.5 7.5 -6 36

∑ ËA S59.5
J 45 29 1.5 2 -0.5 0.25
Total 225 186

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 45 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 46
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

If the roots of XR A + YR + Z S 0 differ by 3, show that


YA S 9XA + 4XZ.
Qn 7: (a).

If f and g are roots of the quadratic equation R A U 4R + 2 S 0, find


P425/1

the quadratic equation that has roots; Vf + 2W, Vg + 2W.


PURE (b).
MATHEMATICS
PAPER 1 [12]

Qn 8: The expression 6R H U 23R A + XR + Y gives a remainder of 11 when


July 2018

divided by VR U 3W and a remainder of F21 when divided by VR + 1W. Find


3 hours

the values of X and Y; hence factorize the expression. [10]


NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
Given that log A R + 2 log b u S 4, show that Ru S 16. Hence
solve for R and u in the simultaneous equation:
S.5 MATH 1 MOT 2 2018 Qn 9: (a).

Time: 3 Hours logTt VR + uW S 1


log A R + 2 log b u S 4
T
NAME: COMB: (b). If 5 L ●25A¼ S 1 and 3½L ●9¼ S J , determine the value of R and
INSTRUCTIONS: u. [12]

Qn 10: (a). Differentiate from first principles cVRW S 2R A + 5R U 3. Hence


 Attempt ALL questions in this paper.

find c ¿ V2W.
 Show your working clearly.

Qn 1: Three consecutive terms of an A.P have a sum of 36 and a product of À¼


ÀL
(b). Find for each of the functions:
½ G
u S 3R U L + L E ,
1428. Find the three terms. [4]
(i).
Qn 2: Determine the term independent of R in the binomial expansion of (ii). u S V2R + 3WVR + 2W. [12]
G
K U 2RP .
H
LE Qn 11: (a). A cylinder of volume, Á, is to be cut from a solid sphere of
[4]
bÂÃ I
radius, }. Prove that the maximum value of Á is
Qn 3: Given that f and g are acute angles with sin f S A½ and cos g S TH ; find,
B ½ H√H
.
A rectangular block has a square base of area R cm . Its total
A A
without using tables or calculator, sinVf + gW and tanVf + gW. surface area is 150 cmA. Prove that the volume of the block is
(b).
[8]
V75R U R H W cmH . Hence find the dimensions of the block when its
T
A
G.P is 25. If the G.P has a positive common ratio, Ä, find Ä and the first
Qn 4: The sum of the first two terms of a G.P is 9 and the sum to infinity of the
volume is a maximum. [12]
term. [5]
Qn 12: (a). Prove the identity:
1 U cos k
u S VR + 1WV2R + 3W at a point V2, 21W. ¦ S cosec k U cot k.
Qn 5: Determine the equation of the tangent and the normal to the curve
1 + cos k
[5]

Solve the equation 4 cos k U 3 sec k S 2 tan k for


Qn 6: Expand êK
TNL
P in ascending powers of R, upto and including the term in 180° ≤ k ≤ N180°.
(b).
F
TFL [9]
R H . State the value of R for which the expansion is valid and by substituting
R S 0.2, find an approximation for √1.5 . [7] ***END***

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 47 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 48
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

cosVf + gW S cos f cos g U sin f sin g


MARKING GUIDE 24 5 7 12 24 84 36
S × U × S U S
25 13 25 13 65 325 325
sum S X + VX + ËW + VX + 2ËW S 36 sinVf + gW 323 36 323
SNo. Working Marks M1 B1
∴ tanVf + gW S S ÷ S
3X + 3Ë S 36 cosVf + gW 325 325 36
1

X + Ë S 12
M1 A1

X S 12 U Ë
B1
08

product S XVX + ËWVX + 2ËW S 1428 X + XÄ S 9


4

V12 U ËWV12 U Ë + ËWV12 U Ë + 2ËW S 1428 XV1 + ÄW S 9


12V12 U ËWV12 + ËW S 1428 9
M1

144 U ËA S 119 XS
1+Ä
ËA S 25
B1

ËS5 X
|Õ S S 25
First term, X S 12 U Ë S 12 U 5 S 7 1UÄ
B1

Second term, X + Ë S 7 + 5 S 12 X S 25V1 U ÄW


Third term, X + 2Ë S 7 + 2 × 5 S 17
A1-all three B1
9
terms Equating the two equations gives:
S 25V1 U ÄW
1+Ä
M1

3 ë 9 S 25V1 U Ä AW
04
General term S G³ë × x y V2RWGFë 9
2
RA ÄA S 1 U
S ³ë × 3 × 2
G ë GFë
×R FAë
× R GFë 25
4
For the term independent of R, Ä S S 0.8
M1

5
U2Ä + 6 U Ä S 0
A1
First term, X S 25V1 U 0.8W S 5
6 U 3Ä S 0
A1

ÄS2 B1
Required term S G³A × 3A × 2GFA u S VR + 1WV2R + 3W
05
M1
S 15 × 9 × 16 S 2160 u S 2R A + 3R + 2R + 3
A1 5

u S 2R A + 5R + 3
Ëu
Gradient function, S 4R + 5
04
ËR
7 5 At point V2, 21W,
3 M1
sin f S cos g S
25 13 Gradient of tangent S 4 × 2 + 5 S 13

u U 21
The required equation of the tangent is given by:
S 13
RU2
u U 21 S 13R U 26
u S 13R + 5
M1

1
Gradient of normal S U
13
A1

RS q13A U 5A S 12
R S q25A U 7A S 24 12 u U 21 1
The required equation of the normal is given by:
24 sin g S SU
cos f S 13 RU2 13
25 1 2
B1 B1 M1
u U 21 S U R +
13 13
1 275
∴ sinVf + gW S sin f cos g + cos f sin g uSU R+
13 13
A1
7 5 24 12 7 288 323
S × + × S + S
25 13 25 13 65 325 325
M1 A1
05

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 49 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 50
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Z
1+R f A U 3f S
¦x y S V1 + RW MAV1 U RW MA
T FT X
6

1UR 3X U Y A 3X U Y Z
M1
x y U3x yS
1 1 U1 R A U1 U3 R H 2X 2X X
V1 + RW
TM
A≈1+ R+ × × + × × +⋯ 9XA U 6XY + YA 9X U 3Y Z
2 2 2 2! 4 2 3! U S
1 1 1 4XA 2X X
B1 B1
≈ 1 + R U RA + RH + ⋯ 9X A U 6XY + YA U 2XV9X U 3YW S 4XZ
2 8 16
1 1 U3 VURWA 3 U5 VURWH 9XA U 6XY + YA U 18XA + 6XY S 4XZ
V1 U RW MA ≈ 1 U VURW U ×
FT
× + × × Y A U 9X A S 4XZ
B1
2 2 2 2! 4 2 3!
+⋯ Y S 9X + 4XZ,
A A
as required
B1

1 3 5
≈ 1 + R + RA + RH + ⋯ R A U 4R + 2 S 0
2 8 16
(b).

V1 + RW MA V1 U RW MA
T FT
f + g S UVU4W S 4
1 1 1 H 1 3 fg S 2
≈ x1 + R U R A + R + ⋯ y x1 + R + R A
B1
2 8 16 2 8
5 sum of roots S Vf + 2W + Vg + 2W S f + g + 4 S 4 + 4
M1 For the required equation,
+ RH + ⋯ y S8
M1 B1
16
1 3 5 H 1 1 3 H product of roots S Vf + 2WVg + 2W S fg + 2f + 2g + 4
≈ x1 + R + R A + R y + x R + RA + R y S fg + 2Vf + gW + 4 S 2 + 2 × 4 + 4 S 14
2 8 16 2 4 16
1 A 1 H
M1 B1
+x R + R y+⋯ R A U Vsum of rootsWR + Vproduct of rootsW S 0
8 16
The required equation is given by:

3 A 9 R A U 8R + 14 S 0
≈ 1 + R + R + RH + ⋯
4 16
A1

The expansion is valid for |R| < 1.


A1
12

putting R S 0.2 gives let cVRW S 6R H U 23R A + XR + Y


B1 8

1 + 0.2 3 9 for VR U 3W S 0, RS3


¦x y ≈ 1 + 0.2 + × V0.2WA + × V0.2WH cV3W S 6 × 3H U 23 × 3A + 3X + Y S 11
B1
1 U 0.2 4 16
162 U 207 + 3X + Y S 11
M1 M1

1.2 3X + Y S 56 ⟶ V1W
¦x y ≈ 1 + 0.2 + 0.03 + 0.0045
B1
0.8 for VR + 1W S 0, R S U1
√1.5 ≈ 1.2345 cV3W S 6 × VU1WH U 23 × VU1WA U X + Y S U21
B1

U6 U 23 U X + Y S U21
A1 M1

UX + Y S 8 ⟶ V2W
Equation V1W U V2W gives,
07 B1

Let one of the roots be f. Then the other root is Vf U 3W. 3X + Y S 56 ⟶ V1W
7 (a).

Y U ® UX + Y S 8 ® ⟶ V2W
sum of roots, f + Vf U 3W S U 4X S 48
M1
X
Y X S 12
B1
2f U 3 S U From equation V2W,
X
A1

Y Y S 8 + X S 8 + 12 S 20
2f S 3 U
X
M1 A1

3X U Y
2f S
X
10

3X U Y log A R + 2 log b u S 4
9 (a).
fS
2X log A u
B1
Z log A R + 2 x yS4
product of roots, fVf U 3W S log A 4
X
B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 51 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 52
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

logA u S 2R A + 4RVÇRW + 2VÇRWA + 5R + 5VÇRW U 3


log A R + 2 x yS4
2 logA 2 S 2R A + 5R U 3 + 4RVÇRW + 2VÇRWA + 5VÇRW
M1

log A R + log A u S 4 cVR + ÇRW U cVRW


B1
c ′ VRW S lim É Ê
logA Ru S 4 ÈL→t ÇR
Ru S 2b 4RVÇRW + 2VÇRW + 5VÇRW
A
Ru S 16 S lim É Ê
ÈL→t ÇR
B1 M1
S lim †4R + 2VÇRW + 5‡ S †4R + 2 × 0 + 5‡ S 4R + 5
logTtVR + uW S 1
For the hence part,
ÈL→t
logA R + 2 logb u S 4
M1 B1

c ′ V2W S 4 × 2 + 5 S 13
For the hence part:

R + u S 10 ⟶ V1W
M1 A1

Ru S 16 ⟶ V2W 5 6
(b). (i).
u S 3R U + A
logTtVR + uW S 1, ⟹ R + u S 10 ⟶ V1W R R
logA R + 2 logb u S 4, ⟹ Ru S 16 ⟶ V2W u S 3R U 5R FT + 6R FA
Substituting for u in equation V2W gives, Ëu
S 3 × R TFT U 5 × VU1 × R FTFTW + 6 × VU2 × R FAFT W
RV10 U RW S 16 ËR
10R U R A S 16 Ëu
M1 B1 B1 B1
S 3 + 5R FA U 12R FH
R A U 10R + 16 S 0 ËR
10 ± qVU10WA U 4 × 1 × 16 10 ± 6
RS S u S V2R + 3WVR + 2W
(ii).
2×1 2 u S 2R A + 3R + 4R + 6
10 + 6 10 U 6
M1

RS S 8, or, RS S2 u S 2R A + 7R + 6
2 2 Ëu
M1
for R S 8, u S 10 U 8 S 2 S 4R + 7
for R S 2, u S 10 U 2 S 8 A1 ËR B1

5L ●25A¼ S 1
(b).
(a). Let the cylinder be of radius, Ä , and height, ℎ.
12
5 × V5AWA¼ S 5t
L 11
5LNb¼ S 5t M1
R + 4u S 0
R S U4u ⟶ V1W

1
B1

3 ●9 S
½L ¼
B1
9
3½L × V3A W¼ S 3FA
3½LNA¼ S 3FA
5R + 2u S U2 ⟶ V2W
M1

ℎA
By Pythagoras theorem,
Substituting equation V1W into V2W gives, V2ÄWA S V2}WA U ℎA , ⟹ Ä A S }A U
5 × VU4uW + 2u S U2 4
B1

Volume of cylinder,
B1
U18u S U2
2 1 ℎA ÍℎH
M1

uS S Á S ÍÄ A ℎ S Í §} A U
¨ ℎ S Í}A ℎ U
4 4
M1
18 9
From equation V2W, ËÁ 3ÍℎA
A1

1 4 S Í} U A

R S U4 × S U Ëℎ 4 M1
9 9 A1 For maximum volume, ÀÏ S 0
ÀÎ

3ÍℎA
Í}A U S0
4
12
3Íℎ A
2}
M1
cVRW S 2R A + 5R U 3 }A S , ⟹ℎS
10 (a).

cVR + ÇRW S 2VR + ÇRWA + 5VR + ÇRW U 3 B1 4 √3 A1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 53 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 54
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

2} 2} H 2 2
Á²ÐL S Í}A x y U Í x y S Í}H x U y
P425/2
√3 √3 √3 3√3
M1
6U2 4 4Í}
APPLIED
H
S Í}H x y S Í} H x yS
MATHEMATICS
3√3 3√3 3√3
B1
PAPER 2
Let ℎ be the height of the block.
(b).
2 A hours
T
July 2018
total surface area S 2VÑ × Ò + Ñ × ℎ + Ò × ℎW S 150
2VR × R + R × ℎ + R × ℎW S 150
R A + 2ℎR S 75
M1
2ℎR S 75 U R A NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
75 U R A
ℎS
2R S.5 MATH 2 MOT 2 2018
B1
75 U R A
volume S Ñ × Ò × ℎ S R A × § ¨
2R
M1 Time: 2 Hours 30 Minutes
75R U R H 1
S S V75R U R H W cmH , as required
2 2 B1 NAME: COMB:
INSTRUCTIONS:
12
 Attempt ALL questions in both sections.
12 (a).
1 U cos k V1 U cos kWV1 U cos kW  Where necessary, use ~ S 9.8 m s FA .
 Show your working clearly.
z. {. | S ¦ S¦
1 + cos k V1 + cos kWV1 U cos kW
M1

V1 U cos kWA V1 U cos kWA 1 U cos k


S¦ S¦
Section A (40 Marks)
S
1 U cos k
A sinA k sin k
M1 B1

1 cos k
Qn 1: Two events î and ± are such that ÛVîW S 0.7, ÛVî ∩ ±W S 0.45 and
S U
sin k sin k
S cosec k U cot k ÛVî ¿ ∩ ± ¿ W S 0.18. Find:
(a). ÛV±′W,
B1

(b). ÛVî or ± but not î and ±W.


[3]
4 cos k U 3 sec k S 2 tan k
(b).

3 2 sin k
[2]
4 cos k U S
cos k cos k
4 cosA k U 3 S 2 sin k
M1 Qn 2: A ball is thrown vertically upwards to a height of 10 m. Find:
4V1 U sinA kW U 3 S 2 sin k
(a). the time taken for the ball to reach this height. [3]
4 U 4 sinA k U 3 S 2 sin k (b). the initial speed of the ball. [2]
4 sinA k + 2 sin k U 1 S 0
U2 ± q2A U 4 × 4 × VU1W U2 ± √20
B1

sin k S S
Qn 3: Five students obtained the following A-level grades in mid-term and end
2×4 8
either sin k S U0.80902, ⟹ θ S U54°, U126°
M1 of term II examinations in a certain subject.

or sin k S 0.30902, ⟹ θ S 18°, 162° A1


Mid-term A B C D E
A1
09
(M)
End of B A C D E
term (E)
***END***
(i). Determine the rank correlation coefficient between mid-term and
End of term examinations. [4]
(ii). Comment on your result in (a) above. [1]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 55 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 56
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 4: Find in the form X• + Y– , a force of magnitude 65 N acting along the line


Section A (40 Marks)
~ ~
œ = • +  x5• − 12– y. ñ and ò are two independent events such that ÛVñ ¿ W = 0.6 and
Question 9:
~ ~ ~
[5]
~
ÛVñ ∩ òW = 0.2.
Qn 5: The table below is the distribution of weights of a group of animals. (a). Show that ñ′ and ò′ are also independent. [4]

(i). ÛVòW,
(b). Find:

(ii). ÛVñ′ ∩ ò′W,


Mass (kg) Frequency [2]
[2]
(c). a and n are two events such that ÛVaW = , ÛVa⁄nW = and
A T
21 – 25 10
26 – 30 20 ½ A
ÛVn ⁄aW = H . Find:
31 – 35 15 A

(i). ÛVa ∩ nW,


36 – 40 10
(ii). ÛVa ∪ nW.
[2]
41 – 50 30
[2]
51 – 65 45
66 – 75 5
(a). Find the equation of the line of action of the resultant of forces ´T and ´A
Question 10:
Calculate the standard deviation for the given data. [6] if the equations of the lines of action of ´T and ´A are respectively
Qn 6: A particle is moving so that at any instant, its velocity, «, is given by œ“ = 2• − 7– + ž +  x• + 4– + 2žy and œ— = 3• − 4– + ô x• + 5– + 5žy
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

« = x3j• − 4– + j žy m sA FT
. When j = 0, it is at the point V1, 0, 1W. Find: and the magnitudes of ´T and ´A are √21 and 2√51 respectively. [8]
~ ~ ~ ~ Find the value of  if • + 2– − ž and 5• − – + ž are perpendicular
the displacement of the particle when j = 2 s. ~ ~ ~ ~
(b).
~ ~
the speed of the particle when j = 2 s.
(a). [3]
(b). [2] vectors. [4]

Qn 7: The table below shows the prices in shillings of flour and eggs in 1990 Question 11:
and 2000. (a). Two ordinary dice are thrown. Find the possibility space for the sum of
the scores obtained. [2]
Item Price (shs) Hence find the probability that the sum of the scores obtained:
1990 2000 (i). is a multiple of 5, [1]
Flour (1 kg) 3,000 5,400 (ii). is greater than 9, [1]
Eggs (1 dozen) 5,000 7,800 (iii). is a multiple of 5 or greater than 9, [2]
(iv). is a multiple of 5 and is greater than 9. [2]
A
(b). Given that a and n are mutually exclusive events and that ÛVaW = and
Calculate the simple aggregate price index for the above data; taking ½
T
1990 as the base year. [5] ÛVnW = , find:
A
(i). ÛVa ∪ nW,
Qn 8: A particle travels with speed 50 m s FT from the point V3, −7W in a
(ii). ÛVa′ ∩ n′W.
[2]
direction 7• − 24– . Find its position vector after
[2]
~ ~
j seconds.
3 seconds.
(a). [3] Question 12:
(b). [2]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 57 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 58
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

a, n and ³ are three points lying in that order on a straight line. A body is
projected from n towards a with a speed 3 m s FT . The body experiences
(a).
MARKING GUIDE
an acceleration of 1 m s FA towards ³. If n³ S 20 m, find:
SNo. Working Marks

(i). the time taken to reach ³. ÛVî¿ ∩ ± ¿ W = ÛVî ∪ ±W′ = 0.18


1 (a).

ÛVî ∪ ±W = 1 − ÛVî ∪ ±W¿ = 1 − 0.18 = 0.82


until it reaches ³. but, ÛVî ∪ ±W S ÛVîW + ÛV±W U ÛVî ∩ ±W
(ii). the distance travelled by the body from the moment of projection

Two stations a and n are a distance of 6õ m apart along a straight track. 1 − 0.18 = 0.7 + ÛV±W − 0.45
[6]

A train starts from rest at a and accelerates uniformly to a speed of ÛV±W = 0.57
(b). M1

ÛV± ¿ W = 1 − 0.57 = 0.43


B1
ö m s FT ; covering a distance of õ m.
B1

The train then maintains this speed until is has travelled a further 3õ m. ÛVî or ± but not î and ±W S ÛVî ∪ ±W U ÛVî ∩ ±W
(b).

It then retards uniformly to rest at n. = 0.82 − 0.45 = 0.37 M1 A1

(ii). Hence show that if ÷ is the time taken for the train to travel from
(i). Make a sketch of the velocity-time graph for the motion.
05
a to n, then ÷ S ö seconds.

At maximum height, è = 0 m sFT , à = 10 m
2 (a).
[6]
è = á − ~j
0 = á − ~j
á = ~j ⟶ V1W
***END***
1
B1
à = áj − ~j A
2
1
10 = áj − ~j A ⟶ V2W
2
Substituting equation V1W into V2W gives:
1
10 = ~j A − ~j A
2
M1
1
10 = ~j A
2
20 = 9.8j A
20
jA =
9.8
10
j= s
7
A1

10
(b).
á = ~j = 9.8 × = 14 m sFT
7
M1 A1

05

î ø }ù }ú Ë ËA
3

A B 1 2 -1 1
B A 2 1 1 1 B1-correct
C C 3 3 0 0 ranking

B1-for ∑ ËA
D D 4 4 0 0

∑ ËA = 2
E E 5 5 0 0

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 59 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 60
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

6 ∑ ËA 6×2 11
éS1U S 1U S 0.9 ∴ Þ = 7• − 8– + ž
3 ~
A1
€V€A U 1W 5V5A U 1W ~ ~ ~
(b). When j = 2,
M1 A1
Comment: Insignificant at 1%.
B1
« = 3 × 2• − 4– + 2A ž = x6• − 4– + 4žy m sFT
5
05 B1
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Direction vector S K P
~ ~
U12 Speed, ª«ª = q6A + V−4WA + 4A = √68
4
65 5
B1
~
B1
Force vector, ’= K P = 2√17 m sFT
~ q5A + V−12WA −12
5 25
M1 M1 M1
= ±5 K P = ±K P N
−12 −60 ∑ ÛAttt
05
Simple aggregate price index = × 100
A1
7
∑ ÛTJJt
5400 + 7800
05
= × 100
c R cR cR A 3000 + 5000
5
13200
Class M1 M1 M1
= × 100 = 165
8000
21 – 25 10 23 230 5290
B1 A1
26 – 30 20 28 560 15680

B1-for ∑ cR
31 – 35 15 33 495 16335
05
36 – 40 10 38 380 14440
50 7
8 (a).
B1-for ∑ cR A Velocity vector, «= K P
41 – 50 30 45.5 1365 62107.5
~ q7A + V−24WA −24
51 – 65 45 58 2610 151380
M1
7 14
66 – 75 5 70.5 352.5 24851.25
= 2K P=K P m s FT
−24 −48
Total 5992.5 290083.75
3 14 3 + 14j
B1
Position vector, œVjW = K P + j K P=K P
∑ cR A ∑ cR
A ~ −7 −48 −7 − 48j
Standard deviation = ¦ −§ ¨ (b). At j = 3,
B1
∑c ∑c 3 + 14 × 3 45
œV3W = K P=K P m
~ −7 − 48 × 3 −15
290083.75 5992.5 A
=¦ −x y = 13.3565
M1 A1
135 135 M1 M1 A1
(a). For events ñ′ and ò′ to be independent,
05

ÛVñ′ ∩ ò′W = ÛVñ ¿ W. ÛVò′W


9

z. {. | = ÛVñ′ ∩ ò′W = ÛVñ ∪ òW¿ = 1 − ÛVñ ∪ òW


05

= 1 − ýÛVñW + ÛVòW − ÛVñ ∩ òWþ


6 (a). M1
Þ = û « Ëj = û x3j• − 4– + j žy Ëj
A
= 1 − ýÛVñW + ÛVòW − ÛVñW. ÛVòWþ
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
3 1 = 1 − ÛVñW − ÛVòW + ÛVñW. ÛVòW
M1 M1
Þ = x j A • − 4j– + j H žy + ü = [1 − ÛVñW] − ÛVòW[1 − ÛVñW] = ÛVñ ¿ W − ÛVòWÛVñ ¿ W
~ 2 ~ ~ 3 ~ ~
1 = ÛVñ′W[1 − ÛVòW] = ÛVñ ¿ W. ÛVò ¿ W, hence shown
M1 M1

When j = 0, Þ = ¶0· m
A1

ÛVñW = 1 − ÛVñ′W = 1 − 0.6 = 0.4


~
(b). (i).
1
1 0 1 but, ÛVñ ∩ òW = ÛVñW. ÛVòW
¶0· = ¶0· + ü , ⟹ ü = ¶0· 0.2
1 0
~ ~
1 0.2 = 0.4ÛVòW, ⟹ ÛVòW = = 0.5
3 A 1 H 0.4
∴ Þ = x j + 1y • − 4j– + x j + 1y ž
M1 A1

2 3 ÛVñ′ ∩ ò′W = ÛVñ′W. ÛVò′W = 0.6 × V1 − 0.5W = 0.3


(ii).
~ ~ ~ ~
When j = 2,
M1 A1
3 1 2 2 4
(c). (i).
∴ Þ = x × 2A + 1y • − V4 × 2W– + x × 2H + 1y ž ÛVa ∩ nW = ÛVaW. ÛVn⁄aW = × =
~ 2 ~ ~ 3 ~ 5 3 15 M1 A1
(ii).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 61 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 62
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

ÛVa ∩ nW = ÛVnW. ÛVa⁄n W


4 1 8
= ÛVnW, ⟹ ÛVnW =
15 2 15
1 2 3 4 5 6

ÛVa ∪ nW = ÛVaW + ÛVnW − ÛVa ∩ nW


2 8 4 2
= + − =
5 15 15 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
M1 A1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 B2
12 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1
10 (a). 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Direction vector for ’“ = ¶4·
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
~
2 €V|W = 36
√21 1 1
’“ = ¶4· = ¶4· N Let a = ýmultiple of 5þ, n = ýgreater than 9þ,
~ √1A + 4A + 2A 2 2
M1 B1
1 €VaW 7
(i).
ÛVaW = =
Direction vector for ’— = ¶5· €V|W 36 B1
~
5
2√51 1 1 2 €VnW 6 1
(ii).
’— = ¶5· = 2 ¶5· = ¶10· N ÛVnW = = =
√1A + 5A + 5A 5 €V|W 36 6
5 10
M1 B1
~
B1
1 2 3
€Va ∩ nW 3 1
(iii).
Resultant force = ’“ + ’— = ¶4· + ¶10· = ¶14· N ÛVa ∩ nW = = =
~ ~
2 10 12 €V|W 36 12
B1 M1 A1

€Va ∪ nW 10 5
The line of action of the resultant force passes through the (iv).
ÛVa ∪ nW = = =
point of intersection of the lines of action of the two forces.”
€V|W 36 18
M1 A1
œ “ = œ—
At the point of intersection,

7 1 1 5
~ ~
Alternatively:
2 1 3 1 ÛVa ∪ nW = ÛVaW + ÛVnW − ÛVa ∩ nW = + − =
¶−7· +  ¶4· = ¶ 0 · + ô ¶5· 36 6 12 18
1 2 −4 5
B1

2 +  = 3 + ô, ⟹ô =−1 2 1 9
(b). (i).
ÛVa ∪ nW = ÛVaW + ÛVnW − ÛVa ∩ nW = + − 0 =
−7 + 4 = 5ô, ⟹ −7 + 4 = 5V − 1W, ⟹=2 5 2 10
M1 A1
2 1 4
M1 B1
Point of intersection = ¶−7· + 2 ¶4· = ¶1· 9 1
(ii).
ÛVa¿ ∩ n ¿ W = ÛVa ∪ nW¿ = 1 − ÛVa ∪ nW = 1 − =
1 2 5 10 10
B1 M1 A1

4 3
The line of action of the resultant force is:

œ = ¶1· + g ¶14·
12
~
5 12 B1 12 (a).

 5
(b). For perpendicular vectors,

¶ 2 · . ¶−· = 0
−1 1
5 − 2 − 1 = 0
M1

3 = 1
1
=
3 A1
à = −20 m, X = −1 m sFA , á = 3 m s FT
(i). For motion BAC,

1
à = áj + Xj A
12
2
11 (a).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 63 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 64
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1 1 4R
U20 S 3j + × VU1W × j A Distance DA S × jT × è S 2R, ⟹ jH S ,
2 2 è
U40 S 6j U j A 2R 3R 4R 9R
M1
 S jT + jA + jH S + + S seconds,
j A U 6j U 40 S 0 è è è è
6 ± qVU6WA U 4 × 1 × VU40W as required
jS
B1
2×1
j S 10, or, j S U4 12
but j ≠ U4, ⟹ j S 10 s
M1

è A U áA 0A U 3A
For motion BA, A1

àS S S 4.5 m
***END***
2X 2 × VU1W
Total distance S ào + à S 4.5 + V4.5 + 20W S 29 m B1
(b).
B1

B2-all correct

3R
Distance ³ S èj S 3R, ⟹jS
è
1
Total distance covered S èV + jW S 6R
B1
2
è + èj S 12R
3R
M1

è + è × S 12R
è
è + 3R S 12R
è S 9R
9R
S seconds, as required
è
Alternatively: A1

1 2R
Distance AC S × jT × è S R, ⟹ jT S
2 è
3R
Distance CD S jA × è S 3R, ⟹ jA S
è
© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 65 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 66
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 6: The sum of the first two terms of the geometric progression (G.P) is 9

ratio, Ä, find Ä and the first term.


P425/1 and the sum to infinity of the G.P is 25. If the G.P has a positive common
PURE [5]
MATHEMATICS
PAPER 1 Qn 7: A 2% error is made in measuring the radius of a sphere. Find the
August 2018 percentage error in surface area. [5]
3 hours

u S 2R A + 1, the u-axis and the lines u S 2 and u S 5.


Qn 8: Find the area lying in the first quadrant and bounded by the curve
[5]
NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
Section B (60 Marks)
S.5 MATH 1 EOT 2 2018 Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.
Time: 3 Hours

(a). Find the volume generated when the area enclosed by u A S R, R S 0 and
Question 9:

u S 2 is rotated about u S 2.
NAME: COMB:
(b). On the same axes, sketch the curves u S R A + 3R and u S 4R U R A and
INSTRUCTIONS: [6]
 Attempt ALL questions in this paper.
 Show your working clearly. hence find the area enclosed by the two curves. [6]

Find the first derivatives, with respect to R, of the following functions in their
Section A (40 Marks) Question 10:
Answer all the questions in this section.

(a). 3R A U 6R + E .
A
simplest form:
L
Qn 1: Without using mathematical tables or a calculator, find the value of: [3]
A A
Ž√5 U 2 U Ž√5 + 2 _`[ AL
TN[\] AL
(b). . [6]
8√5 (c). tan 4R .
A
[3]

Qn 2: Find the equation of the normal to the curve R A u + 3u A U 4R U 12 S 0 at


[5]

the point V1, 2).


Question 11:
[5] (a). Prove that: sinV2 sinFT R + cos FT RW S qV1 U R A W. [8]
S cot K P.
_`[ N_`[ o No
[\] N[\] o A
(b). Prove that [4]
R − 2u − 2 = 0
Qn 3: Solve the simultaneous equations:

2R + 3u +  = 1
3R − u − 3 = 3
Question 12:
A hemispherical bowl is being filled with water at a uniform rate when the
height of the water is ℎ cm, the volume is Í KÄℎA U ℎH P cmH, Ä cm being the
[5] T
H
Qn 4: Given the parametric equations R = 4j A and u = 8j, find
ÀE¼
ÀL E
. [5]
it is half way to the top, given that Ä S 6 and that the bowl fills in 1 minute.
radius of the hemisphere. Find the rate at which the water level is rising when

Qn 5: Given that R A + eR + d and R A + R + € have a common factor of


(R − Å), show that Å =
rF
[12]
. [5]
F²
Question 13:

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 67 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 68
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Given that f and g are roots of the equation R A U 4R + 2 S 0, find the


quadratic equation that has the roots Vf + 2W and Vg + 2W.
(a).
MARKING GUIDE
Find the range of values Å can take for ÅR A + 3R + Å U 4 S 0 to have two
[5]
SNo. Working Marks
A A
Ž√5 U 2 U Ž√5 + 2 Ž√5 U 2 + √5 + 2Ž√5 U 2 U √5 U 2
(b).
S
1
8√5 8√5
real distinct roots. [7] B1 B1
2√5 × VU4W U8√5
Question 14: S S S U1
8√5 8√5
(a). log L 5 + 4 log ½ R S 4.
Solve: M1 M1 A1
[5]
Ë A Ë
05

5 +7
LNA
S 3468
¼NT
ËR
VR u + 3u A U 4R U 12W S
ËR
V0W
2

7¼ S 5L U 76 Ëu Ëu
(b). [7]
RA + 2Ru + 6u U4S0
ËR ËR
Ëu
B1
VR A + 6uW S 4 U 2Ru
ËR
Question 15:
Given that cos a S ½ and cos n S TH where a and n are acute, find the value of:
H TA
Ëu 4 U 2Ru
S
(a). tanVa + nW. ËR R A + 6u
B1

(b). cosecVa + nW. At the point V1, 2W,


4U2×1×2
(c). secVa U nW. Gradient of tangent S A S0
1 +6×2
[12] B1

U1
Gradient of the normal S S U∞
0
***END***

u U 2 U1
The required equation of the normal is given by:
S
RU1 0
M1

0 S UR + 1
RS1
A1

R U 2u U 2 S 0 ⟶ V1W
05

2R + 3u +  S 1 ⟶ V2W
3

3R U u U 3 S 3 ⟶ V3W
Equation V1W + 2 × V2W gives,
R U 2u U 2 S 0 ⟶ V1W
+ ®4R + 6u + 2 S 2® ⟶ 2 × V2W
5R + 4u S 2 ⟶ V4W
Equation 3 × V2W + V3W gives,
6R + 9u + 3 S 3 ⟶ 3 × V2W
+ ® 3R U u U 3 S 3 ® ⟶ V3W
9R + 8u S 6 ⟶ V5W
Equation 2 × V4W U V5W gives,
10R + 8u S 4 ⟶ 2 × V4W
U ® 9R + 8u S 6 ® ⟶ V5W
R S U2
M1

From equation V4W,


A1

5 × VU2W + 4u S 2
U10 + 4u S 2
M1

4u S 12

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 69 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 70
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

uS3
From equation V1W, 0.16ÍÄ A
A1 Percentage error in surface area is given by:

U2 U 2 × 3 U 2 S 0 S × 100% S 4%
4ÍÄ A
U8 U 2 S 0
M1 A1

2 S U8
 S U4 u S 2R A + 1
05

1
A1 8
RS Vu U 1W MA
T

√2
ËR
05
1 ½
B1
½
R S 4j , A
⟹ S 8j area S û R Ëu S û Vu U 1W MA Ëu
T
Ëj
4

Ëu A √2 A
B1 M1
u S 8j, ⟹ S8 1 2 ½
Ëj S „ Vu U 1W MA …
H
Ëu Ëu Ëj 1 1 √2 3 × 1
B1 M1
S × S8× S
A
ËR Ëj ËR 8j j 2 2
V2 †8 U 1‡
HM HM
S ˆV5 U 1W U U 1W ‰ S
A A
ËAu Ë Ëu Ëj 1 1 1 3√2 3√2
B1
S x y× SU A× SU H 14
ËR A Ëj ËR ËR j 8j 8j
B1
S S 3.2998 sq. units
3√2
M1 A1
A1

for VR U ÅW S 0, RSÅ
05

∴ Å A + eÅ + d S Å A + Å + €
5 B1 05

eÅ + d S Å + €
B1 B1 9 (a).

eÅ U Å S € U d
ÅVe U W S € U d
€Ud
B1
ÅS
eU B1

X + XÄ S 9
05

XV1 + ÄW S 9
6 B1

9
XS
1+Ä
X
B1
|Õ S S 25
1UÄ
X S 25V1 U ÄW
element of volume, Çè S ÍV2 U uWA ÇR
B1
9 total volume generated,
Equating the two equations gives:
S 25V1 U ÄW b b
1+Ä è S û ÍV2 U uWA ËR S Í û Ž2 U √R ËR
A
9 S 25V1 U Ä A W
M1 B1
t t
9 b
8 H 1 b
ÄA S 1 U S Í û K4 U 4R
TM
+ RP ËR S Í „4R U R MA + R A …
25 A
3 2
4 t t
Ä S S 0.8 64 8
M1 M1 M1
5 S Í x16 U + 8y U 0 S Í cubic units
First term, X S 25V1 U 0.8W S 5
A1 3 3 B1 A1

For u S R A + 3R
A1 (b).

when R S 0, uS0
Let Ä be the radius of the sphere.
05

Ëa when u S 0, R A + 3R S 0
7
surface area, a S 4ÍÄ A , ⟹ S 8ÍÄ RVR + 3W S 0
ËÄ R S 0, or, R S U3
Ëa 2
B1
Ça ≈ × ÇÄ S 8ÍÄ × Ä S 0.16ÍÄ A Intercepts are: V0, 0W, VU3, 0W.
ËÄ 100
M1 B1
B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 71 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 72
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

For u S 4R U R A V1 + sin 2RW × VU2 sin 2RW U cos 2R × 2 cos 2R


when R S 0, uS0 S
V1 + sin 2RWA
M1 B1

when u S 0, 4R U R A S 0 U2 sin 2R U 2 sinA 2R U 2 cosA 2R


RV4 U RW S 0 S
V1 + sin 2RWA
R S 0, or, RS4 U2 sin 2R U 2VsinA 2R + cosA 2RW
Intercepts are: V0, 0W, V4, 0W. S
V1 + sin 2RWA
B1
U2 sin 2R U 2 U2Vsin 2R + 1W U2
R A + 3R S 4R U R A S S S
At the point of intersection,

2R A U R S 0 V1 + sin 2RWA V1 + sin 2RWA 1 + sin 2R


B1 A1

RV2R U 1W S 0
let u S tanA 4R S Vtan 4RWA
(c).
R S 0, or, R S 0.5
B1
Ëu
S 2Vtan 4RWT × 4 secA 4R S 8 tan 4R sec A 4R
ËR
B1 B1 A1

B1 12

let a S sinFT R , ⟹ sin a S R


11 (a).

∴ cos a S q1 U sinA a S q1 U R A
let n S cosFT R , ⟹ cos n S R B1
∴ sin n S q1 U cos A n S q1 U R A
z. {. | S sinV2 sinFT R + cosFT RW S sinV2a + nW
B1
S sin 2a cos n + cos 2a sin n
B1
S 2 sin a cos a cos n + V1 U 2 sinA aW sin n
For the hence part: B1
t.½
area S û VuA U uT W ËR S 2R q1 U R A × R + V1 U 2R A Wq1 U R A
B1

S 2R A q1 U R A + q1 U R A U 2R Aq1 U R A
t
B1
t.½ t.½
S û †4R U R U VR A + 3RW‡ ËR S û VR U 2R A W ËR
B1
A
S q1 U R A B1
t t
M1
1 2 1
t.½
2
S „ R A U R H … S x × V0.5WA U × V0.5WH y U 0
(b).
cos a + cos n 2 cos K A P cos K A P
No Fo
2 3 2 3
t
1 z. {. | S S
sin a + sin n
B1
2 sin K A P cos K A P
No Fo
S square units
M1

24
B1

cos K P
No
a+n
A1
S A
S cot x y
12
sin K
No
P 2
A
2
10 (a). B1 B1
let u S 3R A U 6R + A
R
Ëu 4 j S 1 min S 60 à, { S Ä S 6 cm
12
S 6R U 6 U
ËR R
12
B1 B1 B1

cos 2R
(b).
let u S
1 + sin 2R
Ëá
á S cos 2R , ⟹ S U2 sin 2R
ËR
Ëè
B1
è S 1 + sin 2R , ⟹ S 2 cos 2R
ËR
When the bowl is full, ℎ S { S 6
Ëu è ÀL U á ÀL
À
À
B1

S 1 1
ËR èA volume, è S Í xÄℎA U ℎHy S Í x6 × 6A U × 6H y
3 3
B1 B1
S 144Í cmH

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 73 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 74
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Ëè è 144Í let u S log ½ R


S S S 2.4Í cmHs FT 1
Ëj j 1 × 60 + 4u S 4
When the bowl is half way full, ℎ S A { S A × 6 S 3 cm u
T T
M1 B1 B1

1 + 4u A S 4u
B1
1
volume, è S Í xÄℎA U ℎHy 4u A U 4u + 1 S 0
B1
3
Ëè V2u U 1WA S 0
S ÍV2Äℎ U ℎ S ÍV2 × 6 × 3 U 3A W S 27Í
AW
u S 0.5
M1
Ëℎ
Ëℎ Ëℎ Ëè 1 4 but u S log ½ R
B1

S × S × 2.4Í S cm sFT
M1 B1 B1
Ëj Ëè Ëj 27Í 45 ∴ log ½ R S 0.5, ⟹ R S 5t.½ S √5 A1
M1 M1 A1
5LNA + 7¼NT S 3468
(b).

7¼ S 5L U 76
12

R A U 4R + 2 S 0 let a S 5L , n S 7¼
13 (a).

f + g S UVU4W S 4 5LNA + 7¼NT S 3468


fg S 2 5A × 5L + 7T × 7¼ S 3468
25a + 7n S 3468 ⟶ V1W
7¼ S 5L U 76, ⟹ n S a U 76 ⟶ V2W
B1
sum of roots S Vf + 2W + Vg + 2W S f + g + 4 S 4 + 4
For the required equation,

Substituting V2W into V1W gives:


B1
S8
M1 B1

product of roots S Vf + 2WVg + 2W S fg + 2f + 2g + 4 25a + 7Va U 76W S 3468


25a + 7a U 532 S 3468
M1
S fg + 2Vf + gW + 4 S 2 + 2 × 4 + 4 S 14
32a S 4000
M1 B1

R A U Vsum of rootsWR + Vproduct of rootsW S 0 a S 125


The required equation is given by:

but a S 5L , ⟹ 5L S 5H , ∴RS3
B1
R A U 8R + 14 S 0
From equation V2W,
A1 A1

ÅR A + 3R + Å U 4 S 0 n S 125 U 76 S 49
(b).

but n S 7¼ , ⟹ 7¼ S 7A , ∴uS2
B1
A1
YA U 4XZ > 0
For two real distinct roots,

3A U 4ÅVÅ U 4W > 0
9 U 4Å A + 16Å > 0
M1 B1 12

U4Å A + 16Å + 9 > 0 3 12


15
cos a S cos n S
U4Å A + 18Å U 2Å + 9 > 0 5 13
M1

2ÅV9 U 2ÅW + V9 U 2ÅW > 0


V2Å + 1WV9 U 2ÅW > 0 M1

Å < U0.5 U0.5 < Å < 4.5 Å > 4.5


V2Å + 1W
V9 U 2ÅW
– + +

V2Å + 1WV9
+ + + M1 M1

U 2ÅW
– + –
R S q5A U 3A S 4 R S q13A U 12A S 5
4 5
The range of values Å is: sin a S sin n S
5 13
U0.5 < Å < 4.5 4 5
tan a S tan n S
A1 B1 B1
3 12
12

logL 5 + 4 log ½ R S 4
14 (a).

1 tan a + tan n
(a).
+ 4 log ½ R S 4 tanVa + nW S
log ½ R B1 1 U tan a tan n B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 75 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 76
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

4 5 4 5 7 4 63
S x + y ÷ x1 U × y S ÷ S
3 12 3 12 4 9 16
P425/2
M1 M1 A1 APPLIED
1
(b).
cosecVa + nW S
MATHEMATICS
sinVa + nW
PAPER 2
sinVa + nW S sin a cos n + cos a sin n August 2018
4 12 3 5 48 3 63
B1
S × + × S + S
3 hours
5 13 5 13 65 13 65
65
M1
∴ cosecVa + nW S
63 A1 NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
1
(c).
secVa U nW S S.5 MATH 2 EOT 2 2018
cosVa U nW
cosVa U nW S cos a cos n + sin a sin n Time: 3 Hours
3 12 4 5 36 4 56
S × + × S + S
5 13 5 13 65 13 65
B1

65
M1
∴ secVa U nW S
NAME: COMB:
56 A1 INSTRUCTIONS:
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
12 section B.

 Where necessary, use ~ S 9.8 m s FA .


 Show your working clearly.
***END***

Section A (40 Marks)

Qn 1: Given that ÛVa⁄nW S , ÛVnW S , ÛVaW S , find


A T T
½ b H
ÛVn ⁄aW,
ÛVa ∩ nW.
(a).
(b). [5]

Qn 2: A plane flies from aV10, 50) to n(130, −110) at a speed of 100 m s FT ,


find the velocity of the plane in the form X• + Y– .
~
[5]
~

Qn 3: The table below shows the height distribution of seedlings:

Height (cm) 5–9 10 – 14 15 – 19 20 – 24 25 – 29


Frequency 18 24 46 32 30

Calculate:
(i). the modal height.
(ii). the number of seedlings of height less than 17 cm. [5]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 77 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 78
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 4: A particle has an initial position vector x4• + 3– + 9žy m. The particle (ii). the number of students with marks that are within one standard
~ ~ ~ deviation of the mean. [12]
moves with constant velocity x3• − 2– − 5žy m s FT . Find:
~ ~ ~
the position vector of the particle at any time, j. A lift travels vertically upwards from rest at floor a to rest at floor n, which is
Question 10:
(a).
(b). the position vector of the particle after 5 seconds. [5] 20 m above a, in three stages as follows:
At first, the lift accelerates from a at 2 m s FA for 2 s. It then travels at a
Qn 5: A class performed an experiment to estimate the diameter of a circular constant speed and finally it decelerates uniformly, coming to rest at n after a
T
total time of 6 s.
3.12, 3.16, 2.94, 3.33 and 3.00.
object. A sample of five students had the following results in centimeters:
A
Determine the sample: (a). Sketch the velocity-time graph for this motion.
(a). mean. (b). Find the magnitude of the constant deceleration.
(b). standard deviation. [6] (c). The mass of the lift and its contents is 500 kg. Find the tension in the lift
cable during the stage of motion when the lift is:
Qn 6: A car of mass 900 kg tows a caravan of mass 700 kg along a level road. (i). accelerating upwards.
The engine of the car exerts a forward force of 2.4 kilo Newtons and (ii). moving with constant speed. [12]
there is no resistance to motion. Find the acceleration and the tension in
the tow bar. [5] Question 11:
The height (cm) and ages (years) of a random sample of ten farmers are given
Qn 7: In how many ways can the letters of the “FACETIOUS” be arranged in a in the table below.
line. What is the probability that an arrangement begins with “ ” and

ñ VcmW
ends with “ ”. [5] Heights, 156 151 152 160 146 157 149 142 158 140

Qn 8: A particle with an initial velocity 2 m s FT moves in a straight line with a


ò VyearsW
Ages, 47 38 44 55 46 49 45 30 45 30
constant acceleration of 3 m s FA for 5 seconds. Find the final velocity and
distance. [4]
(a). (i). Calculate the rank correlation coefficient.
Section B (60 Marks) (ii). Comment on your result.
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks. (b). Plot a scatter diagram for the data and comment on the relationship of

Use your graph to find ò when ñ = 147.


the data. Draw a line of best fit.
Question 9: (c). [12]
The table below shows marks obtained by 120 students in a test:

A particle of mass 2 kg moves such that its displacement, Þ , is given by:


Question 12:
~

Þ = xj A − 4j − 5y
Marks 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45-49
A

j − 4j + 3
No. of 5 15 35 10 25 8 7 5
~
Find the expression for its velocity, « , in terms of j.
students
~
(a).
(a). Calculate: (b). Hence calculate the speed of the particle at j = 2 seconds.
(i). the mean. (c). Find the acceleration of the body and hence calculate the magnitude of
(ii). standard deviation of the marks. the force acting on the particle. [12]
(b). Plot an ogive for this data and use it to estimate:
(i). the median, Question 13:
© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 79 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 80
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

(a). In a game a player tosses three fair coins. He wins £ 10 if 3 heads occur, £
 if 2 heads occur, £ 3 if 1 head occurs and £ 2 if no heads occur. Express, MARKING GUIDE
in terms of , his expected gain from each game. Given that he pays £ SNo. Working Marks

ÛVa ∩ nW ÛVnW. ÛVa⁄n W 1 2 1 3


1 (a).
4.50 to play each game, calculate the value of  for which the game is fair.
ÛVn⁄aW S = = × ÷ =
ÛVaW ÛVaW 4 5 3 10
(b). A committee of 3 is to be chosen from 4 girls and 7 boys.
M1 M1 A1
(i). Form a probability distribution for the number of girls on the
1 2 1
(b).
ÛVa ∩ nW = ÛVnW. ÛVa⁄n W = × =
committee and show that the experiment in random.
(ii). Find the expected number of girls on the committee. [12] 4 5 10 M1 A1

(a). Particles of mass ™“ and ™— (™— > ™“ ) are connected by a light


Question 14: 05
2 ª«ª = 100 m s FT
~
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ − ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ = £  130 10 120
Ÿ  £Ÿ = K P−K P =K P
inextensible string passing over a smooth fixed pulley. The particles hang
−110 50 −160 B1
V™— F™“ W
vertically and are released from rest. Show that the acceleration of the
A™“ ™—
™“ N™— ™“N™— ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗¬ = q120A + V−160WA = 200
¬Ÿ 
system is and that the tension in the string is .
Two particles a and n are connected by a light inextensible string ª«ª 100 120
M1
60
passing over a smooth fixed pulley. The masses of a and n are A ™ and
(b).
TT ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ =
«= ~
Ÿ  K P=K P m sFT
~ ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗
¬Ÿ ¬ 200 −160 −80
™ respectively. With a and n hanging freely, the system is released
J
M1 B1

A
⟹ « = 60• − 80– m s FT
from rest with particle a a distance, », above the floor. If a time, ,
~ ~ ~ A1

elapses before a hits the floor, show that 20» S — . [12] 05


3
***END*** Class c ³. ´ Class
boundaries
5–9 18 18 4.5 – 9.5
10 – 14 24 42 9.5 – 14.5
15 – 19 46 88 14.5 – 19.5
20 – 24 32 120 19.5 – 24.5
25 – 29 30 150 24.5 – 29.5

∆T S 46 U 24 S 22, ∆A S 46 U 32 S 14
(i).

∆T
Modal height S z² + x yZ
∆T + ∆A
22 55
S 14.5 + x y × 5 S 14.5 + S 17.5556
22 + 14 18
M1 A1

(ii). Let ±T be the number of seedlings of height less than 17


cm.

Upper class 14.5 17 19.5

±T
boundary
Cumulative 42 88
frequency

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 81 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 82
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

±T U 42 17 U 14.5
S
88 U 42 19.5 U 14.5
2.5
M1 M1
±T S × 46 + 42 S 65
5 A1

±T U ³. ´µ
Alternatively:
17 S z² + x yZ

±T U 42
17 S 14.5 + x y×5
46
±T U 42
2.5 S 5 x y
46 2400 = V900 + 700WX
Considering the whole system,

23 S ±T U 42 2400
M1
±T S 65 X= = 1.5 m s FA
1600 A1

 − 0 = 700X
Considering the caravan only,
05
 = 700 × 1.5
4 3 4 + 3j
4 (a).
 = 1050 N
M1 M1
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ + j« = ¶3· + j ¶−2· = ¶3 − 2j· m
œVjW = £Ø A1
~ ~
9 −5 9 − 5j
M1 A1
05
4 3 4 15
(b).

number of ways S 9! S 362,880 ways


7 Without restriction,
œVj = 5W = ¶3· + 5 ¶−2· = ¶3· + ¶−10· M1 A1
~
9 −5 9 −25 M1 M1
19
When the arrangement begins with “ ” and ends with “ ”,

= ¶ −7 · m
−16
A1

05

3.12 + 3.16 + 2.94 + 3.33 + 3.00


5 (a).
Sample mean, R=
5 number of ways S 1! × 7! × 1! S 1 × 5040 × 1 S 5,040 ways
15.55
M1 M1
= = 3.11 5,040 1
B1
5 required probability S S ≈ 0.0139
362,880 72
B1
(b). M1 A1

­ R A = 3.12A + 3.16A + 2.94A + 3.33A + 3A = 48.4525


è S á + Xj S 2 + 3 × 5 S 17 m s FT
05
€ ∑ RA
¥ = ¦K 1 1
8
Sample standard deviation, P§ −R ¨
M1 A1
A
€−1 € à S áj + Xj A S 2 × 5 + × 3 × 5A S 47.5 m
2 2 M1 A1
5 48.4525
= ¦x y„ − V3.11WA …
5−1 5
M1 M1 04

= √1.25 × 0.0184 = √0.023 ≈ 0.1517


9
Class c R cR cR A Class C.F
A1 boundaries

06 10 – 14 5 12 60 720 9.5 – 14.5


15 – 19 15 17 255 4335 14.5 – 19.5
6
20 – 24 35 22 770 16940 19.5 – 24.5
25 – 29 10 27 270 7290 24.5 – 29.5
B1-for C.F column

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 83 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 84
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

30 – 34 25 32 800 25600 29.5 – 34.5 12


35 – 39 8 37 296 10952 34.5 – 39.5 10 (a).
40 – 44 7 42 294 12348 39.5 – 44.5
45 – 49 5 47 235 11045 44.5 – 49.5
Total 110 2980 89230

-2
∑ cR 2980
(a). (i).
RS S S 27.0909
∑c 110
M1 A1 B1 B1 B1

1
(ii).
∑ cR A ∑ cR 89230 2980 A
A
¥S¦ U§ ¨ S¦ Ux y S 8.79002
∑c ∑c 110 110 M1 M1 A1

(b).
(ii).
For the first stage,
è S á + Xj S 0 + 2 s 2 S 4 m s FT
1
total distance = × 4 × VjA + 6.5W = 20
2
2jA + 13 = 20
B1

2jA = 7
jA = 3.5 s
jH = 6.5 − 2 − 3.5 = 1 s
B1
B1

è = á + Xj
B1-axes For the last stage,

B1- plotting 0 = 4 + XH × 1
XH = −4 m sFA
M1
points
∴ deceleration = 4 m sFA A1
B1-smooth curve
 − 500~ = 500X
(b). (i).

 − 500 × 9.8 = 500 × 2


 = 5900 N
M1
A1

 − 500~ = 500 × 0
(ii).

 − 500 × 9.8 = 0
 = 4900 N
M1
A1

1
(i).
Median position S s 110 S 55
2
12

∴ Median S 24.5
11 (a).
B1
R u }L }¼ Ë ËA
Position of one stantard deviation of the mean
(ii).

S 27.0909 ‹ 8.79002 ≈ †18.3, 35.9‡


J 140 30 1 9.5

∴ One stantard deviation of the mean S 91 U 15 S 76


B1
B1-for Ë
0 0.5 0.25
A1 H 142 30 9 9.5 -0.5 0.25
E 146 46 8 4 4 16

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 85 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 86
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

B1-for ËA Ë 2j − 4 2
= K P = K P m sFA
Ëj 2j − 4 2
G 149 45 7 5.5 1.5 2.25 M1 B1
~
B1-for ∑ ËA 2 4
B 151 38 6 8 -2 4
’ =  = 2 K P = K P N
2 4
C 152 44 5 7 -2 4 B1
~ ~
ª’ª = q2A + 2A = 4√2 ≈ 5.6568 N
A 156 47 4 3 1 1
~
F 157 49 3 2 1 1 M1 A1
I 158 45 2 5.5 -3.5 12.25

∑ Ë A S4
D 160 55 1 1 0 0 12
Tota 151 429 13 (a).
l 1 1
H T

6 ∑ ËA 6 × 41
(i).

é S 1U S1U S 1 U 0.2485 S 0.7515


€V€ A U 1W 10V10A U 1W
M1 A1 HH HHH HHT
TH THH THT B1
(ii). Significant at 5%. (or: Not significant at 1%.) B1 HT HTH HTT

1511 429
(b). TT TTH TTT
RS S 151.1, u= = 42.9
10 10
⟹ Mean point, VR, uW = V151.1, 42.9W R ÛVñ = RW RÛVñ = RW
.

1 2
8 8
1

3 9
B1-ÛVñ = RW
8 8
2

R 3 3R
B1-RÛVñ = RW
B1-axes
8 8
B2-points 1 10
8 8
10

B1-line of best fit 1 21 + 3R


8
Sums

21 + 3R
Expected gain =
8 M1

Proit = 0
The game is fair if:

21 + 3R
Comment: There is a positive linear relationship between ñ − 4.5 = 0
8
and ò. B1
21 + 3R
= 4.5
M1 M1
(c). ò = 37 when ñ = 147.
8
21 + 3R = 36
A1
12 3R = 15
R=5
Ë j A − 4j − 5 2j − 4
12 (a).
«= x y=K P
A1
Ëj j A − 4j + 3 2j − 4 Let ñ be the number of girls on the committee.
(b).
~ M1 M1 B1
b
³t × B³H 7
2×2−4 0 ÛVñ = 0W = =
(b).
«Vj = 2W = K P=K P TT
³H 33
2×2−4 0
M1 B1
~
speed = q0A + 0A = 0 m s FT
b
³T × B³A 84
ÛVñ = 1W = =
165
B1
TT
³H
M1 A1
(c).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 87 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 88
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

³A × B³T
b
42 2TA ~
ÛVñ S 2W S S , S , , as required
T + A
B1
³HTT 165
³H × B³t
b
4
ÛVñ S 3W S S
B1 (b).
TT
³H 165
7 84 42 4
­ ÛVñ S RW S + + + S1
33 165 165 165 B1
Ð L
Hence the experiment is random.
(ii).

øVñW S ­ RÛVñ S RW
Ð L
7 84 42 4 12
S0× +1× +2× +3× S
33 165 165 165 11
M1 A1

12
14 (a). 5.5~ U  S 5.5X ⟶ V1W
 U 4.5~ S 4.5X ⟶ V2W
B1
Equation V1W + V2W gives:
B1
~ S 10X
~
XS m s FA
10
B1
1
à S áj + Xj A
2
1 ~
Ë S0+ × × jA
2 10
~j A
ËS
20
M1

20Ë S ~j A , as required B1
 U T~ S T X ⟶ V1W
A~ U  S A X ⟶ V2W
B1
12
Equation V1W + V2W gives:
B1

A~ U T ~ S T X + A X
VA U T W~ S VT + A WX
M1
***END***
VA U TW~
XS , as required
T + A
Substituting for X into equation V1W gives:
B1

 S T V~ + XW
A ~ U T ~
S T x~ + y
T + A
M1

T ~ + A ~ + A~ U T ~
S T x y
T + A
M1

2A ~
S T x y
T + A

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 89 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 90
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

P425/1 Qn 8: A container is in the form of an inverted right circular cone. Its height is
PURE 100 cm and base radius is 40 cm. The container is full of water and has a

100 mH s FT. Find the rate at which the water level in the container is
MATHEMATICS small hole at its vertex. Water is flowing through the hole at a rate of
PAPER 1
Sept 2018 falling when the height of water in the container is halved. [5]
3 hours
Section B (60 Marks)

NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL Question 9:


S.5 MATH 1 BOT 3 2018 (a). Find the three numbers in a Geometric progression with a sum of 28 and

(b). The roots of the quadratic equation R A + dR + e S 0 are f and g, show


a product of 512. [7]
Time: 3 Hours
that the quadratic equation whose roots are Vf A U efW and Vg A U egW is

R A U VdA + de U 2eWR + e A Vd + e + 1W S 0
NAME: COMB: given by:
INSTRUCTIONS:
 Attempt ALL questions in section A and any five from section B. [5]

A circle whose centre is in the first quadrant touches the R U and u Uaxes and
 Show your working clearly. Question 10:

Section A (40 Marks) the line 8R U 15u S 120. Find the:

(b). point at which the circle touches the R Uaxis.


(a). equation of the circle. [10]

4R U 5u + 7 S U14
Qn 1: Solve the simultaneous equations: [2]

9R + 2u + 3 S 47 Question 11:
R U u U 5 S 11
from the point aV2, 4W to its distance from the point nV−5, 3W is 2: 3.
(a). Find the locus of a point which moves such that the ratio of its distance
[5]

Qn 2: Solve the equation: tan 2R = cot 3R for 0° m R m 180°. (b). Find the equation of the normal to the curve R A u + 3u A − 4R − 12 = 0 at
[6]

the point V1, 2W.


[5]
[6]
L r
Qn 3: The coefficients of the first three terms of the expansion of K1 + P are
A
in an A.P. Find the value of €. (a). Find the first three terms of the expansion V2 − RWG and hence use it to
Question 12:
[5]
find 1.998G to 2 d.p.
TNAL A
Qn 4: Differentiate K P with respect to R. (b). Expand V1 − 3R + 2R A W½ in ascending powers of R as far as the R A term.
[7]
TNL
[5]
[5]
Qn 5: Solve for R: log H R + log L 3 S
Tt
H
. [5] Question 13:
The equations of a curve is parametrically given by R = TFl and u = TFl .
TNl Al E

points aV1, 3W and nVU2, 5W. ÀE ¼


Qn 6: Find the equation of the circle whose end diameter is the line joining the
ÀL E
[5] Find . [12]

Qn 7: Solve for R in the equation: 4AL − 4LNT + 4 = 0. [5]


© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 91 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 92
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

(a). Prove that in any triangle an³,


Question 14:
MARKING GUIDE
a n ³ a n ³
sinA + sinA + sinA S 1 U 2 sin sin sin 4R U 5u + 7 S U14 ⟶ V1W
SNo. Working Marks

2 2 2 2 2 2 9R + 2u + 3 S 47 ⟶ V2W
1

(b). Show that 4 cos 3k cos k + 1 S


[\] ½^
R U u U 5 S 11 ⟶ V3W
[\] ^
Equation 5 × V3W U V1W gives,
. [12]

5R U 5u U 25 S 55 ⟶ 5 × V3W
***END*** U ®4R U 5u + 7 S U14® ⟶ V1W
R U 32 S 69 ⟶ V4W
Equation 2 × V3W + V2W gives,
2R U 2u U 10 S 22 ⟶ 2 × V3W
+ ® 9R + 2u + 3 S 47 ® ⟶ V2W
11R U 7 S 69 ⟶ V5W
Equation V5W U 11 × V4W gives,
11R U 7 S 69 ⟶ V5W
U ®11R U 352 S 759® ⟶ 11 × V4W
345 S U690
 S U2
M1

From equation V4W,


A1

R U 32 × VU2W S 69
RS5
M1-mobile

From equation V3W,


A1

5 U u U 5 × VU2W S 11
5 U u + 10 S 11
uS4 A1

tan 2R S cot 3R
05

sin 2R cos 3R
2
S
cos 2R sin 3R
sin 2R sin 3R S cos 2R cos 3R
M1

cos 2R cos 3R U sin 2R sin 3R S 0


cosV2R + 3RW S 0
B1

cos 5R S 0
M1

5R S 90°, 270°, 450°, 630°, 810°


R S 18°, 54°, 90°, 126°, 162°
B1
A1

R r R €V€ U 1W R A
05
K1 + P ≈ 1 + € K P + K P +⋯
2 2 2! 2
3

€ €V€ U 1W A
≈1+ R+ R +⋯
2 8 B1

€V€ U 1W € €
For the coefficients to be in A.P,
U S U1
8 2 2
€V€ U 1W
M1 M1
S€U1
8
€V€ U 1W S 8V€ U 1W

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 93 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 94
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

€V€ U 1W U 8V€ U 1W S 0
V€ U 8WV€ U 1W S 0
The required equation of the circle is given by:
A
VR + 0.5WA + Vu U 4WA S Ž√13
€ S 8, or, €S1 R A + R + 0.25 + u A U 8u + 16 S 13
but € ≠ 1, ⟹€S8
B1 M1
R A + u A + R U 8u + 3.25 S 0
A1 B1
4R A + 4u A + 4R U 32u + 13 S 0
1 + 2R A
05 A1

let u S x y
4
1+R 4AL U 4LNT + 4 S 0
05
Ëá V4L WA U 4T × 4L + 4 S 0
á S V1 + 2RWA ,
7
⟹ S 2V1 + 2RW × 2 S 4V1 + 2RW
ËR let u S 4L
M1
Ëè
B1
è S V1 + RWA, ⟹ S 2V1 + RW × 1 S 2V1 + RW u U 4u + 4 S 0
A
ËR Vu U 2WA S 0
B1
B1
Ëu è ÀL U á ÀL
À
À
uS2
M1
S
ËR èA but u S 4L
V1 + RWA × 4V1 + 2RW U V1 + 2RWA × 2V1 + RW ∴ 4L S 2, ⟹ 2AL S 2T
S 2R S 1, ⟹ R S 0.5
V1 + RWb
B1
M1 M1
V1 + RWV1 + 2RW†4V1 + RW U 2V1 + 2RW‡
A1

S
V1 + RWb
V1 + 2RW†4 + 4R U 2 U 4R‡ 2V1 + 2RW
05

S S
8
V1 + RWH V1 + RWH
A1

10
05
log H R + logL 3 S
3
5

1 10
log H R + S
log H R 3
let u S log H R
B1

1 10
u+ S
u 3 Ëè 1
3u A + 3 S 10u S 100 cmHs FT , ℎ S × 100 S 50 cm
Ëj 2
3u A U 10u + 3 S 0 Ä 40
3u A U 9u U u + 3 S 0 S , ⟹ Ä S 0.4ℎ
M1
ℎ 100
B1
3uVu U 3W U Vu U 3W S 0 1 1 2
V3u U 1WVu U 3W S 0 volume, è S ÍÄ A ℎ S ÍV0.4ℎWA ℎ S ÍℎH
3 3 15
B1
1 Ëè 2 A 2
uS , or, uS3 S Íℎ S Í × 50A S 1000Í
Ëℎ 5 5
B1
3
B1
but u S log H R Ëℎ Ëℎ Ëè 1 1
1 S × S × 100 S cm sFT
Ëj Ëè Ëj 1000Í 10Í
log H R S , or, logH R S 3
M1 A1
3
M1

∴ R S √3, or, R S 3H S 27
I
A1 05

sum S X + XÄ + XÄ A S 28
9 (a).

1 + VU2W 3 + 5 XV1 + Ä + Ä A W S 28 ⟶ V1W


05
Centre S Midpoint of an S § , ¨
6 B1
2 2
product S X × XÄ × XÄ A S 28
B1
S VU0.5, 4W
X H Ä H S 512
Radius S Length of an S qVU2 U 1WA + V5 U 3WA XÄ S 8 ⟶ V2W
S √13 units Equation V1W ÷ V2W gives:
B1 B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 95 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 96
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

XV1 + Ä + Ä A W 28
S
XÄ 8
1 + Ä + Ä A S 3.5Ä
M1

Ä A U 2.5Ä + 1 S 0
2Ä A U 5Ä + 2 S 0
2Ä A U 4Ä U Ä + 2 S 0
2ÄVÄ U 2W U VÄ U 2W S 0
V2Ä U 1WVÄ U 2W S 0
B1 B1

Ä S 0.5, or, ÄS2


8
B1
when Ä S 0.5, XS S 16
0.5
First term, X S 16
B1

Second term S 16 × 0.5 S 8


Third term S 8 × 0.5 S 4
A1-all the three

∴ The three numbers are: 16, 8 and 4. 8Ä U 15Ä U 120


terms

Length a³, ÄS 


8 q8A + VU15WA
Alternatively: M1
when Ä S 2, XS S4 U7Ä U 120
2 ÄS© ©
First term, XS4 17
Second term S 4 × 2 S 8 UV7Ä + 120W
ÄS 
Third term S 8 × 2 S 16 17
∴ The three numbers are: 4, 8 and 16. 7Ä + 120
M1
ÄS
17
R A + dR + e S 0 17Ä S 7Ä + 120
(b).

f + g S Ud , fg S e 10Ä S 120
For Vf A U efW and Vg A U egW as roots, Ä S 10
B1

product S Vf A U efWVg A U egW Centre V10, 10W, Radius S 10 units


B1 A1

S f A g A U ef A g U efgA + eA fg
S VfgWA U efgVf + gW + e Afg VR U 10WA + Vu U 10WA S 10A
The required equation of the circle is given by:

S eA U e × e × VUdW + e A × e R U 20R + 100 + u A U 20u + 100 S 100


A
M1

S eA + eA d + eH R A + u A U 20R U 20u + 100 S 0


B1

S e AV1 + d + eW
M1 A1

sum S Vf A U efW + Vg A U egW The circle touches the R Uaxis at point V10, 0W.
(b).

S f A U ef + gA U eg
B1 A1

S Vf A + g A W U eVf + gW
S Vf + gWA U 2fg U eVf + gW (a). Let the variable point be ÛVR, uW
12

S VUdWA U 2e U e × VUdW aÛ: Ûn S 2: 3


11

S d A U 2e + ed M1 3aÛ S 2Ûn
3qVR U 2WA + Vu U 4WA S 2qVR + 5WA + Vu U 3WA
R A U VsumWR + VproductW S 0
The required equation is: B1 M1
9VR A U 4R + 4 + u A U 8u + 16W
R A U VdA + de U 2eWR + eA Vd + e + 1W S 0, as required B1 S 4VR A + 10R + 25 + u A U 6u + 9W
9R A U 36R + 9u A U 72u + 180
M1 M1
12 S 4R A + 40R + 4u A U 24u + 136
5R A + 5u A U 76R U 48u + 44 S 0
For 8R U 15u S 120,
10 (a).

U76 A U48 A 44
B1
when R S 0, 0 U 15u S 120, ⟹uS8
Radius S ¦x y +x y U S √314.4
when u S 0, 8R U 0 S 120, ⟹ R S 15 5 5 5
B1
B1 B1

The locus is a circle with centre K , P and radius √314.4


FBG FbÜ
½ ½ B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 97 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 98
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

2j A
uS
units.
1Uj
Ë A Ë Ëu V1 U jW × 2j U 2j A × VU1W
(b).
VR u + 3u A U 4R U 12W S V0W S
ËR ËR
M1 M1
Ëj V1 U jWA
Ëu Ëu
M1 M1
RA + 2Ru + 6u U4 S0 2j U 2j A + 2j A 2j
ËR ËR S S
B1 B1

Ëu V1 U jWA V1 U jWA
VR A + 6uW S 4 U 2Ru Ëu Ëu Ëj 2j V1 U jWA
ËR S × S × Sj
Ëu 4 U 2Ru ËR Ëj ËR V1 U jWA 2
M1 B1
S Ë u
A
Ë Ëu Ëj V1 U jWA
1
ËR R A + 6u S x y× S 1× S V1 U jWA
At the point V1, 2W, ËR A Ëj ËR ËR 2 2
B1 M1 B1

4U2×1×2
Gradient of tangent S A S0
1 +6×2
U1
B1 12

Gradient of the normal S S U∞


0
a n ³
14 (a).

u U 2 U1 z. {. | S sinA + sinA + sinA


2 2 2
The required equation of the normal is given by:
S 1 1 1
RU1 0 S V1 U cos aW + V1 U cos nW + V1 U cos ³W
0 S UR + 1 2 2 2
M1

RS1 1
B1
S ý3 U cos a U cos n U cos ³þ
2
A1
1 a
S „3 U x1 U 2 sinA y U Vcos n + cos ³W…
2 2
12 B1

R G 1 a n+³ nU³
S „2 + 2 sinA U 2 cos x y cos x y…
12 (a).
V2 U RWG S 2G K1 U P 2 2 2 2
2
R 6×5 R A
B1 B1
≈ 2G „1 + 6 KU P + × KU P + ⋯ … n+³ a a
For angles of a triangle, A, B, C,
2 2! 2 sin x y S sin x90 U y S cos
15 2 2 2
M1 M1 M1
≈ 64 „1 U 3R + R A + ⋯ … n+³ a a
4 cos x y S cos x90 U y S sin
≈ 64 U 192R + 240R A + ⋯ 2 2 2
1 a a nU³
⟹ z. {. | S „2 + 2 sinA U 2 sin cos x y…
B1

1.998G S V2 U 0.002WG 2 2 2 2
For the hence part: B1
a a nU³
≈ 64 U 192 × 0.002 + 240 × V0.002WA S 63.62 V2 d. pW S 1 + sinA U sin cos x y
2 2 2
M1 A1
a a nU³
V1 U 3R + 2R A W½ S †1 + V2R A U 3RW‡½ S 1 + sin „sin U cos x y…
(b).

5×4 2 2 2
a n+³ nU³
B1
≈ 1 + 5V2R A U 3RW + × V2R A U 3RWA + ⋯ S 1 + sin „cos x y U cos x y…
2!
M1 M1
2 2 2
≈ 1 + 5V2R A U 3RW + 10V4R b U 12R H + 9R A W + ⋯ a n ³
B1

≈ 1 + 10R A U 15R + 40R b U 120R H + 90R A + ⋯ S 1 + sin „U2 sin sin …


2 2 2
≈ 1 + 10R A U 15R + 90R A + ⋯ a n ³
B1 B1

≈ 1 U 15R + 100R A + ⋯ S 1 U 2 sin sin sin , as required


B1 2 2 2 B1

sin 5k
(b).

1+j 4 cos 3k cos k + 1 S


12
RS sin k
1Uj z. {. | S 4 cos 3k cos k + 1
13

ËR V1 U jW × 1 U V1 + jW × VU1W sin k
S S 4 cos 3k cos k +
Ëj V1 U jWA
B1
sin k
1Uj+1+j 2 4 cos 3k cos k sin k + sin k
M1 M1
S S S
V1 U jWA V1 U jWA sin k
B1
B1 B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 99 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 100
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

2 cos 3k sin 2k + sin k


S
sin k
B1 P425/2
sin 5k U sin k + sin k
APPLIED
S
sin k
B1
MATHEMATICS
sin 5k
S , as required
PAPER 2
sin k B1 Sept 2018
3 hours
12

***END***
NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
S.5 MATH 2 BOT 3 2018
Time: 3 Hours

NAME: COMB:
INSTRUCTIONS:
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
section B.

 Where necessary, use ~ S 9.8 m s FA .


 Show your working clearly.

Section A (40 Marks)

Qn 1: The events a and n are such that ÛVa⁄n W S 0.4, ÛVn ⁄aW S 0.25,
ÛVa ∩ nW S 0.12. find ÛVa ∪ n′W. [5]

cycle directly towards each other. James starts from rest at a point a
Qn 2: At the same instant, two children who are standing 24 m apart begin to

riding with a constant acceleration of 2 m sFA and William rides with a


constant speed of 2 m s FT . Find how long it is before they meet.
[5]

Qn 3: Eight candidates seeking to join a certain school were given Maths VRW
and English VuW tests and their scores were recorded as follows:

R
u
54 35 62 87 53 71 50 55
60 47 65 83 56 74 63 57

Find R when u S 55.


(a). Draw a scatter diagram and comment on your results.
(b). [5]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 101 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 102
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 4: A ball is projected vertically upwards and when it is at a height of 10 m, it (a). Calculate the:
takes 8 seconds to return to its point of projection. Find the speed with (i). Mean mark,
which the ball was projected. [5] (ii). Standard deviation. [9]
(b). Draw a cumulative frequency curve and use it to estimate the:
A
½
Qn 5: The probability that a fisherman catches fish on a clear day is and on (i). Median mark.
B H (ii). pass mark if 70 students passed. [6]
Tt ½
cloudy day is . If the probability that the day is cloudy is , find the
probability that the day is cloudy given that the fisherman does not catch Question 10:
fish. [5] Two tetrahedral dice, with faces labeled 1, 2, 3 and 4 are thrown and the

Qn 6: A plane flying from aV10, 50W to nV130, U110W at a speed of 100 m s FT ,


number on which each lands is noted. The score is the sum of the two numbers.

find the velocity of the plane in the form X• + Y– .


Find the probability that:
~ ~
[5] (a). the score is even, given that at least one die lands on three.

Qn 7: A discrete random variable ñ has a probability distribution given below:


(b). at least one die lands on three given that the score is even. [12]

R U1 0 1
Question 11:
2 3
1 1 3 3
The table below shows the expenditure of restaurant for the years 2014 and
ÛVñ S RW X
X
2016.
8 8 8 2 Item Price (shs) Weight
2014 2016

(i). value of X.
Find the: Milk (per litre) 1,000 1,300 0.5

(ii). øVñ A W.
Eggs (per tray) 6,500 8,300 1
[5] Sugar (per kg) 3,000 3,800 2
Blue band 7,000 9,000 1
Qn 8: A particle has an initial position vector x4• + 3– + 9žy m. The particle
Taking 2014 as the base year, calculate for 2016 the:
~ ~ ~ (a). Price relative for each item.
moves with constant velocity x3• U 2– U 5žy m s . Find: FT (b). Simple aggregate price index.
~ ~ ~
the position vector of the particle at any time, j.
(c). Weighted aggregate price index and comment on your result.
(a). (d). In 2016, the restaurant spent shs 45,000 on buying these items. Using
(b). the position vector of the particle after 5 seconds. [5] the index obtained in (c), find how much money the restaurant could
have spent in 2014. [12]
Section B (60 Marks)
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks. Question 12:

maintained a speed of 50 km hFT . Another car started 120 seconds later from
A car is started from rest accelerated uniformly for 120 seconds and then
Question 9:

maintained a speed of 75 km hFT .


The table below shows the cumulative marks scored by 100 students in a the same spot and this car too accelerated uniformly for 120 seconds and then
Maths test.
(a). Sketch a velocity-time graph and find when and where the second car

(b). The car maintained the speed of 50 km hFT for 10 minutes. It then
overtook the first.
Marks (%) <10 <20 <30 <40 <50 <60 <70 <80 <90 <100
Cumulative 5 9 16 26 41 60 77 90 98 100 decelerated uniformly for further 2.5 minutes before coming to rest. How
frequency
far has the car travelled from the start? [12]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 103 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 104
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

A discrete random variable ñ has its probability distribution given below:


Question 13:
MARKING GUIDE
R 1 2 5 7 10
ÛVa ∩ nW
SNo. Working Marks

ÛVñ S RW 2Z + Å 2VZ + ÅW 5Z + Å 5Z + 0.1 6Z + 0.1 ÛVa⁄n W S


ÛVnW
1

Given that ÛVñ S 1W S ÛVñ S 5W, find: ÛVa ∩ nW 0.12


(a). the values of Z and Å. ⟹ ÛVnW S
ÛVa⁄n W
=
0.4
= 0.3
(b). the mean and mode of ñ. ÛVn ∩ aW
B1

(c). the standard deviation of ñ. ÛVn⁄aW =


[12] ÛVaW
ÛVn ∩ aW 0.12
⟹ ÛVaW S = = 0.48
ÛVn⁄aW 0.25 B1
¿W
Question 14:
ÛVa ∩ n = ÛVaW − ÛVa ∩ nW = 0.48 − 0.12 = 0.36 B1
ÛVa ∪ n ¿ W S ÛVaW + ÛVn ¿ W U ÛVa ∩ n ¿ W
The diagram below shows two pulleys of masses 8 kg and 12 kg connected by a

= 0.48 + V1 − 0.3W − 0.36 = 0.82


light inextensible string hanging over fixed pulley.
M1 A1

ÛVa ∩ nW
Alternatively:
ÛVa⁄n W =
ÛVnW
ÛVa ∩ nW 0.12
⟹ ÛVnW S = = 0.3
ÛVa⁄n W 0.4 B1
ÛVn ∩ aW
ÛVn⁄aW =
ÛVaW
ÛVn ∩ aW 0.12
⟹ ÛVaW S = = 0.48
ÛVn⁄aW 0.25
B1

~ ~
The acceleration of 4 kg and 12 kg masses are M2 upwards and M2
~
downwards respectively. The acceleration of the 3 kg and ™ kg masses are M3
~
upwards and M3 downwards respectively. The hanging portions of the strings ÛVW = 0.48 + 0.18 + R = 1 M1
R = 0.34 B1
are vertical. Given that the string of the fixed pulley remains stationary, find ÛVa ∪ n ¿ W S 0.48 + 0.34 S 0.82 A1
the:

(b). value of ™. Let R be the distance, in metres, travelled by James before they
(a). tensions in the strings, [9] 05
[3] 2

For motion of James, à S R, á S 0, X S 2 m sFA


***END*** meet.

1
à S áj + Xj A
2

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 105 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 106
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1
R S0+ × 2 × jA
2
Comment: There is a positive linear relationship between the B1

R S j A ⟶ V1W (b). When u = 55, R = 46.5.


Maths and English tests. A1

For motion of William, à = 24 − R, X = 0, á = 2 m sFT


B1

1
à = áj + Xj A
2
05

24 − R = 2j + 0
4

R = 24 − 2j ⟶ V2W
Substituting equation V2W into V1W gives,
B1

24 − 2j = j A
j A + 2j − 24 = 0
M1

−2 ‹ q2A − 4 × 1 × V−24W
j=
2×1
j = 4, or, j = −6
M1

but j  −6, ⟹ j=4s A1

05
For motion BCD, à = −10 m, j = 8 s, á = èT
54 + 35 + 62 + 87 + 53 + 71 + 50 + 55
3 (a).
R= 1
8 à = áj − ~j A
467 2
= = 58.375 ≈ 58.4 1
8 −10 = 8èT − × 9.8 × 8A
60 + 47 + 65 + 83 + 56 + 74 + 63 + 57 2
u= −10 = 8èT − 313.6
M1 M1

8 303.6
505 èT = = 37.95 m s FT
= = 63.125 ≈ 63.1 8
8 For motion AB, à = 10 m, è = 37.95 m sFT
B1
Mean point, VR, uW = V58.4, 63.1W
è A = á A − 2~à
B1

37.95A = á A − 2 × 9.8 × 10
á A = 1636.2025
M1

á = 40.45 m s FT A1
Alternatively:

B1-all points
correctly plotted
with correct scale
and labeling axes

B1-line of best fit

For motion BC, á = èT, è = 0, j = jT


è = á − ~j
0 = èT − 9.8jT

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 107 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 108
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

èT 3 7 3 2
jT S S × + x1 U y ×
9.8 5 10 5 5
B1 B1

29
For motion CD, á S 0, è S áT, j S jA S 0.42 + 0.16 S S 0.58
50
M1
¿W
è S á + ~j ÛV³ ∩ ´ ÛV³W − ÛV³ ∩ ´W
ÛV³ ⁄´ ¿ W S =
áT S 0 U 9.8jA B1-for both jT ÛV´ ¿ W 1 − ÛV´W
áT 0.6 − 0.42 3
jA S and jA = = ≈ 0.4286
9.8 1 − 0.58 7
M1 A1
but, jT + jA S 8
èT áT
+ S8
9.8 9.8
05
èT + áT S 78.4
M1-substitution

¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ = K 130 P − K10P = K 120 P m


6
èT S 78.4 U áT Ÿ 
−110 50 −160
For motion AB, á S áT, è S èT , à S 10 m
ª«ª S 100 m s FT
M1 B1
è A S á A U 2~à ~
èT A S áT A U 2 × 9.8 × 10 ª«ª 100
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S 120
V78.4 U áT WA S áT A U 196 «S ~
. Ÿ  .K P
~ ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗¬
¬Ÿ  q120A + VU160WA U160
M1
6146.56 U 156.8áT + áT A S áT A U 196
60
M1 M1
6342.56 S 156.8áT SK P m sFT
U80
áT S 40.45 m sFT M1 « S 60• U 80– m sFT
A1 ~ ~ ~
A1
05
Let ³ denote event of a cloudy day and ´ denote event of
05

R ÛVñ S RW RÛVñ S RW R A ÛVñ S RW


5 7

U1 1 1 1
U
catching fish.

8 8 8
0 X 0 0
1 1 1 1 B1-∑ R A ÛVñ S RW
8 8 8
2 3 3 3
8 4 2
3X 9X 27X
B2-all correct
tree diagram 3
2 2 2
5 5X 3 9X 7 27X
+ + +
8 2 4 2 4 2
Sums

(a).

K × P
H B ­ ÛVñ S RW S 1
ÛV³ ∩ ´ ¿ W
ÛV³ ⁄´ ¿ W S = H ½H TtA H Ð L
ÛV´ W
¿
K × + × P 5 5X
½ Tt ½ ½ + S1
8 2
M1 M1
9 21 3
= ÷ = ≈ 0.4286 5X 5
M1-suming and

80 80 7 S1U
equating to 1
2 8
A1

5X 3
2 7 3 S
Alternatively:
ÛV´ ⁄³′W S , ÛV´ ⁄³ W S , ÛV³W S 2 8
5 10 5 3 2 3
ÛV´W S ÛV´ ∩ ³W + ÛV´ ∩ ³ ¿ W XS × S S 0.15
8 5 20
A1
= ÛV³W. ÛV´ ⁄³ W + ÛV³ ¿ W. ÛV´ ⁄³ ′W (b).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 109 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 110
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

7 27X 7 27 3
øVñ A W S ­ R A ÛVñ S RW S + S + ×
4 2 4 2 20
Ð L
M1
151
S S 3.775
40 A1 B1-plotting all
points correctly
05 and smooth

4 3
ccurve
4 + 3j
8 (a).

œVjW S œ + j« S ¶3· + j ¶U2· S ¶3 U 2j· m


9
~ ~
~
U5 9 U 5j
M1 A1 B1-labelling axes
with uniform

4+3×5 19
(b). scale

œVj S 5W S ¶3 U 2 × 5· S ¶ U7 · m
~
9U5×5 U16 M1 M1 A1

05
9 (a).

Marks ³. ´ c R cR cR A Class
boundaries
1 1
(i).
Median position = ± S × 100 S 50
<10 5 5 5 25 125 0 – 10
2 2
<20 9 4 15 60 900 10 – 20
<30 16 7 25 175 4375 20 – 30 B1-for c ⟹ Median mark S 55
<40 26 10 35 350 12250 30 – 40 B1
B1-for R Pass mark S 43
(ii).
<50 41 15 45 675 30375 40 – 50
<60 60 19 55 1045 57475 50 – 60 B1
<70 77 17 65 1105 71825 60 – 70 B1-for class
<80 90 13 75 975 73125 70 – 80 12
boundary 10
<90 98 8 85 680 57800 80 – 90
<100 100 2 95 190 18050 90 – 100 1 2 3 4
Total 100 5280 326,300
1 2 3 4 5
∑ cR 5280
(i).
Mean mark S S S 52.8
2 3 4 5 6 B2-all correct
∑c 100
M1 A1 3 4 5 6 7
4 5 6 7 8
(ii).
∑ cR A ∑ cR
A
€V|W S 16
Standard deviation S ¦ U§ ¨ Let a S ýeven scoreþ, n = ýat least one die lands on threeþ,
∑c ∑c
€VaW 8
ÛVaW = = S 0.5
326300 5280 A €V|W 16
S¦ Ux y S √475.16 ≈ 21.7982 €VnW 7
100 100
M1 B1
ÛVnW S S S 0.4375
€V|W 16
M1 A1

€Va ∩ nW 3
(b). M1 B1
ÛVa ∩ nW S S S 0.1875
€V|W 16 M1 B1
(a).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 111 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 112
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

ÛVa ∩ nW 0.1875 3 ÛAtTb S shs 35225.049


ÛVa⁄n W S = = ≈ 0.4286
ÛVnW 0.4375 7
M1 A1 A1
12

ÛVa ∩ nW 0.1875 3 50 × 1000 125


(b). 12 W
ÛVn⁄aW = = = = 0.375 50 km hFT S S m s FT
ÛVaW 0.5 8 3600 9
M1 A1

75 × 1000 125
75km hFT S S m s FT
12 3600 6

ÛAtTG
v(m/s)
11 (a).
Price relative S
ÛAtTb
Y Z
125/6 m s-1 2nd car

B C
125/9 m s-1 1st car
1300
Item Price relative
S S 1.3
B1-1st car
1000
Milk (per litre)

8300
B1
S S 1.277
6500
Eggs (per tray) B1-2nd car

3800
B1
S S 1.267
3000
Sugar (per kg) B1-labelling axes
9000
S S 1.286
B1 A 120 s X 120 s t t (s)

7000
Blue band
1 125 125
ào S × †V240 + jW + V120 + jW‡ S †360 + 2j‡
2 9 18
B1
Accept: Price relative S â × 100
âEåO
1 125 125
B1
EåOä à S × †V120 + jW + j‡ S †120 + 2j‡
2 6 12
∑ ÛAtTG
(b). B1
Simple aggregate price index S × 100 ào S à
Both cars will cover the same distance. i.e.
∑ ÛAtTb
1300 + 8300 + 3800 + 9000 125 125
S × 100 †360 + 2j‡ S †120 + 2j‡
1000 + 6500 + 3000 + 7000 18 12
22400 2V360 + 2jW S 3V120 + 2jW
M1 M1
S × 100 S 128 720 + 4j S 360 + 6j
17500
∑ âEåO 360 S 2j
Accept: S. A. P. I S ∑
A1
âEåOä j S 180 s
125
à S †120 + 2 × 180‡ S 5000 m
A1
∑VÛAtTG × æW
(c).
Weighted aggregate price index S × 100 12
M1 A1
∑VÛAtTb × æW
1300 × 0.5 + 8300 × 1 + 3800 × 2 + 9000 × 1
The second car overtook the first car at a spot 5000 metres (or
S × 100
1000 × 0.5 + 6500 × 1 + 3000 × 2 + 7000 × 1
5 km) from the starting point and it took him 300 seconds (or

650 + 8300 + 7600 + 9000


M1 5 minutes) of travel.
S × 100
500 + 6500 + 6000 + 7000 10 minutes S 10 × 60 S 600 s
(b).

25550 2.5 minutes S 2.5 × 60 S 150 s


S × 100 S 127.75
20000 A1
The prices increased by 27.75% between 2014 and 2016. B1

ÛAtTG
(d).
ÝS × 100
ÛAtTb
45000
127.75 S × 100
ÛAtTb M1 B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 113 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 114
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

12
14

B1

Total distance from start


1 125
S × †V120 + 600 + 150W + 600‡
2 9
M1

S 10208.333 m A1

12

R ÛVñ S RW ÛVñ S RW RÛVñ S RW R A ÛVñ S RW


13

1 2Z + Å
2 2Z + 2Å
0.2 0.2 0.2

5 5Z + Å
0.4 0.8 1.6 B4 -(B1 for each

7 5Z + 0.1
0.2 1 5 of the last four

10 6Z + 0.1
0.1 0.7 4.9 columns)

20Z + 4Å + 0.2
0.1 1 10
Sum 3.7 21.7

ÛVñ S 1W S ÛVñ S 5W
(a).

2Z + Å S 5Z + Å
3Z S 0
M1

ZS0 B1
Obtaining ÷“
(a).
Alternatively
but, ­ ÛVñ S RW S 1
~ ~
For the 4 kg mass, For the 12 kg mass,
Ð L T U 4~ S 4 × 12~ U T S 12 ×
20Z + 4Å + 0.2 S 1 2 2
T S 4~ + 2~ T S 12~ U 6~
0 + 4Å S 0.8
M1 M1 M1
T S 6~ S 6 × 9.8 T S 6~ S 6 × 9.8
Å S 0.2 A1
T S 58.8 N T S 58.8 N
(b). B1
Mean, øVñW S ­ RÛVñ S RW S 3.7
Obtaining ÷—
S
Ð L
B1
Mode S 2
Alternatively
B1
~
For the 3 kg mass,
A U 3~ S 3 ×
3
(c).
Variance, ÁXÄVñW S ­ R ÛVñ S RW U A †øVñW‡A
A S 3~ + ~
M1 M1

Ð L
A S 4~ S 4 × 9.8 S 39.2 N
S 21.7 U V3.7WA S 8.01
B1

Standard deviation S √8.01 S 2.8302


M1 A1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 115 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 116
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Obtaining ÷˜
S P425/1
Alternatively PURE
H S 2T + 8~ H S 2A + 12~
For the 8 kg movable pulley, For the 12 kg movable pulley, M1 M1 MATHEMATICS
H S 2 × 58.8 + 8 × 9.8 H S 2 × 39.2 + 12 × 9.8
PAPER 1
H S 196 N H S 196 N
B1
Nov 2018
3 hours

(b). For the  kg mass,


~
~ U A S  ×
NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
3
9.8
9.8 U 39.2 S 
M1 S.5 MATH 1 EOT 3 2018
3
98 Time: 3 Hours
 S 39.2
M1
15
15
 S 39.2 × S 6 kg
98
A1
NAME: COMB:
INSTRUCTIONS:
12  Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
section B.
 Show your working clearly.
***END***
Section A (40 Marks)
Answer all the questions in this section.

Qn 1: In a triangle an³, X S 7 cm, Y S 4 cm and Z S 5 cm. Find the value of:


(a). cos a,
(b). sin a. [5]

Qn 2: Determine the equation of the tangent to the curve u H + u A − R b = 1 at


the point V1, 1W. [5]

Qn 3: Show that 2 log 4 + log 25 − log 20 = 2 log 2.


T
A
[5]

Qn 4: The region bounded by the curve u = R A − 2R and the R −axis from


R = 0 to R = 2 is rotated about the R −axis. Calculate the volume of
the solid formed. [5]

Qn 5: A point Û moves such that its distances from two points aV−2, 0W and
nV8, 6W are in the ratio aÛ: Ûn = 3: 2. Show that the locus of Û is a
circle. [5]

Qn 6: Express the function cVRW = R A + 12R + 32, in the form XVR + YWA + Z.
Hence find the minimum value of the function cVRW. [5]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 117 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 118
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Express 5 + 12 in polar form. Hence, evaluate IqV5 + 12W , giving your answer
Qn 7: Determine the term independent of R in the expansion of in the form X + Y where X and Y are corrected to two decimal places.
T At
K2R H U P .
L
[5] [12]

Qn 8: Given that VR + 2W is a factor of 2R H + 6R A + YR U 5, find the remainder


Question 13:
(a). Given that 5L ● 25A¼ S 1 and 3½L ● 9¼ S J . Calculate the value of R and
T
when the expression is divided by V2R U 1W.
u.
[5]

2ALNT U 2LNT + 1 S 2L
Section B (60 Marks) (b). Solve the equation:
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.
[12]
Question 9:

f A and g A are the roots of R A U 21R + 4 S 0, and f and g are both positive,
(a). The first three terms of a Geometric progression (G.P) are 4, 8 and 16. Question 14:
Determine the sum of the first ten terms of the G.P. [4]

(i). fg,
(b). An Arithmetic progression (A.P) has a common difference of 3. A find:

(ii). f + g,
Geometric progression (G.P) has a common ratio of 2.
T T
A sequence is formed by subtracting the terms of the A.P from the
h i
corresponding terms of the G.P. The third term of the sequence is 4. The (iii). the equation with roots E and E . [12]
sixth term of the sequence is 79. Find the first term of the:
(i). A.P,
(a). In the expansion of V1 + XRWr , the first three terms are
Question 15:
(ii). G.P. [8]
5 75
1 U R + R A.
2 8
Question 10:
Find € and X, and state the range of values of R for which the expansion is
4jV1 U j A W
(a). Show that
tan 4k S
j b U 6j A + 1
valid.
O

where j S tan k. Expand V1 + RW in ascending powers of R as far as the term in R A ; and


E

Solve the equation: sin R + sin 5R S sin 2R + sin 4R , for


[6]
hence find an approximation for √1.08. Deduce that √12 ≈ 3.464.
(b).

0° < R < 180°.


(b).
[6] [12]

Question 11:
with respect to R.
LI
***END***
qVTFAL E W
(a). Differentiate [6]

The volume, Á, of a sphere of radius Ä, is and surface area, a, is


bÂë I
H
(b).
4ÍÄ . The volume is increased at a steady rate of 3 cmH s FT . find:
A
Àë
Àl
(i). ,
Calculate the value of in cmA s FT at the instant when radius is 12
À
Àl
(ii).
cm. [6]

Question 12:

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 119 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 120
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

MARKING GUIDE
SNo. Working Marks

X A S YA + Z A U 2YZ cos a
1 (a).

7A S 4A + 5A U 2 × 4 × 5 cos a
49 S 41 U 40 cos a
M1

8 S U40 cos a
1
cos a S U
5
B1
A1
(b). element of volume, Çè S Íu A ÇR
A A
1 24 1A
sin a S q1 U cosA a S ¦1 U xU y S ¦ S √24 total volume, è S û Íu A ËR S Í û VR A U 2RWA ËR
5 25 5
M1 A1
t t
A
M1
S Íû VR b U 4R + 4R
H AW
ËR
t
Ë H Ë 1 4 A
05 M1
Vu + u A U R b W S V1W S Í „ R ½ U R b + R H…
ËR ËR 5 3
2
t
Ëu Ëu 1 4 16
M1
3u A + 2u U 4R H S 0 S Íx ×2 U2 + ×2 yU0 S
½ b H
Í cubic units
ËR ËR 5 3 15
Ëu
M1 M1 A1
V3u A + 2uW S 4R H
ËR
Ëu 4R H
Let the variable point be ÛVR, uW
05
S
ËR 3u A + 2u aÛ: Ûn S 3: 2
5

At the point V1, 1W,


B1
2aÛ S 3Ûn
4 × 1H 4
Gradient of tangent S S 2qVR + 2WA + Vu U 0WA S 3qVR U 8WA + Vu U 6WA
3 × 1A + 2 × 1 5 B1
4VR A + 4R + 4 + u A W
M1

uU1 4 S 9VR A U 16R + 64 + u A U 12u + 36W


The required equation of the tangent is given by:
S 4R A + 16R + 16 + 4u A
RU1 5
M1 M1

4 4 S 9R A U 144R + 9u A U 108u + 900


M1
uU1S RU 5R A + 5u A U 160R U 108u + 884 S 0
5 5
B1

4 1 Since R A and u A have the same coefficients and the rest of the
B1
uS R+
5 5 A1 terms are linear, then the locus is a circle.

1 12 A 12 A
05 05

2 log 4 + log 25 U log 20 cVRW S xR + y U x y + 32 S VR + 6WA U 4


6
2 2 2
3

Hence, †cVRW‡\] S 0A U 4 S U4
M1 M1 B1
S log 4A + log √25 U log 20
S log 16 + log 5 U log 20
B1 B1

16 × 5
M1 A1

S log x y
1 AtFë
05
20
S log 4 General term S ³ë × V2R H Wë x y
At
M1 7
R
S log 2A S At³ë × 2ë × R Hë × R FVAtFëW
S 2 log 2
B1 M1
A1 For the term independent of R,
3Ä U V20 U ÄW S 0 M1
4Ä U 20 S 0
4Ä S 20
05

ÄS5
4
B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 121 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 122
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Required term S ³½ × 2½ S 15504 × 32 S 496,128


At
2 tan 2k 2K
Al
P K
bl
P
S S TFl E
A S
TFl E
M1 A1
1 U tanA 2k ˆ
VTFl E WE Fbl E
‰
1 U KTFlE P
Al
B1 M1 B1
VTFl E WE
let cVRW S 2R H + 6R A + YR U 5 4jV1 U j W 4jV1 U j AW
05
A
for VR + 2W S 0, R S U2 S S , as required
8
1 U 2j A + j b U 4j A j b U 6j A + 1
cVU2W S 2 × VU2WH + 6 × VU2WA + Y × VU2W U 5 S 0
B1 B1 B1

U16 + 24 U 2Y U 5 S 0
M1
sin R + sin 5R S sin 2R + sin 4R
(b).

2Y S 3 sin 5R + sin R S sin 4R + sin 2R


Y S 1.5 5R + R 5R U R 4R + 2R 4R U 2R
for V2R U 1W S 0, R S 0.5 2 sin x y cos x y S 2 sin x y cos x y
B1
2 2 2 2
M1 M1
Remainder S cV0.5W sin 3R cos 2R S sin 3R cos R
S 2 × V0.5WH + 6 × V0.5WA + 1.5 × V0.5W U 5 sin 3R cos 2R U sin 3R cos R S 0
S 0.25 + 1.5 + 0.75 U 5 sin 3R Vcos 2R U cos RW S 0
M1

S U2.5 2R + R 2R U R
sin 3R „U2 sin x y sin x y… S 0
A1 B1
2 2
3R R
U2 sin 3R sin x y sin K P S 0
M1
2 2
05

8 3R R
9 (a).
X S 4, ÄS S2 sin 3R S 0, or, sin x y S 0, or, sin K P S 0
4 2 2
Är U 1
B1
for sin 3R S 0, 3R S 0°, 180°, 360°, 540°,
B1 B1
|r S X x y
ÄU1 ⟹ R S 0°, 60°, 120°, 180°
2Tt U 1 3R 3R
|Tt S 4§ ¨ S 4092 for sin x y S 0, S 0°, 180°, ⟹ R S 0°, 120°
2U1 2 2
M1 A1
R R
for sin K P S 0, S 0°, ⟹ R S 0°
2 2
(b).
For the range 0° < R < 180°,
XT XA XT U XA
Term G.P A.P sequence
First R S 0°, 60°, 120°, 180° B1
XT × 2 XA + 2 × 3 4XT U XA U 6
term
A B1
S 4XT S XA + 6
Third 12

XT × 2½ XA + 5 × 3 32XT U XA
term
RH
B1 11 (a).
S 32XT S XA + 15 U 15 let u S
Sixth

qV1 U 2R AW
term

4XT U XA U 6 S 4, ⟹ 4XT U XA S 10 ⟶ V1W Ëá


á S RH, ⟹ S 3R A
32XT U XA U 15 S 79, ⟹ 32XT U XA S 94 ⟶ V2W ËR
B1 B1

Equation V2W U V1W gives: Ëè 1


O O
Q
è S V1 U 2R A W , ⟹ S V1 U 2R A W × VU4RW
E E
B1
32XT U XA S 94 ⟶ V2W ËR 2 O
U ® 4XT U XA S 10 ® ⟶ V1W Q
S U2RV1 U 2R A W
E
M1
28XT S 84
B1
Ëu è ÀL U á ÀL
À
À
XT S 3
S
A1
From equation V1W, ËR èA
4 × 3 U XA S 10, ⟹ XA S 2 O
Q
O

V1 U 2R A W × 3R A + R H × 2RV1 U 2R A W
E E

S
M1 A1
V1 U 2R A W
(i). The first term of the A.P is 2. M1 M1
(ii). The first term of the A.P is 3.
O O
Q
3R A V1 U 2R A W + 2R b V1 U 2R A W
E E

S
V1 U 2R A W
12

tan 2k + tan 2k
10 (a).
z. {. | S tan 4k S tanV2k + 2kW S
1 U tan 2k tan 2k M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 123 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 124
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

O
Q
R AV1 U 2R AW †3V1 U 2R A W + 2R A ‡
E
5L ●25A¼ S 1
13 (a).
S
V1 U 2R A W 5L × V5A WA¼ S 5t
R A V3 U 4R A W 5LNb¼ S 5t
B1 M1
S
V1 U 2R A W
HM
A R + 4u S 0
R S U4u ⟶ V1W
A1
B1
4ÍÄ H ËÁ
(b). (i).
ÁS , ⟹ S 4ÍÄ A 1
3 ËÄ 3½L ●9¼ S
9
M1
ËÄ ËÄ ËÁ 1 3
S × S ×3 S 3½L × V3A W¼ S 3FA
Ëj ËÁ Ëj 4ÍÄ A 4ÍÄ A
3½LNA¼
S3 FA
M1 B1 M1

Ëa 5R + 2u S U2 ⟶ V2W
(ii).
a S 4ÍÄ A ,S 8ÍÄ ⟹ Substituting equation V1W into V2W gives,
B1
ËÄ
Ëa Ëa ËÄ 3 6 5 × VU4uW + 2u S U2
M1

S × S 8ÍÄ × S U18u S U2
M1
Ëj ËÄ Ëj 4ÍÄ A Ä
2 1
B1
uS S
Ëa 6 18 9
At the instant when radius is 12 cm, A1

S S 0.5 cmA sFT From equation V2W,


Ëj 12
1 4
A1
R S U4 × S U
9 9
A1

let  S 5 + 12
12
2 U2 + 1 S 2L
(b).
ALNT LNT
|| S q5A + 12A S 13
12
2 × V2 W U 2 × 2L + 1 S 2L
T L A T
12
argVW S tanFT x y S 67.38° let u S 2L
B1 M1
5 2u U 2u + 1 S u
A
∴  S 13Vcos 67.38° +  sin 67.38°W
B1
2u A U 3u + 1 S 0
B1 B1

2u A U 2u U u + 1 S 0
qV5 + 12W S √
For the hence part:
2uVu U 1W U Vu U 1W S 0
I I

67.38 + 360€ V2u U 1WVu U 1W S 0


M1
O
S 13I „cos x y
3 u S 0.5, or, uS1
67.38 + 360€ but u S 2L
+  sin x y…
3 ∴ for u S 0.5, 2L S 2FT , ⟹ R S U1
S 13I †cosV22.46 + 120€W +  sinV22.46 + 120€W‡ ∴ for u S 1, 2L S 2t , ⟹RS0
O A1

When € S 0
B1 A1

T S 13I †cos 22.46° +  sin 22.46°‡


O
12

S 13 †0.9241 + 0.3820‡ S 2.17 + 0.90


O

R A U 21R + 4 S 0
14 (i).
I
M1
When € S 1 sum of roots, f A + g A S 21
A1

A S 13I †cosV22.46 + 120W +  sinV22.46 + 120W‡ product of roots, f A gA S 4


O
B1

⟹ fg S qf g S √4 S 2
B1
S 13I †cos 142.46° +  sin 142.46°‡
O A A
M1 B1

S 13 †U0.7929 + 0.6093‡ S U1.86 + 1.43


O

f A + g A S Vf + gWA U 2fg
B1 (ii).
I

When € S 2 21 S Vf + gWA U 2 × 2
A1

A S 13I †cosV22.46 + 240W +  sinV22.46 + 240W‡


M1
O
Vf + gWA S 25 B1
S 13I †cos 262.46° +  sin 262.46°‡ ⟹ f + g S √25 S 5
M1
O

S 13I †U0.1312 U 0.9913‡ S U0.03 U 2.33


O M1 A1
1 1 g +f 21
B1
A A
(iii).
sum of roots S + S S
A1
f A gA f A gA 4
M1 B1
12

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 125 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 126
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1 1 1 1 5
product of roots S × S S √3 ≈ 1.0392 ×
f A gA f AgA 4 3
M1 B1

√3 ≈ 1.732
R A U Vsum of rootsWR + Vproduct of rootsW S 0
B1
∴ √12 S √4 × 3 S 2√3 ≈ 2 × 1.732
The required equation is

21 1 ≈ 3.464, as required
RA U R + S 0
4 4
B1

4R A U 21R + 1 S 0
A1
12

12

€V€ U 1W
15 (a). ***END***
V1 + XRW ≈ 1 + €VXRW +
r
× VXRWA + ⋯
2!
€V€ U 1WX R A A
≈ 1 + €XR + +⋯
2 B1

5 U5
By comparison,
X€ S U , ⟹XS ⟶ V1W
2 2€
1 75
B1
€V€ U 1WXA S ⟶ V2W
2 8
Substituting equation V1W into V2W gives:
B1

1 U5 A 75
€V€ U 1W x y S
2 2€ 8
1 25 75
M1
€V€ U 1W × A S
2 4€ 8
25 75
V€ U 1W S
8€ 8
V€ U 1W S 3€
2€ S U1
€ S U0.5
From equation V1W,
A1

U5
XS S5
2 × VU0.5W
The expansion is valid for |R| < ½ .
T
A1

1 1 U1 R A
(b).
O

V1 + RW ≈1+ R+ × × +⋯
E

2 2 2 2!
1 1 A
≈1+ RU R +⋯
2 8
B1

1 1
For the hence part:
O

√1.08 S V1 + 0.08W ≈ 1 + × 0.08 U × V0.08WA S 1.0392


E

2 8
M1 A1
For the deducing part:
27 9×3 3
√1.08 S ¦ S ¦ S √3
25 25 5 M1

but √1.08 ≈ 1.0392


3
√3 ≈ 1.0392
5

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 127 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 128
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

R
cVRW
P425/2 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7
APPLIED 4.21 3.83 3.25 2.85 2.25 1.43
MATHEMATICS

(a). cVRW when R = 0.6.


PAPER 2 Use linear interpolation/extrapolation to find:

(b). the value of R when cVRW = 0.75.


Nov 2018 [3]
3 hours [2]

Qn 4: A ball is projected vertically upwards and it returns to its point of


NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL projection 3 seconds later. Find the:
S.5 MATH 2 EOT 3 2018 (a). speed with which the ball was projected.
(b). greatest height reached. [5]
Time: 3 Hours
Qn 5: The table below shows the grades scored by 8 candidates in Applied
NAME: COMB: Maths and overall score in mathematics on Mocks of a certain school.
INSTRUCTIONS:
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in Applied Maths D1 D2 C4 C6 C6 F9 C5 C6
section B. Overall grade A C B D E F C O

 Where necessary, use ~ S 9.8 m sFA .


 Show your working clearly.
(a). Calculate the rank correlation coefficient for the data.
(b). Test whether it is significant at 5% level. [5]
Section A (40 Marks)
ÅVR + 3W ; −1 < R ≤ 1,
Answer all the questions in this section. Qn 6: A continuous random variable has a p.d.f given as:

cVRW = ÅV5 U RW ; 1 < R ≤ 3, !


0 ; elsewhere.
Qn 1: The sizes of shoes sold in a certain shop in a given week are shown in the
table below:
Sketch c(u) and hence find the value of Å. [5]
Size 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.0
Qn 7: The table below shows the wages of workers in thousands of shillings.
Number of pairs of 4 9 11 8 10 7 2 3
shoes sold
Category Monthly wage Number of
2016 2017 workers
Find the:
1 1200 1920 180
(i). Mean, [2]
(ii). Standard deviation of the sizes of shoes sold. [3] 2 1500 2850 165
3 1650 3300 100
Qn 2: Events ñ and ò are such that 3ÛVñ ∩ òW S 2ÛVñ′ ∩ òW S ÛVñ′ ∩ ò′W S X 4 1700 4250 55
and ÛVñW S . Use a venn diagram to find:
H
½
(i). the value of X.
(a). Calculate the weighted aggregate index number for the monthly

(ii). ÛVñ′ ∪ òW.


wage in 2017.
[5] (b). Comment on your results in (a) above. [5]

Qn 3: The table below gives values of R and the corresponding values of cVRW.

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 129 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 130
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 8: A particle moves in the R U u plane such that its position vector at any 2
⎧ VR + 1W ; 0 ≤ R ≤ 2,
time j is given by œ S V3j A U 1W• + V4j H + j U 1W– . Find ⎪13
~ ~ ~ cVRW S 2 !
⎨ V5 U RW ; 2 ≤ R ≤ 3,
⎪13
(a). Its speed,
⎩ 0 ; elsewhere.
after j S 2.
(b). The magnitude of acceleration,
[5]
(i). ÛVñ < 2.5W,
(a). Calculate the:

(ii). Mean of ñ.
[3]

Determine the cumulative distribution function, ´VRW.


[3]
Section B (60 Marks)
(b). [6]
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.
Question 12:
The table below shows the percentage of sand, u, in the soil at different depths,
Question 9:
The diagram below shows masses A, B and C of masses 3, 4 and 6 kg,
R (in cm).
respectively connected by light strings which pass over smooth pulleys X and

the table and the mass B being 0.5.


Y. Mass B rests on a horizontal rough table; the coefficient of friction between
Soil depth (R) 35 65 55 25 45 75 20 90 51 60
Percentage of sand (u) 86 70 84 92 79 68 96 58 86 77

(a). (i).Calculate the rank correlation coefficient between the two


variables.
(ii). Comment on the significance at 5% level. [5]
(b). (i). Draw a scatter diagram for the data and comment on our
result.
(ii). Draw the line of best fit; hence estimate the: The system is released from rest.
• percentage of sand in the soil at a depth of 31 cm. (a). Determine the:
• depth of the soil with 54% sand. [7] (i). acceleration of the masses,
(ii). tensions in the strings,
(b). After mass C has dropped through a distance of 2 m, the string
3 2X + 3Z 4
Question 10:
The resultant of the forces ´T S K P, ´ S K P, ´H S K P acting
connecting it to mass B snaps. Determine the time and velocity at which
XUZ A 5 6
(a).
10
this occurs. [12]
on a particle is K P. Find the:
12
(i). Values of X and Z.
Use the trapezium rule to estimate &t V3R + 5W ËR, using 5 sub-intervals.
Question 13:
T
(ii). Magnitude of force ´A .
(a).
[5]

Find the exact value of &t V3R + 5W ËR.


Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.
T
(b). Five forces of magnitudes 3 N, 4 N, 4 N, 3 N and 5 N act along the lines
AB, BC, CD, DA and AC respectively, of a square ABCD of side 1 m. the (b).
direction of the forces is given by the order of the letters. Taking AB and (c). (i). Determine the percentage error in the two calculations in (a)
AD as reference axes, find the magnitude and direction of the resultant and (b) above.
force. [7] (ii). State how the percentage error in (c)(i) can be reduced. [12]

The probability density function of a continuous random variable ñ is given as


Question 11:

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 131 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 132
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

The table below is an extract from the table of sin R.


Question 14:
MARKING GUIDE
SNo. Working Marks

R
Size VRW c cR cR A
1

sin R
0.1 0. 2 0.3 0.4 0.5
0.0998 0.1987 0.2955 0.3894 0.4794
7.5 4 30 225

(i). sin 0.29,


Use linear interpolation to find:
B1-for ∑ cR
8.0 9

(ii). sin 0.52,


72 576

(iii). sinFTV0.2598W,
8.5 11 93.5 794.75
9.0 8 72 648 B1-for ∑ cR A
(iv). sinFTV0.4900W.
9.5 10
[12] 95 902.5
10.0 7
***END*** 70 700
10.5 2 21 220.5
11.0 3 33 363
Total 54
486.5 4429.75

∑ cR 486.5
(i).
Mean S S S 9.0093
∑c 54
B1
(ii).
∑ cR A ∑ cR
A
Standard deviation S ¦ U§ ¨
∑c ∑c

4429.75 486.5 A
S¦ Ux y S 0.9304
54 54 M1 A1

X X
05
ÛVñ ∩ òW = , ÛVñ′ ∩ òW S , ÛVñ′ ∩ ò′W S X,
3 2
2

3
ÛVñW S
5
(i).

B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 133 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 134
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

3 X
ÛVW S + +X S1
5 2
D2 C 2 3.5 -1.5 2.25

4
M1 C4 B 3 2 1 1
1.5X S 0.4, ⟹XS
15 of ËA
C6 D 6 5 1 1 B1-for all values
A1 C6 E 6 6 0 0

X X 11 11 4 22
(ii). F9 F 8 8 0 0
ÛVñ ¿ ∪ òW S + +X S XS × S B1-for ∑ ËA
3 2 6 6 15 45
M1 A1 C5 C 4 3.5 0.5 0.25

∑ ËA S5.5
C6 O 6 7 -1 1

05
6 ∑ ËA 6 × 5.5
é S1U S 1U S 1 U 0.0655 S 0.9345
3 (a).
€V€A U 1W 8V8A U 1W
R
M1 A1

cVRW uT
0.5 0.6 0.7 Comment: Significant at 5%. B1
2.25 1.43

uT U 2.25 0.6 U 0.5


cVU1W S ÅVU1 + 3W S 2Å
05
S
1.43 U 2.25 0.7 U 0.5 cV1W S ÅV1 + 3W S 4Å
6
uT S 0.5 × VU0.82W + 2.25 S 1.84
M1
cV3W S ÅV5 U 3W S 2Å
B1
When R S 0.6, cVRW S 1.84.
A1

(b).

R RA
cVRW
0.5 0.7
2.25 1.43 0.75 B1 B1-for line
RA U 0.5 0.75 U 2.25
S
f(x)=k(x+3)
0.7 U 0.5 1.43 U 2.25
75 71
M1
RA S × 0.2 + 0.5 S ≈ 0.866
B1-for line
41 82
1
f(x)=k(5-x)
When cVRW S 0.75, R S 0.866. Total area S 4 × 2Å + × 4 × 2Å S 1
A1
2
8Å + 4Å S 1
M1
(a). j S 3 s
05
1
1 12Å S 1, ⟹ÅS
4
à S áj U ~j A 12
A1
2
1
0 S 3á U × 9.8 × 3A
2
05
0 S 3á U 44.1
M1 B1
∑ ÛAtTB
7 (a).
44.1 Weighted aggregate index number S × 100
(B1 is for
áS S 14.7 m s FT ∑ ÛAtTG
3
equating to zero )
1920 × 180 + 2850 × 165 + 3300 × 100 + 4250 × 55
S × 100
A1
è A S á A U 2~à 1200 × 180 + 1500 × 165 + 1650 × 100 + 1700 × 55
(b).
1,379,600
B1 B1 M1
0 S 14.7A U 2 × 9.8 × à S × 100 S 191.0803
0 S 216.09 U 19.6à
M1 722,000
216.09
A1

àS S 11.025 m Percentage increase S 191.0803 U 100 S 91.0803


(b).
19.6
A1
B1
05 The wages increased by 91.0803% between 2016 and 2017.

R u }L }¼ Ë ËA
5 (a).
05
D1 A 1 1 0 0 8 (i).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 135 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 136
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

˜
6j
~
«S
SK P
Ëj ~ 12j A + 1
6×2 12
M1
when j S 2, «SK PSK P
~ 12 × 2A + 1 49
speed, ª«ª S q12A + 49A S √2545 S 50.4480 m s FT
B1-mobile
~
A1 B1-all correctly

Ë«
(ii). plotted points

6
~
S
SK P
Ëj ~ 24j
B1-line of best fit
6 6
when j S 2, SK PSK P
~ 24 × 2 48
magnitude of acceleration,
M1 B1-uniform scale
and labeling on
ªª S q6A + 48A S √2340 S 48.3735 m s FA A1 both axes
~

05

R u }L }¼ Ë ËA
9 (a).

35 86 3 7.5 -4.5 20.25


65 70 8 3 5 25
55 84 6 6 0 0 Negative linear relationship. B1

• When R S 31 cm, u S 91.5%.


25 92 2 9 -7 49 (ii).

of ËA
45 79 4 5 -1 1 B1-for all values
• When u S 54%, R S 96.5 cm.
B1
75 68 9 2 7 49
B1
20 96 1 10 -9 81
90 58 10 1 9 81 B1-for ∑ ËA 12
51 86 5 7.5 -2.5 6.25
3 2X + 3Z 4 10
10 (a).
∑ R S521 ∑ u S796 ∑ ËA S321.5 ´SK P+K P+K PS K P
60 77 7 4 3 9
XUZ 5 6 12
7 + 2X + 3Z 10
K PSK P
M1
11 + X U Z 12
6 ∑ ËA 6 × 321.5
(a). (i).

éS1U S1U S U0.9485 7 + 2X + 3Z S 10, ⟹ 2X + 3Z S 3 ⟶ V1W


€V€ A U 1W 10V10A U 1W
11 + X − Z = 12, ⟹ X S Z + 1 ⟶ V2W
M1 A1
Substituting V2W into V1W gives:
(ii). Significant at 5%. B1

∑ R 521 ∑ u 796 2VZ + 1W + 3Z = 3


(b). (i).
RS S S 52.1, uS S S 79.6, 2Z + 2 + 3Z = 3
€ 10 € 10
M1
⟹ VR, uW S V52.1, 79.6W 5Z = 1
1
Z=
B1

5
From equation V2W,
1 6
A1

X = + 1 = = 1.2
5 5 A1

2 × 1.2 + 3 × 0.2 3
´A = K P=K P
5 5
B1

|´A | = q3A + 5A = √34 ≈ 5.8310 N B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 137 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 138
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

A
2 A H
2
Sû VR + RW ËR + û V5R U R A W ËR
(b). t 13 A 13
2 1 H 1 A A 2 5 A 1 H H
S „ R + R … + „ R U R …
13 3 2 t 13 2 3 A
M1
2 1 1 5 1
S „x × 2 + × 2 +
H A
y x × 3 U × 3H y
A
13 3 2 2 3
5 1 H …
Ux ×2 U ×2 y
A
B1-sketch
2 3
2 14 27 22
M1

S x + U y
13 3 2 3
2 65 5
S × S ≈ 1.6667
3 0 U4 0 5 cos 45° 13 6 3
´ SK P+K P+K P+K P+K P
0 4 0 U3 5 sin 45°
A1

2.53553 For R < 0,


S xU1 + 2.5√2y S K
M1 (b).
P N
1 + 2.5√2 4.53553 ´VRW S 0
Magnitude, |´| S qV2.53553WA + V4.53553WA ≈ 5.19615 N ´V0W S 0
B1

For 0 ≤ R ≤ 2,
M1 A1

L
2 2 1 A L
2 1 A
´VRW S 0 + û Vj + 1W Ëj S „ j + j… S x R + Ry
t 13 13 2 t 13 2
2 1 8
B1

´V2W S x × 2A + 2y S
13 2 13
For 2 ≤ R ≤ 3
B1

8 L
2 8 2 1 L
4.53553 ´VRW S +û V5 U jW Ëj S + „5j U j A …
Direction, k S tanFT x y 13 A 13 13 13 2 A
2.53553 8 2 1 A 1
M1

S 60.7932° above the positve horizontal S + „x5R U R y U x5 × 2 U × 2A y…


13 13 2 2
8 2 1 A
B1 M1
S + x5R U R U 8y
13 13 2
2
12
S V8 + 10R U R A U 16W
2 2 13
11 (a). (i).
A A.½
ÛVñ < 2.5W S û VR + 1W ËR + û V5 U RW ËR 1
13 13 S V10R U R A U 8W
13
t A
2 1 A A
2 1 A.½
1
S „ R + R… + „5R U R A … V10 × 3 U 3A U 8W S 1
B1
13 2 13 2 ´VRW S
t A 13
M1
2 1 1 For R > 3
S „x × 2 + 2y + x5 × 2.5 U × V2.5WA y
A
13 2 2 ´VRW S 1
1
U x5 × 2 U × 2A y…
2 0 ; R < 0,
2 75 ⎧
M1

x4 + 2 1 A
U 8y ⎪ x R + Ry ; 0 ≤ R ≤ 2,
13 8 13 2 !
2 43 43 ∴ ´VRW S
B1
⎨ 1 V10R
S
13 8
× S
52
≈ 0.8269
⎪13 U R A U 8W ; 2 ≤ R ≤ 3,
; R > 3.

A1
(ii). 1
øVñW S û RcVRW ËR
Ð L
12
12 (a). (i).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 139 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 140
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

12

1U0 1
13 (a).
ur S V3Rr + 5W , ℎS S S 0.2
5 5 B1

€ Rr ut , u½ uT , … ub
0 0 5
1 0.2 5.6
2 0.4 6.2

Friction, c S ô} S 0.5 × 4~ S 0.5 × 4 × 9.8 S 19.6 N


3 0.6 6.8 B2-all y-values
B1 4 0.8 7.4 correct

A U VT + cW S 4X
For the 4 kg mass gives, 5 1 8

A U T U 19.6 S 4X ⟶ V1W
sums 13 26

T
1
B1
û V3R + 5W ËR ≈ ℎ†Vut + ub W + 2VuT + ⋯ + uH W‡
T U 3~ S 3X 2
For the 3 kg mass gives,
t
T U 3 × 9.8 S 3X 1 1
T U 29.4 S 3X ⟶ V2W ≈ × †13 + 2 × 26‡ S 6.50 V2 d. pW
B1 2 5 M1 A1

6~ U A S 6X 3 3
For the 6 kg mass gives, (b).
T T

6 × 9.8 U A S 3X û V3R + 5W ËR S „ R A + 5R… S x + 5y U 0


2 t 2
58.8 U A S 6X ⟶ V3W
t
13
M1 M1

Equation V2W + V3W gives; S ≈ 6.50 V2 d. pW


2
B1

T U 29.4 S 3X ⟶ V2W
A1

+ ® 58.8 U A S 6X ® ⟶ V3W Absolute error S |6.50 U 6.50| S 0


(c). (i).

T U A + 29.4 S 9X ⟶ V4W 0
B1
Equation V1W + V4W gives; Percentage error S × 100 S 0.00 V2 d. pW
6.50
A U T U 19.6 S 4X ⟶ V1W
M1 A1
+ ®T U A + 29.4 S 9X ® ⟶ V2W
(ii). The percentage error in (c)(i) is zero and can’t be reduced B1
9.8 S 13X ⟶ V3W
M1 farther.

9.8
12
⟹XS S 0.7538 m sFA
13
A1
(ii). From equation V2W,
R
14 (i).
9.8
T S 29.4 + 3X S 29.4 + 3 × S 31.662 N sin R uT
0.2 0.29 0.3

13 B1 0.1987 0.2955
From equation V3W,
9.8 uT U 0.1987 0.29 U 0.2
A S 58.8 U 6X S 58.8 U 6 × S 54.277 N S
13 0.2955 U 0.1987 0.3 U 0.2
0.09
B1 M1 M1
uT S × 0.0968 + 0.1987 S 0.28582
á S 0 m s FA , X S 0.7538 m sFA , à S2m 0.1
(b).
∴ sin 0.29 S 0.28582
A1

9.8 196
è S qáA + 2Xà S ¦0 + 2 × ×2S¦ ≈ 1.736 m sFT
R
(ii).
13 65
M1 A1

sin R uA
0.4 0.5 0.52
è U á 1.736 U 0
jS S S 2.303 s
0.3894 0.4794
X 0.7538 M1 A1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 141 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 142
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

uA U 0.3894 0.52 U 0.4


S
0.4794 U 0.3894 0.5 U 0.4
0.12
M1 M1 P425/1
uA S × 0.09 + 0.3894 S 0.4974
0.1
PURE
∴ sin 0.52 S 0.4974
A1 MATHEMATICS
PAPER 1
R RT
(iii).
Feb 2018
sin R
0. 2 0.3
0.1987 0.2598 0.2955 3 hours

RT U 0.2 0.2598 U 0.1987


S
0.3 U 0.2 0.2955 U 0.1987 NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
0.0611
M1 M1
RT S × 0.1 + 0.2 S 0.2631
0.0968 S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 1 2018
FT V0.2598W
∴ sin S 0.2631
A1
Time: 3 Hours
R RA
(iv).

sin R
0.4 0.5
0.3894 0.4794 0.4900 NAME: COMB:
RA U 0.4 0.4900 U 0.3894
INSTRUCTIONS:
S
0.5 U 0.4 0.4794 U 0.3894
M1 M1  Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
0.1006
RA S × 0.1 + 0.4 S 0.5118
section B.
0.09
 Show your working clearly.
FT V0.4900W
∴ sin S 0.5118 A1
Section A (40 Marks)
12 Answer all the questions in this section.

***END***
Qn1: Solve for the value of R: √3R + 1 + √4R + 5 S √16R + 9 . [5]

Qn2: Find the Cartesian equation of the locus (of |( U 2 + | S 1. [5]

Qn3: A cable 10 m long is divided into ten pieces whose lengths are in a G.P.
the length of the longest piece is 8 times the length of the shortest piece.
Calculate to the nearest centimeter the length of the third piece. [5]

Qn4: Solve the equation: 2 cos f + 3 sin f S 5for UÍ ≤ f ≤ Í. [5]

Qn5: Using small changes, show that V244Wä S 3


O
T
bt½
. [5]

Ru S 2
Qn6: Solve the simultaneous equations:

2 logVR U 1W S log u
[5]

R A + u A + 2~R + 2cu + Z S 0, show that Z S ~A S c A .


Qn7: If the x-axis and y-axis are tangents to the circle
[5]
© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 143 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 144
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn8: Solve the equation: log H R + log L 3 S 4. [5] MARKING GUIDE


SNo. Working Marks
A A
1 Ž√3R + 1 + √4R + 5 S Ž√16R + 9 B1
3R + 1 + 2qV3R + 1WV4R + 5W + 4R + 5 S 16R + 9
Section B (60 Marks)

2q12R A + 19R + 5 S 9R + 3
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks. M1

4V12R A + 19R + 5W S 81R A + 54R + 9


33R A U 22R U 11 S 0
If T S
Question 9:
and A S , find |T U A |.
A) HNA)
22 ± qVU22WA U 4 × 33 × VU11W 22 ± 44
M1
TNH) ½
RS S
(a). [6]
Given the complex number  S R + u; 2 × 33 66
22 U 44 1 22 + 44
(b). M1
*N)
RS SU , or, RS S1
66 3 66
(i). Find *NA . A1
*N)
*NA
(ii). Show that the locus of is a straight line when its imaginary part
Let  S R + u
05
is zero. State the gradient of the line. [6]
|( U 2 + | S 1
2

|VR U 2W + Vu + 1W| S 1
(a). Solve the equation cos 2R S 4 cosA R U 2 sinA R for 0° ≤ R ≤ 180°. [6]
Question 10:
qVR U 2WA + Vu + 1WA S 1
B1
M1
VR U 2WA + Vu + 1WA S 1
(b). Show that if sinVR + fW S d sinVR U fW, then tan R S KFTP tan f. Hence
NT M1
R A U 4R + 4 + u A + 2u + 1 S 1
solve the equation sinVR + 20°W S 2 sinVR U 20°Wfor 0° ≤ R ≤ 180°. [6] R A + u A U 4R + 2u + 4 S 0
A1
centre S V2, U1W, radius S √1 S 1 unit
The locus is a circle.
Question 11:
Given that R S TNl Iand S TNl I , find
lE lI À E¼
B1

ÀL E
. [12]
Let the first term, X, be the shortest piece and the last term, ôTt, be
05
3

Är U 1
the longest piece.
(a). The sum of € terms of a series is 2r U 1.
Question 12:
ôr S XÄ rFT , |r S X x y
ÄU1
(i). Show that the terms of this series are in a G.P. ôTt S 8X, ⟹ XÄ S 8X,
J
⟹ Ä S 2H
J

Ä H S 2, ⟹ Ä S √2 S 1.2599
I

second set of € terms.


(ii). Hence find the first term, the common ratio and the sum of the B1
Tt
Ž √2 U1
I

|Tt S 10, ⟹ X¶ · S 10
[6]
√2 U 1
I
(b). From a group of 6 boys and 4 girls of the Science club, 5 members are to M1

34.931X S 10, ⟹ X S 0.286


be selected to represent the club in a science workshop. In how many
The length of the third piece, ôH, is given by:
B1
ways can the selection be done if:
A
ôH S XÄ A S 0.286 × Ž √2 S 0.454 m S 45.4 cm ≈ 45 cm V0 d. pW
(i). there must be exactly two girls in the science workshop. I M1 A1
(ii). one boy and one girl must be in the science workshop. [6]

2 cos f + 3 sin f ≡ } cosVf U gW S } cos f cos g + } sin f sin g


05
Question 13:
(a). If R A + 3u A S Å, where Å is a constant, find at a point V1, 2W.
À¼
4

} cos g S 2, } sin g S 3
By comparison,
ÀL
[5]
(b). A cylinder of volume, Á, is to be cut from a solid sphere of radius, }. } sin g 3
B1
S , ⟹ tan g S 1.5, ⟹ g S 56.31°
Prove that the maximum volume of Áis
bÂÃ I } cos g 2
H√ H
B1
} S q3A + 2A S √13
. [7]

2 cos f + 3 sin f ≡ √13 cosVf U 56.31°W


B1
***END***

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 145 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 146
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

2 cos R + 3 sin R S 5 Z S ~A ⟶ V1W


√13 cosVf U 56.31°W S 5 Considering tangent R S 0,
B1

5 u A + 2cu + Z S 0
cosVf U 56.31°W S
M1 B1
√13
Y A U 4XZ S 0
For tangency,
Vf U 56.31°Wis undeined
V2cWA U 4 × 1 × Z S 0
4c A U 4Z S 0
A1

Z S c A ⟶ V2W
05
u + Çu ≈ VR + ÇRW, S V244W,
O O O
5 let, u S R, , and, Combining equations V1W and V2W gives:
u S V243W S 3 Z S ~A S c A
O
if, R S 243, ⟹ ÇR S 244 U 243 S 1,
B1
,

Ëu 1 Fä 1 ä 1
S R , S V243W , SF B1
ËR 5 5 405
Ëu 1 1 log H R + log L 3 S 4
B1 05
Çu ≈ × ÇR S ×1S 1
ËR 405 405
8

1 1 log H R + S4
V244W, ≈ u + Çu S 3 + logH R
O
S3
M1 B1

405 405 Let u S log H R


B1

1
M1 A1
u+ S4
u
Ru S 2
05
u + 1 S 4u
A
2 logVR U 1W S log u
6
u A U 4u + 1 S 0
2
Ru S 2, ⟹uS 4 ± √16 U 4 × 1 × 1 4 ± √12 4 ± 2√3
R uS S S S 2 ± √3
M1
2 2×1 2 2
M1
2 logVR U 1W S log u , ⟹ logVR U 1WA S log x y ⟹ log H R S 2 ± √3, ⟹RS3 ŽA±√H
R
2 R S 3ŽAF√H ≈ 1.342, or, R S 3ŽAN√H ≈ 60.345
VR U 1W S x y
M1
A
R
A1
2
M1
R U 2R + 1 S
A
R
05

R H U 2R A + R S 2 2 3 + 2 2 × 5 U V3 + 2WV1 + 3W
9 (a).

R H U 2R A + R U 2 S 0 T U A S U S
1 + 3 5 5V1 + 3W
let, cVRW S R H U 2R A + R U 2 10 U 3 U 9 U 2 + 6 3U
M1

cV2W S 8 U 8 + 2 U 2 S 0, ⟹ VR U 2W is a factor S S
5V1 + 3W 5V1 + 3W
V3 U W × V1 U 3W 3 U 9 U  U 3 U10 1
B1 B1
1 U2 1 U2 S S S SU 
By synthetic method:

R S 2® 2 0 2® 5V1 + 3W × V1 U 3W 5V1A + 3A W 50 5 B1


1 0 1 0 1 1
|T U A | S ©U © S units
M1
⟹ cVRW S VR U 2WVR A + 1W 5 5
(b). (i). Let ( S R + u.
M1 A1
VR A + 1W S 0 has no real roots
2 2  +  R + Vu + 1W ýR + Vu + 1Wþ × ýVR + 2W U uþ
∴ R S 2, and, uS S S1 S S
R 2  + 2 VR + 2W + u ýVR + 2W + uþ × ýVR + 2W U uþ
A1 A1
RVR + 2W U Ru + VR + 2WVu + 1W + uVu + 1W
S
M1
VR + 2WA + u A
R A + u A + 2~R + 2cu + Z S 0 R A + 2R U Ru + VRu + R + 2u + 2W + u A + u
05
M1
Considering tangent u S 0, S
7
VR + 2WA + u A
R A + 2~R + Z S 0 R A + u A + 2R + u + VR + 2u + 2W
M1
S
VR + 2WA + u A
YA U 4XZ S 0
For tangency, B1
A1
V2~WA U 4 × 1 × Z S 0 R + 2u + 2
(ii).
4~A U 4Z S 0 imaginary part S S0
VR + 2WA + u A M1 M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 147 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 148
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

R + 2u + 2 S 0 |T S 2T U 1 S 1, |A S 2A U 1 S 3
1 |H S 2H U 1 S 7, |b S 2b U 1 S 15
B1
u S U RU1
2 ôT S |T S 1, ôA S |A U |T S 3 U 1 S 2
The locus is a straight line since its in the form u S R + Z. ôH S |H U |A S 7 U 3 S 4, ôb S |b U |H S 15 U 7 S 8
B1

The gradient of the line is U A .


T ôA 2 ôH 4 ôb 8
A1
S S 2, S S 2, S S2
ôT 1 ôA 2 ôH 4
M1
12
Since a common ratio exists, then the series is a geometric B1
cos 2R S 4 cos R U 2 sin R
10 (a).
A A
(ii). For the second set of € terms,
progression.
1 U 2 sinA R S 4 cosA R U 2 sinA R
1 S 4 cosA R First term, ôrNT S |rNT U |r S V2rNT U 1W U V2r U 1W
B1

cos R S ±0.5 S2 rNT


U 2r S 2V2r W U 2r S V2r WV2 U 1W S 2r
M1

R S 60°, 120°, 240°, 300° Common ratio, ÄS2


M1

|r S 2r U 1, ⟹ |Ar S 2Ar U 1
A1 A1

sinVR + fW S d sinVR U fW Sum of the second set of € terms S |Ar U |r


(b).

sin R cos f + cos R sin f S d sin R cos f U d cos R sin f S V2Ar U 1W U V2r U 1W S 2Ar U 2r
tan R cos f + sin f S d tan R cos f U d sin f S V2r WA U 2r S 2r V2r U 1W
B1
M1
sin f + d sin f S d tan R cos f U tan R cos f (b). (i). The number of ways of selecting so that there must be exactly A1
Vd + 1W sin f S Vd U 1W tan R cos f
B1

S b³A × G³H S 6 × 20 S 120ways


two girls in the science workshop is:
Vd + 1W tan f S Vd U 1W tan R
B1

d+1
⟹ tan R S x y tan f , hence shown
(ii). The number of ways of selecting so that one boy and one girl M1 A1
dU1
S H³t × ½³H + H³T × ½³A + H³A × ½³T + H³H × ½³t
B1 must be in the science workshop is:

sinVR + 20°W S 2 sinVR U 20°W S 10 + 30 + 15 + 1 S 56ways


For the hence part
M1
2+1
tan R S x y tan 20°
M1 A1
2U1
tan R S 1.0919
M1 12

R S 47.52°, U132.48° R A + 3u A S Å
M1 13 (a).

Ëu
A1 A1
2R + 6u S0
ËR
ËR V1 + j HWV2jW U j A V3j A W 2j + 2j b U 3j b Ëu U2R R
12 B1

S S S SU
V1 + j HWA V1 + j H WA ËR 6u 3u
11
Ëj
2j U j jV2 U j H W At a point V1, 2W,
B1
b
S S Ëu 1 1
V1 + j H WA V1 + j H WA SU SU
ËR 3×2 6
B1
Ëu V1 + j WV3j W U j V3j W 3j A + 3j ½ U 3j ½
H A H A
3j A
S S S (b). Let the cylinder be of radius, Ä, and height, ℎ.
M1 A1

Ëj V1 + j W
H A V1 + j WH A V1 + j H WA
B1 B1
Ëu Ëu Ëj 3j A V1 + j H WA 3j
S × S × S
ËR Ëj ËR V1 + j H WA jV2 U j H W V2 U j HW
M1 A1

Ë u
A
Ë 3j Ëj V2 Uj H WV3W
U V3jWVU3j A W V1 + j H WA
S „ …× S ×
ËR Ëj V2 U j W ËR V2 U j HWA jV2 U j HW
M1 M1
A H

6 U 3j + 9j
H H V1 + j W
H A V6 + 6j WV1 + j H WA
H
S × S
B1
V2 U j H WA jV2 U j HW jV2 U j HWH
6V1 + j H WV1 + j H WA 6V1 + j H WH
M1 M1

S S
jV2 U j H WH jV2 U j H WH A1

ℎA
12 By Pythagoras theorem,
V2ÄWA S V2}WA U ℎA , ⟹ Ä A S }A U
|r S 2 U 1 4
12 (a). (i).
r B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 149 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 150
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

ℎA
Volume of cylinder, Á S ÍÄ A ℎ S Í §}A U ¨ℎ
P425/2
4
ÍℎH
APPLIED
S Í} Aℎ U
4
MATHEMATICS
M1
ËÁ 3ÍℎA
PAPER 2
S Í} U A
Ëℎ 4
M1 Feb 2018
For maximum volume, ÀÏ S 0
ÀÎ 3 hours
3ÍℎA
Í}A U S0
4 NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
3Íℎ A
2}
M1
}A S , ⟹ℎS
4 √3 S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 1 2018
2} 2} H 2 2
A1

Á²ÐL S Í} x y U Í x y S Í} x U
A H
y
√3 √3 √3 3√3
M1 Time: 3 Hours
6U2 4 4Í} H
S Í}H x y S Í}H x yS
3√3 3√3 3√3
A1
NAME: COMB:
INSTRUCTIONS:
12
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
section B.

 Where necessary, use ~ S 9.8 m s FA .


***END***  Show your working clearly.

Section A (40 Marks)


Answer all the questions in this section.

3, 5, 3, 9, 6, 8, 20, 19, 24, 14, 12


Qn 1: The distribution below shows the weights of babies in Gombe hospital:

Find the:
(i). upper quartile.
(ii). Standard deviation. [5]

Qn 2: A particle is projected from a point ÛV3, 4W with velocity x• + 2– y m s FT


~ ~
and it moves freely under gravity. Find its velocity and position vector
1.5 s later. [5]

Qn 3: The table below gives values of R and the corresponding values of cVRW.
R
cVRW
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7
4.21 3.83 3.25 2.85 2.25 1.43

(a). cVRW when R = 0.6.


Use linear interpolation/extrapolation to find:

(b). the value of R when cVRW = 0.75.


[3]
[2]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 151 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 152
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 4: Opio sits for four examinations in his class. If the probability of passing (iii). Least mark if the top 10% of the students are to be awarded. [6]
an examination in his class is 0.25, find the probability that he passes:

At 8:00 am, a bus initially parked at stage a, starts moving along a straight road
(i). Only two examinations. Question 10:

with acceleration, X S V4jW km hFA, which acceleration continues until


(ii). Less than half of the examination. [5]

Qn 5: A car decelerated from a speed of 20 m s FT to rest in 8 seconds, falling j S 5 hours, where upon it cease and the bus uniformly retards at 20 km hFA to
short of its parking slot by 20 m. By how much longer should the car rest at stage n.

(i). time when the bus reaches stage n.


have decelerated from the same speed so as to just reach the parking (a). Determine the:

(ii). Distance between a and n.


slot? [5] [5]
[5]
Qn 6: A bag contains 15 white, 5 red and 5 blue balls. Three balls are drawn at (b). Sketch a velocity-time graph to represent the above journey of the bus.
random one at a time without replacement. Determine the probability [2]
that the first ball is blue and the third one is red. [5]

Qn 7: Given that u S + R and R S 2.4 correct to one decimal place, find the
T
L
limits within which u lies. [5]

retardation force. If after j seconds its position vector is


Qn 8: A particle initially moving with a constant velocity is acted upon by a

œ S x0.5j A x• + – y + j x2• + 5– y + 6• U 22– y metres, find the time after


~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
which its speed will reduce to 15 m s FT . [5]

Section B (60 Marks)


Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.

Question 9:
The table below shows the frequency distribution of marks obtained in paper
one of the mathematics contest by Ndejje SSS students.
Marks 10 – 20 – 30 – 40 – 50 – 60 – 70 – 80 – 90
(%)
Frequency 18 34 58 42 24 10 6 8
(a). Calculate the:
(i). Mean mark. [2]
(ii). Standard deviation. [2]
(iii). Number of students who scored above 54%. [2]
(b). Draw a cumulative frequency curve and use it to estimate the:
(i). 5th decile.
(ii). Number of students that would not qualify for paper two if the
pass mark is fixed at 40%.

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 153 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 154
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Question 11: Question 15:


A non-uniform rod AB of mass 10 kg has its centre gravity at a distance an
T
A discrete random variable ñ has a function given by ÛVñ ≤ RW S , for
LE
J b
from n. The rod is smoothly hinged at a. It is maintained in equilibrium at 60°
(a).
R S 1, 2, 3.
(i). Write out the probability distribution for ñ.
angle to an. Calculate the magnitude and direction of the reaction at a. [12]
to above the horizontal by a light inextensible string tied at B and at a right

(iii). Find øV3ñ + 2W.


(ii). Find the mode.

a and n are two independent events with ÛVaW > ÛVnW such that
[6]
***END***
ÛVa ∩ nW = H and ÛVa ∪ nW S 0.9. Find:
T
(b).

(i). ÛVaW.
(ii). ÛVnW. [6]

Question 12:

gravity and hits the ground again at point a. Referred to O as the origin, -a as
A stone projected from a point O on the horizontal ground moves freely under

the x-axis and the upward vertical at - as the y-axis, the equation of the path of
the stone is given by 40u S 40R U R A , where R and u are measured in metres.

(i). Distance -a.


Calculate the:

(ii). Greatest height above -a attained by the stone.


(iii). Magnitude and direction of the velocity at -.
(iv). Time taken by the stone to reach a from -. [12]

Question 13:
The number of cows owned by residents in a village is assumed to be normally
distributed. 15% of the residents have less than 60 cows. 5% of the residents
have over 90 cows.
(a). Determine the values of the mean and standard deviation of the cows.
[8]
(b). If there are 200 residents, find how many have more than 80 cows. [4]

(a). Given that R S 3.7 and u S 70 are each rounded off with percentage error
Question 14:

of 0.2 and 0.05 respectively while number  S 26.23 is calculated with


L
¼F*
relative error of 0.04. Find the interval in which the exact value of lies,
correct to 4 significant figures. [6]

{ S 3.5 ± 0.2 m and } S 1.4 ± 0.1 m respectively. Determine, in mH , the


(b). The height and radius of a cylindrical water tank are given as

least and greatest ammount of water the tank can contain; hence calculate
the maximum possible error in your calculation. [6]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 155 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 156
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

MARKING GUIDE ÛVñ S 2W S 0.2109


B1 A1
SNo. Working Marks (ii).
ÛVñ < 2W S 1 U ÛVñ 1 2W S 1 U 0.2617 S 0.7383
3, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 12, 14, 19, 20,
1 (i).

24
M1 M1 B1 A1

3 3
Alternatively:
upper quartile position S V± + 1W S × 12 S 9./ ÛVñ < 2W S ÛVñ S 0W + ÛVñ S 1W S 0.3164 + 0.4219 S 0.7383
4 4
upper quartile, eH S 19 A1
(ii). 05

­ ñ S 3 + 3 + 5 + 6 + 8 + 9 + 12 + 14 + 19 + 20 + 24 S 123
5

­ ñ A S 3A + 3A + 5A + 6A + 8A + 9A + 12A + 14A + 19A + 20A


+ 24A S 1901
∑ ñA ∑ñ 1901 123 A
A
B1
¥S¦ U§ ¨ S¦ Ux y S √47.785 S 6.913 For motion AB, èT S 0
€ € 11 11 M1 A1
èT − á 0 − 20
èT S á + XT jT , ⟹ XT = = = −2.5 m s FA
jT 8
1 1
B1

¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S K3P , 0 S K1P m sFT ,  S K 0 P m sFA ào S ájT + XT jT A S 20 × 8 + × VU2.5W × 8A S 80 m


05
£Ø 2 2
4 ~ 2 U9.8 For motion AC, èA S 0, à S 80 + 20 S 100 m
2 B1
~
1 0 1
« S 0 + j S K P + 1.5 K PSK P m sFT èTA S áA + 2XA à
~ ~ ~ 2 U9.8 U12.7
1 èT A U á A 0 U 20A
M1 B1
1 1 0 1.5
Þ S 0j + j A S 1.5 K P + × 1.5A K PSK Pm XA S S S U2 m sFA
~ ~ 2~ 2 2 U9.8 U8.025 2à 2 × 100
3 1.5
M1 B1 B1
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ + Þ S K P + K 4.5 èT S á + XTjT
Position vector S £Ø PSK Pm
~ 4 U8.025 U4.025 èA U á 0 U 20
j S S S 10 s
A1
XA U2
B1
05 extra time, jo = j − jo = 10 U 8 S 2 s
R
3 (a). A1

cVRW uT
0.5 0.6 0.7 05
2.25 1.43 B1
6
uT U 2.25 0.6 U 0.5
S
1.43 U 2.25 0.7 U 0.5
uT S 0.5 × VU0.82W + 2.25 S 1.84
M1

When R S 0.6, cVRW S 1.84.


A1

R RA
(b).

cVRW
0.5 0.7
2.25 1.43 0.75

RA U 0.5 0.75 U 2.25


S
0.7 U 0.5 1.43 U 2.25
75 71
M1
RA S × 0.2 + 0.5 S ≈ 0.866
41 82
When cVRW S 0.75, R S 0.866.
A1

(i). € S 4, d S 0.25, e S 1 U 0.25 U 0.75


05
4

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 157 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 158
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

ÛVirst blue and third redW


∑ cR A ∑ cR
A
= ÛVnT ∩ æA ∩ }H W + ÛVnT ∩ }A ∩ }H W + ÛVnT ∩ nA ∩ }H W Standard deviation = ¦ −§ ¨
5 15 5 5 5 4 5 4 5 ∑c ∑c
= × × + × × + × ×
25 24 23 25 24 23 25 24 23 387800
1 =¦ − 40.7A = √282.51 ≈ 16.81
M1 B1 B1 B1

= ≈ 0.04167 200
24
M1 A1

(iii). Let ±T be the number of students who scored below 54%.


A1

±T − ³. ´µ
R = 2.4, 2L S 0.05 54 = zT + x yZ
05
cT
1 1 ±T − 152
7
u²ÐL S + R²ÐL S + V2.4 + 0.05W S 2.8755 54 = 50 + x y × 10
R²)r V2.4 U 0.05W
M1
24
1 1 ±T − 152
M1 B1
u²)r S + R²)r S + V2.4 U 0.05W S 2.7582 4 = 10 x y,
R²ÐL V2.4 + 0.05W 24
Upper limit = 2.8755, Lower limit = 2.7582 ⟹ ±T S 0.4 × 24 + 152 S 161.6
M1 B1

S 200 U 161.4 S 38.6 ≈ 39students Vrounding offW


A1 The number of stiudents who scored above 54% A1

1 2 6
05
œ S 0.5j A K P + j K P + K P m, ª«ª S 15 m sFT
1 5 U22 = 200 − 161.4 = 38.6 ≈ 38studentsVtruncatingW
8 Or: The number of stiudents who scored above 54%
~ ~
˜
1 2 j+2
velocity, «S ~
S jK P+K P S K P m sFT ³. ´ ±T
Ëj 1 5 j+5
Alternatively:
~
ª«ª S qVj + 2WA + Vj + 5WA S 15 m s FT
M1 152 176

~
Upper class boundary 50 54 60
j A + 4j + 4 + j A + 10j + 25 = 225 ±T − 152 54 − 50
M1
2j A + 14j − 196 = 0 =
j A + 7j − 98 = 0 176 − 152 60 − 50
±T − 152
j = 7, or, j S U14 = 0.4 ,
24
B1
but, j ≠ U14, ⟹ jS7s ⟹ ±T S 0.4 × 24 + 152 S 161.6
A1
(b).
05
9 (a).

Class 3  3 3— C.F Class


boundaries
10 – 18 15 270 4050 18 10 – 20
20 – 34 25 850 21250 52 20 – 30 B1-axes
30 – 58 35 2030 71050 110 30 – 40

B1-for 3—
40 – 42 45 1890 85050 152 40 – 50 B1-smooth
50 – 24 55 1320 72600 176 50 – 60 curve
60 – 10 65 650 42250 186 60 – 70
70 – 6 75 450 33750 192 70 – 80 B1-
80 – 90 8 85 680 57800 200 80 – 90 estimations
Total 8140 387800

∑ cR 8140
(i).
Mean mark, RS S S 40.7
∑c 200
A1
(ii).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 159 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 160
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

(c). (i). 5th decile position: ± S × 200 S 100


½ ½
Tt Tt
R ÛVñ ≤ RW ÛVñ S RW RÛVñ S RW
11 (a). (i).
From the ogive, 5th decile: ½ S 38%.
ÛVñ S RW
A1 1 1/9 1/9 1/9 B1-for
(ii). If the pass mark is fixed at 40% the number of students that
2 4/9 3/9 2/3
(iii). Number of students awarded S Ttt × 200 S 20 students.
would not qualify for paper two would be 110 students.
Tt
RÛVñ S RW
A1 3 1 5/9 5/3 B1-for
Total 1 22/9
From the ogive, the least mark if the top 10% of the students are to
Mode S 3
(ii).
be awarded is 63%. A1 A1

22 28
(iii).
øV3ñ + 2W S 3øVñW + 2 S 3 × +2S ≈ 9.333
12
9 3
(b). Let ÛVaW S R and ÛVnW S u
10 (a). (i). M1 A1
è S û 4j Ëj S 2j + Z
A
1 1 1
When j S 0, è S 0, ⟹ Z S 0 ÛVa ∩ nW = , ⟹ Ru S , ⟹uS
M1
3 3 3R
è S 2j A ÛVa ∪ nW S 0.9
M1

when j S 5, è S 2 × 5A S 50 km hFT ÛVaW + ÛVnW U ÛVa ∩ nW = 0.9


During retardation, , á S 50 km hFT, è S 0km hFT , X S U20 km hFA 1
B1

è U á 0 U 50 R + u − = 0.9
è S á + Xj, ⟹jS S S 2.5 hours 3
X U20 1 37
M1

Total time taken,  S 5 + 2.5 S 7.5 hours R+ − =0


3R 30
B1

30R + 10 − 37R = 0
A
B1

0800 hours 30R A − 37R + 10 = 0


In 24 hour clock, M1

+ ®0730® hours 5
1530 hours R= , or, R S 0.4
6
B1
The bus reaches stage n at 3:30 pm. 5 1 6 3
A1
when R S , u S × S S 0.6
6 3 5 5
From j S 0 to j S 5 hours, 1 5
(ii). B1

2 ½ 2 250 when R S 0.4 , uS S


3 × 0.4 6
½ ½
àT S û è Ëj S û 2j A Ëj S „ j H… S × 5H U 0 S ≈ 83.333 km 5 5
3 t 3 3
B1
t t for R > u, R≠ , ⟹RS , u S 0.4
From j S 5 to j S 7.5 hours, 6 6
M1 B1
5
á S 50 km hFT, è S 0km hFT, X S U20 km hFA ∴ ÛVaW S , ÛVnW S 0.4
è A U á A 0A U 50A 6
è A S á A + 2XàA , ⟹ àA S S S 62.5 km
A1
2X U2 × 20
250 875
M1 B1
Total distance, à S àT + àA S + 62.5 S ≈ 145.83 km (i). At point a, u S 0
12
3 6
from, 40u S 40R U R A , 0 S RV40 U RW
A1 12

R S 0, or, R S 40
(b).

⟹ Distance -a S 40 m
M1

(ii). At the greatest height, ÀL S 0


À¼ A1
Ëu
40u S 40R U R A, ⟹ S 40 U 2R S 0, ⟹ R S 20
ËR
M1 B1
1 A 1
when R S 20, uSRU R S 20 U × 20A S 10
B1 B1
40 40
⟹ Greatest height S 10 m
A1
1
(iii).
u S R U RA
40
The general equation of trajectory is given by,
12

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 161 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 162
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

~R A V1 + tanA kW 2*
S 0.04, ⟹ 2* S 0.04 × 26.23 S 1.0492
u S R tan k U
B1
2á A 
Comparing coefficients of R, R V3.7 + 0.0074W
x y S S 0.08685
tan k S 1, ⟹ k S 45° u U  ²ÐL V70 U 0.035W U V26.23 + 1.0492W
M1 B1

Comparing coefficients of R A , R V3.7 U 0.0074W


M1 A1
x y S S 0.08232
~V1 + tanA kW 1 u U  ²)r V70 + 0.035W U V26.23 U 1.0492W
M1 B1
S
2á A 40 interval S †0.08232, 0.08685‡
9.8V1 + 1W 1
M1 A1
S
2á A 40 { S 3.5 ± 0.2, } S 1.4 ± 0.1, Á S Í}A {
(b).
9.8 1 Á²ÐL S ÍV1.4 + 0.1WA V3.5 + 0.2W S 26.1538 mH
S
á A 40
B1
Á²)r S ÍV1.4 U 0.1WA V3.5 U 0.2W S 17.5207 mH
á A S 40 × 9.8 , ⟹ á S √392 S 19.80 m sFT 26.1538 U 17.5207
B1

The initial velocity of the particle point - is 19.80 m s FT in the maximum possible error S S 4.31655 mH M1 A1
B1
2
direction 45° above the horizontal.
A1

Distance -a S áj cos k S 40
(iv). 12

40
15
19.8j cos 45° S 40, ⟹jS S 2.857 s
19.8 cos 45° M1 A1

12

ÛVñ < 60W S 0.15, ⟹ ÛV( < UT W S 0.15


13 (a).

UT S 1.036, T S U1.036


60 U ô
M1
but, T S S U1.036, ⟹ 60 U ô S U1.036¥ → V1W
¥
Also, ÛVñ > 90W S 0.05, ⟹ ÛV( > A W S 0.05,
M1

⟹ A S 1.645
90 U ô
M1 B1
but, A S S 1.645, ⟹ 90 U ô S 1.645¥ → V2W
¥
Equation V2W U V1W gives;
M1

30
30 S 2.681¥, ⟹¥S S 11.19
2.681
From equation V1W;
M1 A1

ô S 60 + 1.036¥ S 60 + 1.036 × 11.19 S 71.59 1


let, an
5555 S Ñ, ⟹ 5a³
555 S an
5555 S 0.75Ñ
∴ Mean, ô S 71.59, Standard deviation, ¥ S 11.19 4
M1 A1
M1
 × Ñ S 10~ × 0.75Ñ sin 30°
Taking moments about A,
80 U 71.59
(b).
ÛVñ > 80W S Û x( > y S ÛV( > 0.752W  S 10 × 9.8 × 0.75 sin 30° S 36.75 N
11.19
S 0.5 U 4V0.752W S 0.5 U 0.2740 S 0.226
M1 M1 B1
ò +  cos 60° S 10~
Resolving vertically,
Number of residents S 0.226 × 200 S 45.2
M1 B1
ò + 36.75 cos 60° S 10 × 9.8
A1
ò S 79.625 N
M1
12 B1
ñ S  sin 60° S 36.75 sin 60° S 31.826N
Resolving horizontally,
R S 3.7, u S 70,  S 26.23
14 (a).

0.2 × 3.7 Reaction at A S qñ A + ò A S q31.826A + 79.625A ≈ 85.75 N


M1 B1
%2L S 0.2, ⟹ 2L S S 0.0074 ò 79.625
100
M1 A1
Direction S tanFT x y S tanFT x y
0.05 × 70 ñ 31.826
B1
%2¼ S 0.05, ⟹ 2¼ S S 0.035 S 68.21° above the horizontal
100
M1
B1 A1
12

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 163 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 164
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn7: Differentiate: cosVR A 2 L W with respect to R.


***END***
[5]

Qn8: Find the locus of the point ÛVR, uW which moves such that its distance
P425/1
from the point aV5, 3W is equal to twice its distance from R = 2.
PURE
MATHEMATICS [5]
PAPER 1
April 2018 Section B (60 Marks)
3 hours Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.

(a). Function cVRW = Y + XR − 4R A + 8R H gives a remainder of −19 when


Question 9:
NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
divided by VR + 1W and a remainder of 2 when divided by V2R − 1W. Find
S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 2 2018 the value of Xand Y.
(b). The roots of the equation R A − 4R + 2 = 0 are fand g. Form the equation
whose roots are Vf + 2gWand Vg + 2fW.
Time: 3 Hours
[12]
NAME: COMB: Question 10:
Sketch the curve: u =
INSTRUCTIONS: L E FLFG
LFT
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in . [12]
section B.

(a). Solve 3 sin R + 4 cos R = 2 for −180° ≤ R ≤ 180°.


 Show your working clearly. Question 11:

=
Section A (40 Marks) ÐE Fµ E [\]VFoW
6E [\]VNoW
(b). Show that in any triangle ABC, . [12]
Answer all the questions in this section

Qn1: Given that sin 2R = √3 cosA R, solve forR for −180° ≤ R ≤ 180°.
(a). On the same axes, sketch the curve u = RVR + 2W and u = RV4 − RW.
Question 12:
[5]

Qn2: Given that u = a2 HL + n2 FAL , show that: − − 6u = 0.


ÀE¼ À¼ (b). Find the area enclosed by the two curves in (a) above.
ÀL E ÀL
[5] (c). Determine the volume generated when the area enclosed by the two

Qn3: Find the area of the triangle with vertices V2, 1W, V3, −2W and V−4, −1W.
curves in (a) above is rotated about the x-axis. [12]

[5] Question 13:


HL E NLNT
Qn4: If f and g are roots of dR A + eR + Ä = 0, express Vf − 2gWVg − 2fW in VLFAWVLNTWE
(a). Express into partial fractions.
terms of d, e and Ä. Hence deduce that for one root to be twice the other, evaluate &H VLFAWVLNTWE ËR. Give
b HL E NLNT

9dÄ = 2eA .
(b). Hence your answer to 3 decimal places.
[5]
[12]
A⁄
Qn5: The surface area of a sphere is decreasing at a rate of 0.9 m s when the
radius is 0.6 m. Find the rate of change of the volume of the sphere at this
Question 14:
= =
LNT ¼FH *NT
A ½ FT
(a). A line and a plane are given by the equations and
2R − u + 3 = 20 respectively. Find:
instant. [5]

Qn 6: Obtain Arg V(W and |(| for the complex number: ( =


VTF)WV)FAW
TN)
. [5] (i). the point of intersection of the line and the plane.

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 165 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 166
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

(b). Find the Cartesian equation of the plane through the points aV0, 3, U4W,
(ii). the acute angle between them.
MARKING GUIDE
nV2, U1, 2W and ³V7, 4, U1W.
sin 2R S √3 cosA R
[12] SNo. Working Marks
1
2 sin R cos R U √3 cos A R S 0
cos R Ž2 sin R U √3 cos R S 0
Question 15:
(a). The points aVU3, 0W, nV3, 0W and ÛVR, uW are such that Ûn S 2Ûa. Show
B1
cos R S 0, or, Ž2 sin R U √3 cos R S 0
that the locus of Û is a circle. Hence find its centre and radius.
M1

for, cos R S 0, R S ±90°


(b). A circle with centre Û and radius Ä touches externally both circles for, 2 sin R U √3 cos R S 0
A1
R A + u A S 4 and R A + u A U 6R + 8 S 0. Prove that the x-coordinates of Û 2 sin R S √3 cos R
is given by H + 2.
ë
√3
tan R S
[12]
2
R S ±90°, 40.89°, U139.11°
M1

For U180° ≤ R ≤ 180°, R S 40.89°, U139.11°


A1

(a). Find the locus defined by Arg KNTP S b where ( is a complex number
Question 16:
FT Â

R + u.
u S a2 HL + n2 FAL
05

(b). The complex number ( S R + u satisfies the expression NA S 2 U . Find



Ëu
2
S 3a2 HL U 2n2 FAL
the modulus of (. ËR
ËA u
[12] B1
S 9a2 HL + 4n2 FAL
ËR A
ËA u
B1
S 3a2 HL U 2n2 FAL + 6a2 HL + 6n2 FAL
ËR A
***END***
ËA u Ëu
B1
S + 6u
ËR A ËR
Ë u Ëu
B1
A
U U 6u S 0
ËR A ËR B1

u S a2 HL + n2 FAL
Alternatively:

u2 AL S a2 ½L + n
Ëu
2u2 AL + 2 AL S 5a2 ½L
ËR
Ëu
2u2 FHL + 2 FHL S 5a
ËR
Ëu FHL
x2u + y 2 S 5a
ËR
Ëu Ë u FHL
A
Ëu
§2 + ¨2 U 32 FHL x2u + y S 0
ËR ËR A ËR
Ëu ËA u Ëu
§2 + ¨ U 3 x2u + y S 0
ËR ËR A ËR
Ëu ËA u Ëu
2 + U 6u U 3 S0
ËR ËR A ËR
Ë u Ëu
A
U U 6u S 0
ËR A ËR

05
3

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 167 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 168
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

ArgVZW S ArgV1 U W + ArgV U 2W U ArgV1 + W


1 1 1
S „U tanFT x y… + „180° U tanFT x y… U tanFT x y
1 2 1
S U45° + 153.43° U 45° S 63.43°
B1
M1 A1
B1 B1

let u S cosVR A2 L W , and, á S RA2 L , ⟹ u S cos á


05

Ëá Ëu
7 B1
V2 × F2 + 3 × F1 + F4 × 1W U V1 × 3 + F2 × F4 + F1 × 2W S R 2 + 2R2 S RVR + 2W2 ,
A L L L
S U sin á
area S   ËR Ëá
2 Ëu Ëu Ëá
M1 M1 B1 B1

U11 U 9 S × S U sinVR A 2 L W × RVR + 2W2 L


area S © © S |U10| S 10 sq. units ËR Ëá ËR
2 S URVR + 2W2 L sinVR A 2 L W
M1
A1 A1

dR A + eR + Ä S 0
05 05

e Ä
4 8
RA + R + S 0
d d
e
sum of roots, Vf + gW S U
d
e
product of roots, fg S
B1

Ä
Vf U 2gWVg U 2fW S fg U 2f A U 2g A + 4fg S 5fg U 2Vf A + g A W
B1
S 5fg U 2†Vf + gWA U 2fg‡ S 9fg U 2Vf + gWA
9Ä e A 9Ä 2eA
M1
S U 2 xU y S U A
d d d d B1

9Ä 2eA aÛ S 2îÛ
For the hence part
Vf U 2gWVg U 2fW S U A qVR U 5WA + Vu U 3WA S 2qVR U 2WA
d d
9dÄ U 2eA VR A U 10R + 25W + Vu A U 6u + 9W S 4VR A U 4R + 4W
M1
†f U 2V2fW‡†2f U 2f‡ S VR A U 10R + 25W + Vu A U 6u + 9W S 4R A U 16R + 16
M1
dA
u A U 6u U 3R A + 6R + 18 S 0
M1 M1
9dÄ U 2eA
0S 3R A U u A U 6R + 6u U 18 S 0
dA
A1
0 S 9dÄ U 2eA
05
9dÄ S 2eA
cVRW S Y + XR U 4R A + 8R H
9 (a).

For VR + 1W S 0, R S U1
A1

Ëa cVU1W S Y + XVU1W U 4VU1WA + 8VU1WH S U19


05
a S 4ÍÄ , ⟹
A
S 8ÍÄ S 8Í × 0.6 S 4.8Í Y U X U 4 U 8 S U19
ËÄ
5
Y U X S U7 ⟶ V1W
B1
4 H ËÁ
B1
Á S ÍÄ , ⟹ S 4ÍÄ A S 4Í × V0.6WA S 1.44Í For V2R U 1W S 0, R S
T
3 ËÄ A
Ëa cV0.5W S Y + XV0.5W U 4V0.5WA + 8V0.5WH S 2
B1
S 0.9 mA ⁄s
Ëj Y + 0.5X U 1 + 1 S 2
ËÁ ËÁ ËÄ Ëa 1 Y + 0.5X S 2 ⟶ V2W
S × × S 1.44Í × × 0.9 S 0.27 mH ⁄s
B1
Ëj ËÄ Ëa Ëj 4.8Í Equation V2W U V1W gives:
M1 B1 A1

1.5X S 9, ⟹XS6
From equation V1W,
M1 A1
|1 U || U 2| √1A + 1A × q1A + VU2WA √2 × √5 Y S X U 7 S 6 U 7 S U1
05

|(| S S S S √5
6
|1 + | √1A + 1A √2
M1 A1 A1
(b).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 169 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 170
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

dR A + eR + Ä S 0
e Ä
RA + R + S 0
d d
sum of roots, Vf + gW S 4
product of roots, fg S 2
B1

sum of new roots S Vf + 2gW + V2f + gW


for the new equation, B1-curve 1

S 3f + 3g S 3Vf + gW S 3 × 4 S 12
product of new roots S Vf + 2gWV2f + gW S 2f A + fg + 4fg + 2gA
M1 B1 B1-curve 2

S 2Vf A + g A W + 5fg S 2†Vf + gWA U 2fg‡ + 5fg


S 2Vf + gWA + fg S 2 × 4A + 2 S 34
M1 B1-axes

R U
A Vsum of new rootsWR + Vproduct of new rootsW S 0
M1 B1

R A U 12R + 34 S 0 B1

12
10 Asymptotes

VR U 1W S 0, ⟹RS1
For vertical asymptote, 12

3 sin R + 4 cos R S 2
B1 11 (a).

R A U R U 6 RVR U 1W U 6 6 3 sin R + 4 cos R ≡ } sinVR + fW S } sin R cos f U } cos R sin f


For slanting asymptote,
uS S SRU
RU1 RU1 RU1
Slanting asymptote is u S R. } cos f S 3, } sin f S 4
B1 By comparison,

} sin f 4 4
B1

U6 S , ⟹ tan f S , ⟹ f S 53.13°
Intercepts
} cos f 3 3
B1
when, R S 0, uS S6
U1 } S q3 + 4 S 5
B1
A A
when, u S 0, R URU6 S 0
A
B1
3 sin R + 4 cos R ≡ 5 sinVR + 53.13°W
B1

VR + 2WVR U 3W S 0, ⟹ R S U2, or, RS3 5 sinVR + 53.13°W S 2


M1

Intercepts are V0,6W, VU2,0W, V3,0W.


B1 B1
B1 sinVR + 53.13°W S 0.4
VR + 53.13°W S 23.58°, 156.42°
R < U2 U2 < R < 1 1<R<3 R>3
Region where the curve lies
R S U29.55°, 103.29°
VR U 3W -
A1 A1

VR + 2W -
- - +
From sine rule, X S Å sin a , Y S Å sin n , Z S Å sin ³.
(b).
VR U 1W -
+ + +
YA U Z A VÅ sin nWA U VÅ sin ³WA sinA n U sinA ³
u z. {. | S S S
- + + B1
- + - + XA VÅ sin aWA sinA a B1
Vsin n U sin ³WVsin n + sin ³W
S
sinA a
Sketch B1
2 cos K A P sin K A P × 2 sin K A P cos K A P
oN oF oN oF

S
sinAVn + ³W
B1

2 sin K P cos K P × 2 sin K P cos K P


oF oF oN oN

S A A A A
sinAVn + ³W
B1

sin 82 K A P9 sin 82 K A P9
oF oN

S
sinAVn + ³W
sinVn U ³W sinVn + ³W sinVn U ³W
B1

S S
sinA Vn + ³W sinVn + ³W
B1
12

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 171 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 172
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

5 b 1 4 b 1 4 b 1
Sû ËR + û ËR U û ËR
3 H VR U 2W 3 H VR + 1W
12 (a).
3 H VR + 1WA
RVR + 2W S RV4 U RW
At the points of intersection, M1
5 4 1 b
R A + 2R S 4R U R A S „ lnVR U 2W + lnVR + 1W + …
3 3 VR + 1W H
2R A U 2R S 0
M1

2RVR U 1W S 0 5 4 1 5 4 1
S x ln 2 + ln 5 + y U x ln 1 + ln 4 + y
R S 0, or, RS1 3 3 5 3 3 4
M1
5 4 5 1
S ln 2 + ln x y U ≈ 1.40277 S 1.403 V3 d. pW
B1

3 3 4 20
A1 B1

B1-curve 1
12
B1-curve 2
R+1 uU3 +1
14 (a). (i).
let, S S S
2 5 U1
R+1
S , ⟹ R S 2 U 1
2
uU3
S , ⟹ u S 5 + 3
5
B1
+1
S , ⟹  S U U 1
U1
T T
(b).
area S û VuA U uT W ËR S û †4R U R A U V2R A + 2RW‡ ËR 2V2 U 1W U V5 + 3W + 3VU U 1W S 20
4 U 2 U 5 U 3 U 3 U 3 S 20
t t
2 2 1
M1
T T
M1
S û V2R U 2R AW
ËR S „R U R H … S x1 U y U 0 S square units
A U4 S 28
t 3 t 3 3 M1 M1 A1  S U7
R S 2VU7W U 1 S U15
A1
T T
(c).
volume S Í û VuA U uT WA ËR S Í û V2R U 2R A WA ËR u S 5VU7W + 3 S U32
t t
B1 B1  S UVU7W U 1 S 6
T
4 4 T
Point of intersection is: VU15, U32, 6W
S Í û V4R A U 8R H + 4R b W ËR S Í „ R H U 2R b + R ½ …
3 5
M1 M1 B1
2 2
t t
(ii).
4 4 2Í
S Íx U2+ yU0 S cubic units Direction vector, » S ¶ 5 ·, Normal vector, š S ¶U1·
3 5 15 ~ ~
M1 A1
U1 3
Let k be the angle between the given line and plane.
12
2 2
3R A + R + 1 a n ³ ¶ 5 · . ¶U1·
13 (a).
≡ + + š. » 4U5U3
VR U 2WVR + 1WA VR U 2W VR + 1W VR + 1WA B1
sin k S ~ ~ S U1 3 S S U0.1952
3R A + R + 1 ≡ aVR + 1WA + nVR U 2WVR + 1W + ³VR U 2W ªšª ª»ª qV4 + 25 + 1WV4 + 1 + 9W √30 × 14
M1 M1
Putting R S U1; 3 U 1 + 1 S U3³, ⟹ ³ S U1 ~ ~
k S 78.74°
B1
Putting R S 2; 12 U 2 + 1 S 9a, ⟹ a S H
½ B1 A1

Coefficient of R A ; 3 S a + n, ⟹ n S 3 U S
½ b R 2 2 7 7
B1 (b).
H H ¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S §u U 3¨ , an
aÛ ¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶U1 U 3· S ¶U4· , a³ ¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶ 4 U 3 · S ¶1·
3R A + R + 1 5 4 1
B1

≡ + U +4 2+4 6 U1 + 4 3
B1 B1
VR U 2WVR + 1WA 3VR U 2W 3VR + 1W VR + 1WA B1
¡¡¡¡¡⃗. Žan
ŽaÛ ¡¡¡¡¡⃗ × a³
¡¡¡¡¡⃗  S 0
R uU3 +4
b
3R A + R + 1
(b).
û ËR ®2 U4 6 ®S0
VR U 2WVR + 1WA 7 1 3
M1
H
U4 6 2 6 2 U4
Rª ª U Vu U 3W ª ª + V + 4W ª ªS0
1 3 7 3 7 1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 173 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 174
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

RVU12 U 6W U Vu U 3WV6 U 42W + V + 4WV2 + 28W S 0


U18R + 36Vu U 3W + 30V + 4W S 0
M1

U18R + 36Vu U 3W + 30V + 4W S 0


U18R + 36u U 108 + 30 + 120 S 0
U18R + 36u + 30 + 12 S 0
3R U 6u U 5 U 2 S 0
B1
A1

2 2 7 7
Alternatively:
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶U1 U 3· S ¶U4· ,
Ÿ  ¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶ 4 U 3 · S ¶1·
ŸÚ
2+4 6 U1 + 4 3
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ + Ÿ 
œ S £Ÿ ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ + ôŸÚ ¡¡¡¡¡⃗
~
R 0 2 7
§u ¨ S ¶ 3 · +  ¶U4· + ô ¶1·
 U4 6 3
R S 2 + 7ô ⟶ V1W
u S 3 U 4 + ô ⟶ V2W R A + u A S V2 + ÄWA ⟶ V1W
 S U4 + 6 + 3ô ⟶ V3W VR U 3WA + u A S V1 + ÄWA ⟶ V2W
B1

Equation 2 × V1W + V2W gives, Equation V1W U V2W gives:


B1

2R S 4 + 14ô → 2 × V1W R A U VR U 3WA S V2 + ÄWA U V1 + ÄWA


+ ® u S 3 U 4 + ô ® → V2W R A U VR A U 6R + 9W S V2 + Ä + 1 + ÄWV2 + Ä U 1 U ÄW
M1

2R + u S 3 + 15ô → V4W 6R U 9 S 3 + 2Ä
M1

Equation 3 × V1W U V3W gives, 6R S 12 + 2Ä


Ä
3R S 6 + 21ô → 3 × V1W R S 2+
3
U ® S U4 + 6 + 3ô ® → V3W
A1

3R U  S 4 + 18ô → V5W
Equation 3 × V1W U V3W gives,
12
36R + 18u S 54 + 270ô → 18 × V4W
( U 1 VR U 1W + u ýVR U 1W + uþ × ýVR + 1W U uþ
16 (a).
U ® 45R U 15 S 60 + 270ô ® → 15 × V5W S S
U9R + 18u + 15 S U6 ( + 1 VR + 1W + u ýVR + 1W + uþ × ýVR + 1W U uþ
VR U 1WVR + 1W U uVR U 1W + uVR + 1W + u A
B1
3R U 6u U 5 S 2 S
VR + 1WA + u A
R A U 1 U Ru + u + Ru + u + u A
S
VR + 1WA + u A
R A + u A U 1 + 2u
12
S
Ûn S 2Ûa VR + 1WA + u A
15 (a). B1

qV3 U RWA + u A S 2qVU3 U RWA + u A R +u U1


A A
2u
real part S , imaginary part S
B1
9 U 6R + R A + u A S 4V9 + 6R + R A + u AW VR + 1WA + u A VR + 1WA + u A
(U1
M1
9 U 6R + R A + u A S 36 + 24R + 4R A + 4u A imaginarypart Í
Arg x y S tanFT x yS
0 S 27 + 30R + 3R A + 3u A (+1 realpart 4
M1
R A + u A + 10R + 9 S 0 FT x
2u Í
tan yS
Centre VU5, 0W, Radius S qVU5WA U 9 S 4 units RA + uA U 1 4
A1
2u Í
M1

S tan S 1
B1 B1
For R A + u A S 4, RA + uA U 1 4
(b).

Centre S V0, 0W, Radius S √4 S 2 units 2u S R + u A U 1


A M1
For R A + u A U 6R + 8 S 0, R A + u A U 2u U 1 S 0
Centre S V3, 0W, Radius S qVU3WA U 8 S 1 unit
(
(b). A1

S2U
(+2

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 175 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 176
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

R + u
S 2U
VR + 2W + u
P425/2
R + u S U W†VR + 2W + u‡
V2
APPLIED
R + u S 2VR + 2W + 2u U VR + 2W + u
B1
MATHEMATICS
R + u S 2R + 4 + 2u U R U 2 + u
PAPER 2
R + u S V2R + u + 4W + V2u U R U 2W April 2018
3 hours
R S 2R + u + 4
Comparing real parts,

R + u S U4 ⟶ V1W
NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
u S 2u U R U 2
Comparing real parts, B1

u U R S 2 ⟶ V2W S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 2 2018


Equation V1W + V2W gives:
2u S U2, ⟹ u S U1
B1
Time: 3 Hours
R S u U 2 S U1 U 2 S U3
∴ ( S U3 U ,
B1
|(| S qVU3WA + VU1WA S √10 M1 A1
NAME: COMB:
12 INSTRUCTIONS:
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
section B.

 Where necessary, use ~ S 9.8 m s FA .


***END***  Show your working clearly.

Section A (40 Marks)


Answer all the questions in this section

Qn 1: Ÿ  is a vertical pole of height 77.5 m, with Ÿ standing on the horizontal


ground. A particle is projected from the top   with initial velocity
12• + 9– m s FT .
~ ~

At what distance from Ÿ does the particle strike the ground? [5]
(i). How long does the particle take in air before striking the ground?
(ii).

Qn 2: Two events A and B are such that ÛVa′⁄n′W = and ÛVnW = . Find the:
A A
B H
(i). ÛVa ∪ nW,
(ii). ÛVa ∩ n′W. [5]

Qn 3: Given that u S sin k and k is measured with a maximum possible error of


2%. If k = 30°, determine the:
(i). absolute error in u,
(ii). interval within which the value of u lies. Give your answer correct
to 4 significant figures. [5]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 177 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 178
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 4: Forces of x• + – y N, xU4• + – y N and x3• U 2– y N act at points with Question 9:


~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
position vectors x2• + 2– y, xU• + – y and x4• U 2– y respectively. Show
The heights (cm) of senior six candidates in a certain school were recorded as

~ ~ ~
in the table below.
~ ~ ~
that the forces reduce to a couple and find the moment of the couple. Height (cm) Frequency
[5] 148 - < 152 5
Qn 5: A random variable ñ is uniformly distibuted over the interval [U3, 9‡.
152 - < 156 8
156 - < 160 12
(i). VarVñW,
Find the: 160- < 164 15
(ii). ÛV|ñ| > 1.5W.
164 - < 168 6
[5]
168 - < 172 4
Qn 6: The temperatures V℃W of a cooling body measured every 10 minutes
(a). Calculate the:
93℃ , find, using linear interpolation/extrapolation, the:
were recorded as 82, 70, 56, and 42. If the body’s initial temperature is
(i). Mean,
(i). time taken for the body to cool to 63℃.
(ii). Standard deviation. [7]
(b). Calculate the unbiased estimate of the variance and hence construct a
(ii). temperature of the body after 45 minutes. [5]
95% confidence interval for the mean height of all the senior six
Qn 7: The force, ´, acting on a particle of mass 2 kg is given by ´ S 5 + 4j N,
candidates. [5]
where j is the time in seconds. Given that initially the particle is moving
at a speed of 5 m s FT , find the speed of the particle when j S 2.
Question 10:
[5]
(a). The numbers 2.6754, 4.802, 15.18 and 0.925 are rounded off to the given
number of decimal places. Find the range within which the exact value
of: 2.6754 K4.802 U P can be expected to lie.
T½.TÜ
Qn 8: The table below shows the average monthly wage in thousands of
t.JA½
[6]
(b). The numbers X, Y, Z and Ë are all rounded with errors 2T , 2A , 2H and 2b
shillings of workers in category in 2014 and 2016 for a certain soft
drinks factory.
respectively. Show that the expression for the maximum absolute error,
2* in  S 6NÀ is: 6NÀ Kª ÐO ª + ª µEª + ª 6NÀ ªP.
Category Monthly wage Index Number of е е ; ; ;I N;ä
[6]
2014 2016 number workers
1 120 192 160 180
Two vehicles Ø and Ù travel equal distance of 36 km in the same time of 36
Question 11:
2 150 285 X 165
minutes. Vehicle Ø moves at a constant speed for the first 14.4 km and is then
3 Y 330 200 100
brought to rest with a uniform retardation. Vehicle Ù starts from rest and
4 170 Z 250 55
accelerates uniformly to a speed of 90 km hFT ; travels steadily at this speed;
Taking 2014 = 100%, find the:
and is then brought to rest under a uniform retardation.
(i). values of X, Y and Z.
(a). Sketch the velocity-time graphs for each vehicle’s motion. [2]
(ii). Weighted index number for the monthly wage of the whole factory
(i). Initial speed of Ø,
(b). Calculate the:
in 2016. [5]
(ii). Retardation of Ø in m s FA,
[3]

(iii). Distance Ù travels at a steady speed.


[3]
[4]
Section B (60 Marks)
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 179 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 180
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

(a). A random variable } has the probability distribution function given


Question 12: Question 16:

Å VJFëW
below:

ÛV} S ÄW S 17 <2 = ; Ä S 0, 1, 2, … , €!


0 ; elsewhere.
Given that ÛV} S €W S
T
A½½
;
(i). Find the value of € and show that Å S .
T
Gt
A uniform rod Ÿ  of weight 12 N is smoothly hinged at Ÿ, and rests in
[6]
(ii). Find ÛV} > 2⁄} ≠ 2W.
equilibrium against a horizontal peg at Ú, where ŸÚ S Ÿ . The rod makes 30°
[2] H
(b). A biased tetra-hedral die, whose faces are labelled 1, 2, 3, 4 is such that b

(a). Find the reactions at Ú, and at Ÿ.


getting an even face is twice as likely as getting an odd one. Find the with the horizontal.

(b). If the peg is removed and a force is applied at  , to keep the rod at rest in
probability of getting a 4 not less than twice in the 10 throws. [4] [6]

new magnitude of reaction at Ÿ.


Question 13: the same position, find the minimum value of the force required; and the
[6]
of &A R2 FL ËR correct to 3 significant figures.
(a). Use the trapezium rule with six ordinates to find the approximate value
½

(b). Find the area bounded by the curve u S R2 FL between R S 2 and R S 5.


***END***
(c). Find the percentage error in (a) and (b) above. [12]

(a). Two particles of masses 2™ and 3™ are moving towards each other with
Question 14:

speeds 40 and 20 respectively. After the impact, the direction of motion


of the heavier particle is reversed and moves with speed 0. Find the loss
in kinetic energy during impact. [6]

of 12 m and delivers it at a speed of 5 m s FT through a square pipe of


(b). An engine raises water from an underground reservoir through a height

internal length of 35 cm. By taking a mass of 1 litre of water to be 1 kg,


find the:
(i). mass of water raised per second,
(ii). Effective power of the engine. [6]

Question 15:
The mean life of a certain make of dry cells is 150 days and standard deviation
32 days. Their duration is normally distributed.
(a). Find the probability that the cells will last between 125 and 210 days.
(b). If there are 300 dry cells, calculate how many will need replacement
after 225 days.
(c). After how many days will a quarter of the cells have expired? [12]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 181 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 182
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

2
(i).
MARKING GUIDE Çk S × 30 S 0.6°
100
u²ÐL S sinV30° + 0.6°W S sin 30.6° S 0.5090 V4 s. fW
SNo. Working Marks B1

12 0 R u²)r S sinV30° U 0.6°W S sin 29.4° S 0.4909 V4 s. fW


B1
0SK P m sFT ,  S K P m s FA, Þ S K
1 (i).
Pm
9 U9.8 U77.5 0.5090 U 0.4909
B1
~ ~ ~
1 A absolute error in u S
2
S 0.00905
Þ S 0 j + j
2~
B1
~ ~
R 12 1 0 Interval S †0.4909, 0.5090‡
K
(ii).
P S K Pj + K P jA
U77.5 9 2 U9.8
A1
U77.5 S 9j U 4.9j A M1
4.9j A U 9j U 77.5 S 0 1 U4 3 0
05
Resultant force, ’> S K P + K P + K P S K P N
9 ± qVU9WA U 4 × 4.9 × VU77.5W 9 ± 40 1 1 U2 0
4 B1
~
jS S 2 2 U1 1 4 U2
2 × 4.9 9.8 ? S ­ Kœ × ’P S ª ª+ª ª+ª ª
9 + 40 9 U 40 ~ ~ 1 1 U4 1 3 U2
M1 M1
jS S 5, or, jS S U3.1633 S V2 U 2W + VU1 + 4W + VU8 + 6W S 1 N m
9.8 9.8
but j ≠ U3.1633, ⟹jS5s
B1
Since the resultant force is zero but the resultant moment is not B1
A1
Resultant moment about O S 1 N m anticlockwise
zero, the system is equivalent to a couple.
R S 12j S 12 × 5 S 60 m
(ii).

⟹ Required moment of a couple S 1 N m clockwise


M1 A1
A1
05

2 1
2 (i). 05

ÛVn ¿ W S 1 U S VY U XWA V9 U F3WA


5 (i).
3 3 ÁXÄVñW S S S 12
1 2 2 12 12
ÛVa′ ∩ n S ÛVn ÛVa′⁄n′W S × S
¿W ¿ W.
≈ 0.0952
3 7 21
B1 M1 A1

2 19 1 1 1
(ii).
ÛVa ∪ nW S 1 U ÛVa ∪ nW¿ S 1 U ÛVa′ ∩ n ¿ W S 1 U S cVRW S S S
21 21 Y U X 9 U F3 12
B1

≈ 0.9048 ÛV|ñ| > 1.5W S 1 U ÛV|ñ| < 1.5W S 1 U ÛVU1.5 < ñ < 15W
M1 A1

1 1 3
1 2 5 S1U × V1.5 U F1.5W S 1 U S
(ii).
ÛVa ∩ n¿ W = ÛVn′W U ÛVa¿ ∩ n ¿ W S U S ≈ 0.2381 12 4 4
3 21 21
M1 A1 M1 A1

05
05
70 63 56
6 (i).
Í 2 Í Í
3 (i).
20 ut 30
Temperature
k S 30° S , Çk S × S
6 100 6 300
Time B1

Ëu Í √3 ut U 20 63 U 70
B1
u S sin k , ⟹ S cos k S cos K P S S
ËR 6 2 30 U 20 56 U 70
Çu Ëu ut U 20
M1
but, ≈ S 0.5
ÇR ËR 10
Ëu √3 Í ut S 20 + 0.5 × 10 S 25 minutes
⟹ Çu S × ÇR S × S 0.009069 V4 s. fW
ËR 2 300
A1

56 42 Rt
B1 (ii).

Í 30 40 45
(ii). Temperature
u S sin k S sin K P S 0.5
6
Time
u²)r S 0.5 U 0.009069 S 0.4909 V4 s. fW Rt U 42 45 U 40
u²ÐL S 0.5 + 0.009069 S 0.5091 V4 s. fW S
B1
56 U 42 30 U 40
Interval S †0.4909, 0.5091‡
B1 M1
B1
Alternatively:

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 183 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 184
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Rt U 42
S U0.5
14
jt S 42 U 0.5 × 14 S 35℃ ∑ cR 7984
A1 (a).
Mean, RS S S 159.68
∑c 50 M1 A1
∑ cR A ∑ cR
A
 S 2 kg, á S 5 m s FT, ´ S 5 + 4j
05
Standard deviation, ¥S¦ U§ ¨
´ 5 + 4j ∑c ∑c
7
XS S S 2.5 + 2j
 2
1276392
B1
è S ûV2.5 + 2jW Ëj S¦ U V159.68WA S √30.1376 ≈ 5.4898
500
è S 2.5j + j A + Z
M1 M1 A1

When j S 0, è S 5, € 50
B1 (b).
5 S 0 + 0 + Z, ⟹ZS5 ¥ A @]A\B[CD S K P ¥A S x y × 30.1376 S 30.7527
€U1 50 U 1
∴ è S 2.5j + j A + 5
B1 B1

When j S 2, 0.95
For the 95% confidence interval,

è S 2.5 × 2 + 2A + 5 S 14 m s FT 4Žh⁄A  S S 0.475, ⟹ h⁄A S 4 FT V0.475W S 1.96


M1 A1 2 B1
¥A 30.7527
ô S R ± h⁄A¦ S 159.68 ± 1.96 × ¦
@]A\B[CD
€ 50
05

ÛAtTG S 159.68 ± 1.5371


8 (i). M1
ÝS × 100
ÛAtTb Conidence interval S †158.1429, 161.2171‡
285
A1
For category 2, ñS × 100 S 190
150
330
B1 12
For category 3, 200 S × 100,
ò 15.18
10 (a).
330 × 100 „2.6754 x4.802 U y…
⟹òS S 165 0.925 ²)r
200 15.18 + 0.005
( S V2.6754 U 0.00005W „V4.802 U 0.0005W U …
B1
For category 4, 250 S × 100, 0.925 U 0.0005
170 S U31.097184
M1
250 × 170
⟹(S S 425 15.18
B1
100 „2.6754 x4.802 U y…
0.925 ²ÐL
B1
∑Ý × æ 15.18 U 0.005
S V2.6754 + 0.00005W „V4.802 + 0.0005W U
(ii).
Weighted index number S …
∑æ 0.925 + 0.0005
160 × 180 + 190 × 165 + 200 × 100 + 250 × 55 S U31.019281
S Range S † F31.097184, F31.019281‡
M1

180 + 165 + 100 + 55


(b). Let a, n, ³ and  be the exact values of X, Y, Z and Ë
B1
93900
M1
S S 187.8
A1
500 an
respectively.
⟹(S
A1
³+
VX + 2T WVY + 2A W
 + 2* S
05

c R cR cR A VZ + 2H W + VË + 2b W
9
XY + X2A + Y2T + 2T 2A
M1
Class
 + 2* S
B1-for R VZ + ËW + V2H + 2b W
148 - < 152 5 150 750 112500

suppose 2T ≪ X and 2A ≪ Y, ⟹ 2T 2A ≈ 0
152 - < 156 8 154 1232 189728

B1-for cR †XY + X2A + Y2T ‡ × †VZ + ËW U V2H + 2b W‡


156 - < 160 12 158 1896 299568
 + 2* S
B1
†VZ + ËW + V2H + 2b W‡ × †VZ + ËW U V2H + 2b W‡
160- < 164 15 162 2430 393660

B1-for cR A VZ + ËW†XY + X2A + Y2T‡ U V2H + 2b W†XY + X2A + Y2T ‡


164 - < 168 6 166 996 165336
 + 2* S
VZ + ËWA U V2H + 2b WA
168 - < 172 4 170 680 115600
Total 50 7984 1276392

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 185 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 186
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

suppose 2T ≪ X, 2A ≪ Y, 2H ≪ Z and 2b ≪ Ë, 1
Distance a S è Vj + 2160W S 36000
⟹ V2H + 2b WA ≈ 0, V2H + 2bW2T ≈ 0, V2H + 2b W2A ≈ 0 2 T T
VZ + ËW†XY + X2A + Y2T ‡ U XYV2H + 2b W èT jT + 2160èT S 72000
B1 M1
 + 2* S 14400 + 2160èT S 72000
VZ + ËWA
XY Y2T X2A XYV2H + 2b W 2160èT S 57600
 + 2* S + + U 80
M1
Z+Ë Z+Ë Z+Ë VZ + ËWA èT S ≈ 26.667 m sFT
Y2T X2A XYV2H + 2b W 3
2* S + U
B1 A1
Z+Ë Z+Ë VZ + ËWA
è A S áA + 2Xà
(ii).
XY 2T 2A 2H + 2b
2* S x + U y 80 A
Z+Ë X Y Z+Ë 0 S x y + 2X × 21600
XY 2T 2A 2H + 2b 3
|2* | S x© + U ©y 80 A 1 4
M1-absolute M1
Z+Ë X Y Z+Ë X S Ux y × SU ≈ U0.0165 m sFA
error
XY 2T 2A 2H + 2b 3 2 × 21600 243
|2* | ≤ xª ª + ª ª + © ©y
M1- M1 A1
Z+Ë X Y Z+Ë
For vehicles Ù,
triangular
XY 2H + 2b
(iii).
2T 2A
maximum absolute error S xª ª + ª ª + © ©y 1
inequality
Z+Ë X Y Z+Ë Distance a S × 25Vjb + 2160W S 36000
B1-concusion
2
jb + 2160 S 2880
as required M1

jb S 720 s
12
11 (a).

90 × 1000 Distance n³ S 720 × 25 S 18000 m


90 km hFT S S 25 m s FT
M1 A1
3600
36 minutes S 36 × 60 S 2160 s
36 km S 36 × 1000 S 36000 m
12

14.4 km S 14.4 × 1000 S 14400 m Å JFr 1


12 (a). (i).
ÛV} S €W S V2 W S
For vehicles Ø 17 255
512Å Fr 1 1
V2 W S , ⟹ ÅV0.5r W S ⟶ V1W
17 255 7680 B1
­ ÛV} S ÄW S 1
Ð L
Å J
†2 + 2Ü + 2B + ⋯ + 2JFr ‡ S 1
17
B1

Å 1 U Är 2Ü
„X x y… S 1, where, X S 2J , ÄS S 0.5
17 1UÄ 2J
Å J 1 U 0.5r
B1

„2 × x y… S 1
For vehicles Ù 17 1 U 0.5
1024Å
V1 U 0.5r W S 1
M1
17
17
ÅV1 U 0.5r W S ⟶ V2W
1024
V2W ÷ V1W gives
B1

ÅV1 U 0.5r W 17
S × 7680
ÅV0.5r W 1024
B1 B1

1
M1
U 1 S 127.5
V0.5r W
0.5 S 128.5
Fr

For vehicles Ø, logV0.5Fr W S logV128.5W


(b). (i).

Distance aø S èTjT S 14400 log 128.5


€SU S 7.0056 ≈ 7
log 0.5 B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 187 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 188
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

From equation V1W, ½ ½ ½


1 û R2 FL ËR S ˆ R × VU2 FL W U 1 × 2 FL ‰ S ˆ U VR + 1W2 FL ‰
BW
ÅV0.5 S A A A
7680
M1
S U†62 F½ U 32 FA‡ S 0.366 V3 s. fW
1 1
ÅS S , hence shown
7680 × 0.5B 60
A1
Absolute error S |0.366 U 0.369| S 0.003
(c).

0.03
M1 A1

ÛV} > 2W 1 U ÛV} ≤ 2W %age error S × 100% S 0.820 V3 s. fW


(ii). M1
ÛV} > 2⁄} ≠ 2W S S 0.366
ÛV} ≠ 2W 1 U ÛV} S 2W
M1 A1

1U †2J + 2Ü + 2B ‡
T
B1
31 223 31
S Gt×TB
S ÷ S ≈ 0.139
12
1U
AF 255 255 223
M1
momentum before collision S momentum after collision
14 (a).
Gt×TB
V2WV4áW + V3WVU2áW S V2WVèW + V3WVáW
2 1
(b).
ÛVevenW S , ÛVoddW S 8á U 6á S 2è + 3á
3 3 2á S 2è + 3á
M1
2 2 1 Uá S 2è
d S ÛVgetting a 4W S
, e S 1U S
3 3 3 è S U0.5á
ÛVñ ≮ 2W S 1 U ÛVñ < 2W S 1 U †ÛVñ S 0W + ÛVñ S 1W‡
B1
2 t 1 Tt 2 T 1 J 1 1
Before collision, kinetic energy is:
S 1 U Tt³t × x y × x y U Tt³T × x y × x y S V2WV4áWA + V3WVU2áWA S 16á A + 6á A S 22á A
3 3 3 3 2 2
B1
1 20
S1U U S 0.9996
59049 59049 1 1
M1 A1 After collision, kinetic energy is:
S V2WVU0.5áWA + V3WVáWA S 0.25á A + 1.5á A S 1.75á A
2 2
B1

S 22á A U 1.75á A S 20.25á A


12 The loss in kinetic energy during impact is:

5U2
13 (a). M1 A1
ur S Rr 2 FLC
, ℎS S 0.6
6U1 B1-for ℎ ℎ S 12 m, è S 5 m s FT , Ñ S 35 cm S 0.35 m
(b). (i).

€ Rr ut , u½ uT , … ub S è × ÑA S 5 × V0.35WA S 0.6125 mH s FT
Volume of water delivered per second is:

but 1 mH S 1000 litres, ⟹ 1 mH S 1000 kg


B1

B1-for Rr
0 2.0 0.2707

 S 0.6125 × 1000 S 612.5 kg sFT


1 2.6 0.1931 Mass of water delivered per second is:

B1-for ut, u½
2 3.2 0.1304 B1

Effective engine power S K. E per second + P. E per second


3 3.8 0.0850 (ii).

1
4 4.4 0.0540

uT, … ub S è A + ~ℎ
B1-for
2
5 5.0 0.0337

1
sums 0.3044 0.4625
S × 612.5 × 5A + 612.5 × 9.8 × 12
½
1 2
û R2 FL ËR ≈ ℎ†Vut + u½W + 2VuT + ⋯ + ub W‡ S 7656.25 + 72030 S 79686.25 W
M1 M1 M1
A 2 A1
1
≈ × 0.6†0.3044 + 2 × 0.4625‡ S 0.36882 ≈ 0.369 V3 s. fW
(M1 for K.E,
2
M1 A1 M1 for P.E,
(b). M1 for
addition)

R
Sign Differentiating Integrating
2 FL
ô S 150, ¥ S 32
12
1 U2 FL
+ B1 15
0
-
2 FL
125 U 150 210 U 150
(a).
ÛV125 < ñ < 210W S Û x <(< y
+

32 32
S ÛVU0.781 < ( < 1.875W S 4V0.781W + 4V1.875W
B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 189 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 190
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

S 0.2826 + 0.4697 S 0.7523 M1 A1 ∴ The reaction at A is 4.243 N in the direction 60° above the A1

225 U 150
(ii). positive horizontal.
ÛVreplacing a dry cellW S ÛVñ ≤ 225W S Û x( < y
32
(b).

S ÛV( < 2.344W S 0.5 + 4V2.344W S 0.5 + 0.4905 S 0.9905


B1 R

Number of cells that need replacement S 0.9905 × 300 S 297.15


M1 M1

≈ 297
M1 A1 Y α
B
D

ÛV( < T W S 0.25


(iii). 60°

T S U4 FTV0.25W S U0.674
X 30° 60°

RT U 150
B1 A AB = 4l

⟹ S U0.674
32
AD = 2l

RT S 150 U 32 × 0.674 S 128.432 ≈ 128 days


M1
12 N
M1 A1

} × 4Ñ sin f S 12 × 2Ñ sin 60°


Taking moments about A,

24 sin 60° 3√3


12
}S S
4 sin f sin f
16 (a). M1

when } is minimum, sin f S 1, ⟹ f S 90°


}\] S 3√3 ≈ 5.196 N

ò + } sin 60° S 12
Resolving vertically,

ò + 3√3 sin 60° S 12


ò S 12 U 4.5 S 7.5 N
M1
B1

ñ S } cos 60° S 3√3 cos 60° S 1.5√3 ≈ 2.598 N


Resolving horizontally,
M1

} S êŽ1.5√3 + Ž3√3 S √63 ≈ 7.937 N


A A
} × 3Ñ S 12 × 2Ñ sin 60° New magnitude,
Taking moments about A,

24 sin 60°
M1 A1
}S S 4√3 ≈ 6.928 N
3
∴ The reaction at C is 6.928 N in the direction 60° above the
12
A1
negative horizontal.

ò + } sin 60° S 12
Resolving vertically, ***END***

ò + 4√3 sin 60° S 12 M1


ò S 12 U 6 S 6 N

ñ S } cos 60° S 4√3 cos 60° S 2√3 ≈ 3.464 N


Resolving horizontally,

B1

} S êŽ2√3 + 6A S √18 ≈ 4.243 N


A

6
tan k S , ⟹ k S 60°
M1

2√3 B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 191 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 192
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 7: PQRS is a quadrilateral with vertices ÛV1, U2W, HV4, U1W, }V5, 2W and
P425/1 |V2, 1W. Show that the quadrilateral is a rhombus. [5]

Qn 8: The gradient of a certain curve is given by ÅR. If the curve passes through
PURE

the point V2, 3W and the tangent that this point makes is an angle of
MATHEMATICS

tanFT 6 with the positive direction of the x-axis, find the equation of the
PAPER 1
June 2018
3 hours curve. [5]

Section B (60 Marks)


NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.
S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 3 2018 Question 9:
with respect to R.
Time: 3 Hours bL E
√TFL 
(a). Integrate
&T L I NbLE NHL ËR.
H L E NT
NAME: COMB: (b). Evaluate [12]
INSTRUCTIONS:

(a). Solve 4L U 2LNT U 15 S 0.


 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in Question 10:
section B.
 Show your working clearly. (b). Five millions shillings are invested each year, at a rate of 15% interest. In
how many years will it accumulate to more than shs 50 million? [12]
Section A (40 Marks)

(a). Given that £Ø S 4• U 3– + 5žand £Ù S • + 2ž, find the coordinates of


Answer all the questions in this section Question 11:
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
1 ¡¡¡¡¡⃗: ØÙ
the point R such that ¡Ø>
LFT LFA
Qn 1: Solve the inequality:
LFA LNH
. [5] ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S 1: 2 and the points P, Q and R are

Qn 2: Given that the roots of the equation R A U 2R + 10 S 0 are fand g, Show that the vector 5• U 2– + žis perpendicular to the line
collinear.
~ ~ ~
(b).
T T
VANhW VANiW œ S • U 4– + j x2• + 3– U 4žy.
E E
determine the equation whose roots are and . [5]
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Qn 3: ABCD is a square inscribed in a circle R A + u A U 4R U 3u S 36. Find the
5• U 2– + 3žperpendicular to the vector 3• + 4– U ž.
(c). Find the equation of the plane through a point with position vector
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
length of diagonals and the area of the square. [5] [12]

Qn 4: Solve cosVk + 35°W = sinVk + 25°Wfor 0° ≤ k ≤ 360°.


(a). Prove that sin 3k = 3 sin k − 4 sinH k.
Question 12:
[5]
(b). Find all the solutions to 2 sin 3k = 1 for k between 0°and 360°. Hence
Qn 5: Find &
ÀL
HFA _`[ L
. [5] find the solutions for 8R H − 6R + 1 = 0. [12]

Qn 6: Find the values of Å for which = Å has repeated roots. What are
L E FLNT Question 13:
LFT
If R A sec R − Ru + 2u A = 15, find
À¼
ÀL
the repeated roots? [5] (a). (i). .
(ii). Given that u S k U cos k; R = sin k; show that E =
ÀE ¼ TN[\] ^
ÀL _`[I ^
.
(b). Determine the maximum and minimum values of R A 2 FL . [12]
© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 193 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 194
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

(a). Use Maclaurin’s theorem to expand lnV1 + sin RW as far as the term in
Question 14:
MARKING GUIDE
R H. RU1 RU2
SNo. Working Marks
O
1
Expand V1 U RW as far as the term in R H . Use your expansion to deduce RU2 R+3
1
I
RU1 RU2
√24 correct to three significant figures.
(b).
I
U 10
RU2 R+3
[12]
VR U 1WVR + 3W U VR U 2WA
M1
10
VR U 2WVR + 3W
(a). A tangent from the point Vj A , 2jW touches the curve u A S 4R. Find:
Question 15:
VR + 2R U 3W U VR U 4R + 4W
A A
M1
10
VR U 2WVR + 3W
(ii). the equation of line L parallel to the normal at Vj A , 2jW and passes
(i). the equation of the tangent,
6R U 7
10
through V1, 0W, VR U 2WVR + 3W
The critical values are: R S U3, R S G , R S 2.
B
B1

(b). A point ÛVR, uW is equidistant from X and T in (a) above. Show that the
(iii). The point of intersection, X, of the line L and the tangent.

locus of P is j b U 3j U 2VR + uW S 0. R < U3 7 7 R


U3 < R < <R<2
[12]
6 6 >2
V6R U 7W
VR U 2W
Question 16: - - + +

VR + 3W
A research to investigate the effect of a certain chemical on a virus infection - - - +
crops revealed that the rate at which the virus population is destroyed is - + + +
6R U 7
B1

was Ût . At j months later, it was found to be Û.


directly proportional to the population at that time. Initially, the population
VR U 2WVR + 3W
- + - +

(a). Form a differential equation connecting Û and j.


The solution set is U3 ≤ R ≤ Gand R 1 2.
B
(b). Given that the virus populations reduced to one third of the initial
population in 4 months, solve the equation in (a) above. [12] B1
***END***
R A U 2R + 10 S 0
05
2

sum of roots, f + g S UVU2W S 2


For the given equation,

product of roots, fg S 10

1 1 1
For the new equation,
product of roots S × S
V2 + fWA V2 + gWA V2 + fWA V2 + gWA
1 1
S S
†V2 + fWV2 + gW‡A †4 + 2f + 2g + fg‡A
1 1 1
M1
S S S
†4 + 2Vf + gW + 10‡A †14 + 2 × 2‡A 324
1 1 V2 + gWA + V2 + fWA
B1

sum of roots S + S
V2 + fWA V2 + gWA †V2 + fWV2 + gW‡A
4 + 4g + gA + 4 + 4f + f A 8 + 4Vf + gW + g A + f A
S S
324 324
8 + 4 × 2 + Vf + gWA U 2fg 16 + 2A U 2 × 10
M1

S S S0
324 324 B1
The new equation is

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 195 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 196
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

R A U VsumWR + VproductW S 0 K EP
A Àl
K EP
A Àl
ËR
1 û Sû TNl
S û HVTNl ETNl
R A U 0R + S0 3 U 2 cos R 3 U2K
TFl E
P ˆ
WFAVTFl E W
‰
324
M1
TNl E TNl E
324R + 1 S 0
A
2 Ëj 1
Sû S 2û Ëj
3 + 3j A U 2 + 2j A 1 + 5j A
A1

2 2 R
05 B1
tanFT Žj√5 + Z S tanFT ˆ√5 tan K P‰ + Z
2
3
√5 √5 B1 A1

RA U R + 1
05


6
RU1
R A U R + 1 S ÅVR U 1W
R A U VÅ + 1WR + VÅ + 1W S 0
Comparing with the general quadratic equation XR A + YR + Z S 0,
M1

X S 1, Y S UVÅ + 1W, Z S VÅ + 1W

Y A U 4XZ S 0
For repeated roots,
R A + u A U 4R U 3u S 36
Comparing with the general equation of the circle: R A + u A + VÅ + 1WA U 4VÅ + 1W S 0
2~R + 2cu + Z S 0. VÅ + 1WVÅ U 3W S 0
Å S3, or, Å S U1
M1
2~ S U4 2c S U3 Z S U36
Y VÅ + 1W
~ S U2 ~ S U1.5 RSU S
M1
2X 2X
B1
Radius, Ä S q~A + c A U Z S √4 + 2.25 + 36 S √42.25 VÅ + 1W 3 + 1
S 6.5 units forÅ S 3, RS S S2
2X 2×1
M1 A1
Length of each diagonal, Ñ S 2Ä S 2 × 6.5 S 13 units VÅ + 1W U1 + 1
forÅ S U1, RS S S0
2X 2×1
A1 A1
1
By Pythagoras theorem,
ÑA S à A + à A , ⟹ ÑA S 2à A , ⟹ à A S ÑA
2
05
1 A 1
Area of square S à S Ñ S × 13 S 84.5 cmA
7
A A
2 2
M1 A1

cosVk + 35°W S sinVk + 25°W


05

cos k cos 35° U sin k sin 35° S sin k cos 25° + cos k sin 25°
4 M1

cos 35° U tan k sin 35° S tan k cos 25° + sin 25°
B1

cos 35° U sin 25° S tan k cos 25° + tan k sin 35°
cos 35° U sin 25° S tan k Vcos 25° + sin 35°W
cos 35° U sin 25° 4 1 3 5 2 3
ÛH S K P U K P S K P, |} S K P U K P S K P
B1
tan k S ≈ 0.2679 U1 U2 1 2 1 1
cos 25° + sin 35° 2 1 1 5 4 1
B1
k S 15°, 195° Û| S K P U K P S K P , H} S K P U K P S K P
M1
A1 1 U2 3 2 U1 3
|ÛH| S q3 + 1 S √10,
A A |Û|| S q1A + 3A S √10
B1
R
05
let,
j S tan K P , 3 1
B1
2 ÛH. Û| S K P . K P S 3 + 3 S 6
1 3
5

Ëj 1 R 1 R 1 Since ÛH ↗↗ |}, Û| ↗↗ H}, |ÛH| S |Û|| and ÛH. Û| ≠ 0 it implies


⟹ S sec K P S ˆ1 + tanA K P‰ S V1 + j A W
A
B1
ËR 2 2 2 2 2
2 Ëj
B1
that the quadrilateral is a rhombus.
ËR S
B1

1 + jA Ëu 1
05

S ÅR, ⟹ u S ÅR A + Z
ËR 2
8
M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 197 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 198
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

At V2, 3W, R S 2 and u S 3, u A U 2u U 15 S 0


1 sum S U2, product S U15, factors S U5, 3
M1
3 S Å × 2A + Z, ⟹ 3 S 2Å + Z ⟶ V1W
2 Vu U 5WVu + 3W S 0
M1

Also, at V2, 3W, gradient is 6, u S 5, or, u S U3


M1

Ëu log 5
B1
S ÅR, ⟹ 6 S Å × 2, ⟹ÅS3 for, u S 5, 2L S 5, ⟹RS S 2.322
ËR log 2
B1

From equation V1W, for, u S U3, 2L S U3, ⟹ R is undeined


A1

3 S 2Å + Z, ⟹ 3 S 2 × 3 + Z, ⟹ Z S 3 U 6 S U3
A1

} S 15, Û S 5000000, alJlÐ > 50000000


B1 (b).
1 1 3
The equation of the curve is given by:
r
u S ÅR A + Z, ⟹ u S × 3R A U 3, ⟹ u S RA U 3 } r
2 2 2 Total amount, alJlÐ S ­ ar , where ar S Û x1 + y
A1
100 M1
T
⟹ alJlÐ S aT + aA + ⋯ + ar
05

let R G S sinA á, R H S sin á , á S sinFT R H S ۆV1 + 0.15WT + V1 + 0.15WA + ⋯ + V1 + 0.15Wr ‡


9 (a).

Ëá cos á Ëá S ۆ1.15 + 1.15A + ⋯ + 1.15r ‡


M1
3R A S cos á , ËR S
ËR 3R A XVÄ r U 1W
4R A 4R A cos á Ëá 4 cos á S ÛÉ Ê , where X S Ä S 1.15
B1
û ËR S û × S û Ëá ÄU1
√1 U R G √1 U sinA á 3R A 3 cos á but, alJlÐ > 50000000
4 4 4 FT H
M1
S û 1 Ëá S á + Z S sin R + Z
3 3 3 1.15V1.15r U 1W
5,000,000 É Ê > 50,000,000
B1 M1 A1
1.15 U 1
RA + 1 RA + 1 RA + 1
(b).
1.15V1.15 U 1W
M1
S S
r
R + 4R + 3R RVR + 4R + 3W RVR + 1WVR + 3W
H A A É Ê > 10
0.15
RA + 1 a n ³
≡ + + 1.15V1.15r U 1W > 1.5
RVR + 1WVR + 3W R VR + 1W VR + 3W 1.5
R A + 1 ≡ aVR + 1WVR + 3W + nRVR + 3W + ³RVR + 1W 1.15r > +1
1.15
putting R S 0; 1 S aV1 × 3W, ⟹ a S H
T
1.15r > 2.3043
log 2.3043
B1
putting R S U1; 2 S nVU1WV2W, ⟹ n S U1
€>
B1

putting R S U3; 10 S ³VU3WVU2W, ⟹ ³ S H


½ log 1.15
B1 M1
€ > 5.973
RA + 1
B1
H
B1
û ËR € S 6 terms
RH + 4R A + 3R
A1
T
1 H1 H
1 5 H 1
12
S û ËR U û ËR + û ËR
3 T R T VR + 1W 3 T VR + 3W 1 4 U3
M1 11 (a).

1 5 H ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S £Ù
ØÙ ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ U ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗
£Ø S ¶0· U ¶U3· S ¶ 3 ·
S „ ln R U lnVR + 1W + lnVR + 3W… 2 5 U3
3 3
M1 B1
¡¡¡¡¡⃗ 1
¡Ø>
T
1 5 1 5 1
S „ ln 3 U ln 4 + ln 6… U „ ln 1 U ln 2 + ln 4… Ø> ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S 1: 2,
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗: ØÙ ⟹ S , ⟹ Ø> ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ØÙ
3 3 3 3 ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ 2
ØÙ 2
M1
S 1.9662 U 1.6173 S 0.3489 1 U3
M1

¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ U ¡£Ø
£> ¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶ 3 ·
2
A1
U3
4 U1.5
12
B1
4 U2 U 15 S 0 ¡¡¡¡¡⃗ U ¶U3· S ¶ 1.5 ·
¡£>
10 (a).
L LNT

2AL U 2V2L W U 15 S 0 5 U1.5 A1


let, u S 2L
u A U 2u U 15 S 0

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 199 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 200
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

U1.5 4 2.5 RH S sin 250° S sin 290° S U0.9397


¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶ 1.5 · + ¶U3· S ¶U1.5· ,
£> ⟹ }V2.5, U1.5, 3.5W
A1

U1.5 5 3.5
M1 M1 12

R A sec R U Ru + 2u A S 15
13 (a). (i).
(b).
Ë A Ë
5 2 VR sec R U Ru + 2u AW S V15W
For perpendicular vectors,

¶U2· . ¶ 3 · S 0 ËR ËR
Ëu Ëu
1 U4 R A sec R tan R + 2R sec R U xR + uy + 4u S0
10 U 6 U 4 S 0 ËR ËR
Ëu Ëu
M1 M1M1
0 S 0, hecne shown R sec R VR tan R + 2W U u S R U 4u
ËR ËR
B1

Ëu
5 R sec R VR tan R + 2W U u S VR U 4uW
(c). B1

Position vector,  S ¶U2· ËR


~ Ëu R sec R VR tan R + 2W U u
3 S
3 ËR R U 4u
B1 A1
Normal vector, šS¶ 4 ·
U1
~
Ëu
(ii).
u S k U cos k , ⟹ S 1 + sin k
Ëk
œ . š S š.  ËR
The equation of the plane is given by:
~ ~ ~ ~ R S sin k , ⟹ S cos k
R 3 3 5 Ëk
M1
§u¨ . ¶ 4 · S ¶ 4 · . ¶U2· Ëu Ëu Ëk 1 + sin k
S × S
 U1 U1 3
M1
ËR Ëk ËR cos k
3R + 4u U  S 15 U 8 U 3 Ë u
A
Ë Ëu Ëk Ë 1 + sin k 1
S x y × S x y×
M1
3R + 4u U  S 4 A1
ËR A Ëk ËR ËR Ëk cos k cos k
cos k cos k U V1 + sin kWVU sin kW 1
SÉ Ê×
M1
cosA k cos k
12

sin 3k S sinV2k + kW S sin 2k cos k + cos 2k sin k


12 (a).
cos A k + sin k + sinA k 1 + sin k
S 2 sin k cos A k + V1 U 2 sinA kW sin k SÉ ÊS
cosH k cos H k
B1
S 2 sin k V1 U sinA kW + sin k U 2 sinH k
M1

S 2 sin k U 2 sinH k + sin k U 2 sinH k


M1
Ëu
(b).

S 3 sin k U 4 sinH k let, u S R A 2 FL , ⟹ S 2R2 FL U R A2 FL S V2R U R A W2 FL


M1
ËR
B1 M1

S0
À¼
2 sin 3k S 1
(b). B1
ÀL
for stationary points,
V2R U R A W2 FL S 0
sin 3k S 0.5
V2R U R A W S 0, or, 2 FL S 0
3k S 30°, 150°, 390°, 510°, 750°, 870°
B1

for, V2R U R W S 0,
A
R S 0, or, RS2
k S 10°, 50°, 130°, 170°, 250°, 290°
B1

for, 2 FL S 0, R is undeined
A1

ËA u
B1
8R H U 6R + 1 S 0
For the hence part,
S V2 U 2RW2 FL U V2R U R A W2 FL S V2 U 4R + R A W2 FL
let, R S sin k ËR A
ËA u
M1
8 sinH k U 6 sin k + 1 S 0 when, R S 0, S V2 U 0 + 0W2 t S 2,
6 sin k U 8 sinH k S 1 ËR A
B1
hence minimum
A1
2V3 sin k U 4 sinH kW S 1
minimum value, u²)r S 0
2 sin 3k S 1
ËA u
k S 10°, 50°, 130°, 170°, 250°, 290° when, R S 2, S V2 U 8 + 4W2 FA S U0.271,
R S sin k ËR A
hence maximum
A1
RT S sin 10° S sin 170° S 0.1736
maximum value, u²ÐL S 2A 2 FA S 5413
RA S sin 50° S sin 130° S 0.7660
A1
A1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 201 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 202
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

At point Vj A , 2jW, R S j A , u S 2j


Ëu 2 1
12
gradient of the tangent S S S
Let, cVRW S lnV1 + sin RW , ⟹ cV0W S lnV1 + 0W S 0 ËR 2j j
14 (a).

cos R 1
B1
¿ VRW
c S , ⟹ c ¿ V0W S S1 u U 2j 1
The equation of the tangent is given by,
1 + sin R 1+0 S
V1 + sin RWVU sin RW U cos A
R U sin R U sinA
R U cos A R R U jA j
B1
c ¿¿ VRW S S 1
V1 + sin RWA V1 + sin RWA u U 2j S VR U j A W
U sin R U VsinA R + cos A RW U sin R U 1 j
S S 1
V1 + sin RWA V1 + sin RWA uS R+j
j
UVsin R + 1W U1
B1 A1

S S
V1 + sin RWA 1 + sin R 1
(ii).

U1 gradient of line L S U1 ÷ S Uj
⟹ c ¿¿ V0W S S U1 j
B1
V1 + 0
cos R
B1
uU0
The equation of the line L is given by,
c ¿¿¿ VRW S UVU1WV1 + sin RWFA cos R S S Uj
V1 + sin RWA RU1
1 u S UjVR U 1W
⟹ c ¿¿¿ V0W S S1
V1 + 0WA B1 u S URj + j A1

RA RH 1
By Maclaurin’s theorem, (iii). At the point of intersection,
cVRW S cV0W + Rc ¿ V0W + c ¿¿ V0W + c ¿¿¿ V0W + ⋯ R + j S URj + j
2! 3! j
RA RH 1
M1

S0+R×1+ × VU1W + ×1+⋯ R S URj


2! 3! j
B1

1 A 1 H AW
RV1 + j S 0, ⟹RS0
∴ lnV1 + sin RW S R U R + R + ⋯
2 6 when R S 0, u S URj + j S 0 + j S j
B1

point of intersection is ñV0, jW


A1

1 1 U2 VURWA 1 U2 U5 VURWH
(b). A1
V1 U RWI S 1 + VURW + ×
O
× + × × ×
3 3 3 2! 3 3 3 3! ñV0, jW, ÛVR, uW, Vj A , 2jW
B1 B1 (b).

+⋯
1 1 5 H 0 + jA jA j + 2j 3j
P is the midpoint of X and T,
S 1 U R U RA U R +⋯ RS S , uS S
3 9 81 2 2 2 2
A1

j A 3j
M1
VR + uW S +
For the hence part,
3 I 1 I 2 2
O O

√24 S V27 U 3WI S „27 x1 U y… S 3 x1 U y


O

2VR + uW S j A + 3j
I

27 9
B1 M1

j A + 3j U 2VR + uW
B1
By comparison, R S J
T
A1
1 1 1 1 A 5 1 H ñV0, jW, ÛVR, uW, Vj A , 2jW
Alternatively:
√24 S 3 É1 U × x y U × x y U ×x y Ê
I

3 9 9 9 81 9 |ñÛ| S |Û|
M1

√24 S 3 × 0.9615 S 2.88 V3 s. fW qVu U jWA + VR U 0WA S qVu U 2jWA + VR U j A WA


I
A1
12 qu A U 2ju + j A + R A S qu A U 4ju + 4j A + R A U 2Rj A + j b
u A U 2ju + j A + R A S u A U 4ju + 4j A + R A U 2Rj A + j b
0 S U2ju + 3j A U 2Rj A + j b
Ë A Ë
15 (a). (i).
u A S 4R, ⟹ Vu W S V4RW j b + 3j A U 2ju U 2Rj A S 0
ËR ËR j b + 3j A U 2jVRj + uW S 0
Ëu Ëu 2
2u S 4, ⟹ S j H + 3j U 2VRj + uW S 0
ËR ËR u M1 12

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 203 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 204
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1
U4Å S ln x y
ËÛ ËÛ 3
16 (a).
∝ Û, ⟹ S UÅÛ Å S 0.25 ln 3
Ëj Ëj B1 B1

ËÛ Û S Ût 2 Ft.A½l L] H
(b). Equation (ii) becomes
û S û UÅ Ëj
Û Û S Ût 2 Ft.AB½l
ln Û S UÅj + Z → VW
M1

When j S 0, Û S Ût
12

ln Ût S UÅ × 0 + Z , ⟹ Z S ln Ût B1
***END***
ln Û S UÅj + ln Ût → VW
Equation (i) becomes

When j S 4, Û S Ût
T
B1
H
1
ln x Ût y S U4Å + ln Ût
3
1
ln Ût y U ln Ût S U4Å
x
3
1
B1
ln x y S U4Å
3
Å S 0.25 ln 3
B1
B1

ln Û S U0.25j ln 3 + ln Ût
Equation (ii) becomes

Û
B1
ln x y S U0.25j ln 3
Ût
B1

Û
S 2 Ft.A½l L] H
Ût
B1

Û S Ût 2 Ft.A½l L] H
Û S Ût 2 Ft.AB½l
B1

Alternatively:

ËÛ ËÛ
(a).
∝ Û, ⟹ S UÅÛ
Ëj Ëj

ËÛ
(b).
û S û UÅ Ëj
Û
ln Û S UÅj + Z
Û S a2 FÆl → VW , where a S 2 6 and is a constant
When j S 0, Û S Ût
Ût S a2 t , ⟹ a S Ût

Û S Ût 2 FÆl → VW
Equation (i) becomes

When j S 4, Û S H Ût
T

1
Û S Ût 2 FbÆ
3 t
1
S 2 FbÆ
3

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 205 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 206
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

P425/2 (ii). Comment on how you could obtain a better approximation to the
APPLIED value of the integral using the trapezium rule. [1]

Qn 4: Ÿ,   and Ú are points on a straight road such that Ÿ  =  Ú = 0.2 m. a


MATHEMATICS

cyclist moving with uniform acceleration passes Ÿ and then notices that
PAPER 2

it takes him 10 s and 15 s to travel between Ÿ  and  Ú respectively.


June 2018
3 hours
Find:

(ii). The velocity with which he passes Ÿ.


(i). his acceleration, [3]
NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL [2]
S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 3 2018 Qn 5: In Ndejje S.S.S, 15% of the students like posho. Find the probability that
Time: 3 Hours in a sample of 300 students in the school, over 50 students like posho.
[5]
NAME: COMB:
INSTRUCTIONS: Qn 6: Study the flow chart below:
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
section B.

 Where necessary, use ~ S 9.8 m sFA .


 Show your working clearly.

Section A (40 Marks)


Answer all the questions in this section

−3 2 4
Qn 1: Forces K P N, K P N, and K P N act on a body of mass 2 kg. Find the
1 9 −6
magnitude of the acceleration of the body. [5]

Qn 2: The table below shows the times to the nearest second taken by 100
students to solve a problem.

Times (s) 30 – 49 50 – 64 65 – 69 70 – 74 75 – 79
No. of 10 30 25 20 15
students

Calculate the mean time of the distribution, correct to one decimal place.
[5]
Â
G
Qn 3: (i). Use the trapezium rule with equal strips of width to find an
approximation for &t R sin R ËR. Give your answer to 4 significant
Â

figures. [4]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 207
207 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 208
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

(i). Using the flow chart, perform a dry run for Rt S 2.1 and
± S 50, -z S 0.0005.
(a). Forces of magnitude 3 N, 4 N, 2 N, 1 N, Ø N, and Ù N act along the sides
[4] Question 10:
(ii). What is the purpose of the flowchart? [1]

Qn 7: Find the centre of gravity of the remainder of the square an³ if the order of the letters. Find the value of Ø and Ù if the resultant of the six
AB, BC, CD, DE, EF and FA. The direction of the forces is given by the

(b). A uniform ladder of weight, N, rests with end B against a smooth vertical
circle of radius 3 cm is removed as shown below. [5] forces acts along CE. [6]
D C
1 cm
wall and end A on a smooth floor. The ladder is prevented from slipping

angle ŸÚ£ S 90°. Show that the tension in the string is given by:
by a light string attached to the ladder at a point C to the point O where

N cos f
S
2VsinA f U cosA fW
3 cm 3 cm

Where f is the angle of inclination to the horizontal.


10 cm
[6]

Given the equation 3R H + R U 5 S 0;


Question 11:

(a). (i). Show that the equation has a root between R S 1 and R S 1.5.
3 cm

A B
10 cm [3]
(ii). Hence use linear interpolation to obtain an approximation of the
Qn 8: A discrete random variable ñ has the following probability distribution. root. [3]
(b). Use Newton Raphson’s formula to find the root of the equation by
R performing two iterations, correct to two decimal places. [6]
ÛVñ S RW
1 2 3
0.1 0.6 0.3
Question 12:
Eight candidates seeking admission to a university course sat for a written and
(i). øV5ñ + 3W,
Find:
oral test. The scores were as shown in the table below:
(ii). ÁXÄV5ñ + 3W. [5] Written 55 54 35 62 87 53 71 50
(X)
Section B (60 Marks) Oral 57 60 47 65 83 56 74 63
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks. (Y)

(a). (i). Draw a scatter diagram for this data. [3]


ñ is a random variable such that:
Question 9:
Use the line of best fit to estimate the value of ò when ñ S 70.
(ii). Draw a line of best fit on your scatter diagram. [1]
gV1 U 2RW ; U1 ≤ R ≤ 0,
cVRW S MgV1 + 2RW ; 0 ≤ R ≤ 2, !
(b). [2]
(c). Calculate the rank correlation coefficient. Comment on your result.[6]
0 ; elsewhere.
(a). (i). Sketch the p.d.f, cVRW. (a). At time, j, the position vector of a particle of mass 2 kg is
Question 13:
(ii). Determine the value of the constant, g.
[3]

xcos j • + j A – y m. Show that the force acting on the particle when j S Í


[3]
~ ~
(i). Mean of ñ,
(b). Find the:
seconds is of magnitude 2√5 N.
[3]
[7]
(ii). 60th percentile. [3]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 209 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 210
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

A particle is moving so that at any instant, its velocity vector, « , is given


~
(b).
MARKING GUIDE
by « S x3j• + 4– + j žy m s
A FT
. When j S 0, it is at the point V1, 0, 1W.
~ ~ ~ ~ U3 2 4 3
SNo. Working Marks
Resultant force, ’ SK P+K P+K P SK P N
Show that the magnitude of its acceleration at j S 2 seconds is 5 m s FA . 1 9 U6 4
1
~
’ 1
3 1.5
M1 B1
Acceleration, S S K PSK P ms
~ FA
 2 4 2
[5]
~
Magnitude of acceleration, ªª S qV1.5WA + 2A S 2.5 m s FA
B1
~
The numbers Ÿ and   are rounded off to  and O with errors P“ and P—
Question 14: M1 A1

(a). Show that the absolute relative error in the product Ÿ  is given by:
respectively. 05

c R cR
|||P— | + |O||P“ |
2

. B1-for R
Class

O
30 – 49 10 39.5 395
50 – 64 30 57 1710 values

(b). Given that Ÿ S 6.43 and   S 37.2 are rounded off to the given number of B1-for cR
[5] 65 – 69 25 67 1675
70 – 74 20 72 1440

(i). State the maximum possible errors in Ÿ and  .


decimal places indicated; 75 – 79 15 77 1155 values

B1-for ∑ cR
(ii). Determine the absolute error in Ÿ .
[2] Total 6375

∑ cR 6375
(iii). Find the limits within which the product Ÿ  lies. Give your answer
[2]
Mean S S S 63.75 ≈ 63.8 V1 d. pW
∑c 100
to Q decimal places. [3] M1 A1
05

Í
Question 15: 3 (i).
ur S Rr sin Rr , ℎS
6
(a). The marks of a certain electric light bulb is known to be normally
€ Rr ut , uG uT , … u½
distributed with a mean life of 2000 hours and a standard deviation of B1

0
120 hours. Estimate the probability that the life of such bulb will be:
Í
0 0
(i). greater than 2015 hours,
6 B1-for Rr
1 0.261799

(ii). Between 1850 hours and 2090 hours. [8]

6
(b). Wavah industry manufactures light bulbs that have a length of life time 2 0.906900 values

B1-for ur
that are approximately normally distributed with a standard deviation of
6
3 1.570796
40 hours. If a random sample of 36 bulbs have an average life of 780

hours, find the 99.9% confidence interval for the mean of the entire values
6
4 1.813799


bulbs. [4]

6
5 1.308997

6 Í 0
***END***
sums 0 5.862291
Â
1
Approximation for û R sin R ËR S ℎ†Vut + u½W + 2VuT + ⋯ + ub W‡
t 2
1 Í
S × †0 + 2 × 5.862291‡ S 3.069488 ≈ 3.069 V4 s. fW
2 6 M1 B1
(ii). By increasing on the number of strips. B1

05

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 211 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 212
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

4 € Rr RrNT |RrNT U Rr |
0 2.1 2.19419 0.09419 B1
1 2.19419 2.18677 0.00742 B1
2 2.18677 2.18672 0.00005 B1

∴ ± S 50, RrNT S 2.187 V3 d. pW

4Rr ½ + ±
(ii). B1

RrNT S
For motion AB, à S 0.2 m, j S 10 s, 5Rr b
(i).

1 As € → ∞, Rr → R where R it the root.


à S áj + Xj A 4R ½ + ±
2 RS
1 5R b
0.2 S 10á + X × 10A 5R ½ S 4R ½ + ±
2
0.2 S 10á + 50X R½ S ±
0.02 S á + 5X ⟶ V1W R S √±
,

For motion AC, à S 0.2 + 0.2 S 0.4 m, j S 10 + 15 S 25 s,


B1
1 ±.
The purpose of the flow chart is to find the fifth root of a number,
à S áj + Xj A
B1
2
1
0.4 S 25á + X × 25A
2
05
0.4 S 25á + 312.5X
7
0.016 S á + 12.5X ⟶ V2W
Equations V1W U V2W gives; B1
0.004 S U7.5X
0.004
XSU S U0.000533 m sFA
7.5
(ii). From equation V1W
A1

U0.004 17
á S 0.02 U 5X S 0.02 U 5 × S
7.5 750
≈ 0.02267 m sFT
M1 A1

Let ñ~ be the number of students who like posho


05

€ S 300, d S 0.15, e S 1 U 0.15 S 0.85


5

ô S €d S 300 × 0.15 S 45
¥ S q€de S √300 × 0.15 × 0.85 S √38.25 S 6.185
B1
B1
ÛVover 50 like poshoW S ÛVñ > 50W
Let é be the weight per unit area.
ÛVñ > 50W → ÛVñ > 50.5W
By continuity correction,

50.5 U 45
S Û x( > y S ÛV( > 0.889W
B1 Weight Coordinates of the

√38.25 Ò) R) u)
centre of gravity

S 0.5 U 4V0.889W S 0.5 U 0.3130 S 0.1870 10 × 10 100é 1 1


Figure Area
× 10 × 10
S 100 2 2
M1 B1 Square

S5 S5 B1-for R) and
Í × 3A 9Íé 1+3 3+3 u)
05
S 9Í S4 S6
Circle
4Rr ½ + 50
6 (i).
⟹ RrNT S 100 U 9Í V100 U 9ÍWé R u
5Rr b
Remainin
g lamina

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 213 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 214
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1
1 S 2g + 6g, ⟹gS
By taking moments about u-axis, 8
100é × 5 S 9Íé × 4 + V100 U 9ÍWéR
A1

500 S 36Í + V100 U 9ÍWR


M1 (b).(i).

500 U 36Í 1
RS ≈ 5.394 ⎧ V1 U 2RW ; U1 ≤ R ≤ 0,
100 U 9Í ⎪8
By taking moments about R-axis, cVRW S 1 !
A1

100é × 5 S 9Íé × 6 + V100 U 9ÍWéu ⎨ V1 + 2RW ; 0 ≤ R ≤ 2,


⎪8
500 S 54Í + V100 U 9ÍWu ⎩ 0 ; 2Ñà2Òℎ2Ä2.
500 U 54Í
M1
uS ≈ 4.606 øVñW S û RcVRW ËR
100 U 9Í A1
Ð L
1 t 1 A
S û VR U 2R A W ËR + û VR + 2R A W ËR
The distance of the centre of gravity, G, of the remaining lamina is
8 FT 8 t
5.394 cm from AD and 4.606 cm from AB.

1 1 A 2 H t 1 1 2 A
S „ R U R … + „ R A + R H…
8 2 3 8 2 3
05
FT t
R ÛVñ S RW RÛVñ S RW R AÛVñ S RW 1 1 2 1 16
8 M1
S R0 U x + yS + Rx2 + y U 0S
8 2 3 8 3
RÛVñ S RW 7 11 17
1 0.1 0.1 0.1 B1-for M1
S + S S 1.0625
48 12 16
2 0.6 1.2 2.4
3 0.3 0.9 2.7 A1

Let d be the 60th percentile


(ii).
R AÛVñ S RW
Total 1 2.2 5.2 B1-for

û cVRW ËR S 0.6
øV5ñ + 3W S 5øVñW + 3 S 5 × 2.2 + 3 S 14
(i).
FT
1t
1
but û V1 U 2RW ËR S 2g S 2 × S 0.25
ÁXÄV5ñ + 3W S 5A × ÁXÄVñW S 25†5.2 U V2.2WA ‡ S 9 FT 8 8
(ii). A1

 t
1 
1
⟹ û cVRW ËR S û V1 U 2RW ËR + û V1 + 2RW ËR
M1 A1
FT FT 8 t 8
1
05

U1 ≤ R ≤ 0, cVU1W S gV1 + 2W S 3g, cV0W S gV1 U 0W S g 0.6 S 0.25 + ˆ R + R A ‰
9 (a). (i).
8
M1
0 ≤ R ≤ 2, cV0W S gV1 + 0W S g, cV2W S gV1 + 4W S 5g
t
1
0.35 S Vd + d W U 0
A
B1
8
2.8 S d + dA
U1 ± q1A U 4 × 1 × VU2.8W
M1
dS
cVRW S 2×1
B1-for
d S 1.246, or, d S U2.246
gV1 U 2RW
For the interval; 0 ≤ R ≤ 2, d ≠ U2.246. Thus 60./ percentile S
B1

1.246.
A1

cVRW S
B1-for

gV1 + 2RW
12
10 (a).

total area under the graph S area A + area B


(ii).

1 1
1 S × V0 + 1WV3g + gW + × V2 U 0WVg + 5gW
2 2 M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 215 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 216
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

B RB

B1
C
W
RA

3 4 cos 60° U2 cos 60° U1 UÛ cos 60°


T
´Ã S K P + K P+K P+K P+K P
α
0 4 sin 60° 2 sin 60° 0 UÛ sin 60°
H cos 60°
M1 M1
+x y
UH sin 60°
α
3 U 0.5Û + 0.5H
´Ã S x y
O
3√3 U 0.5√3Û U 0.5√3H
A
an S Ñ, -a S Ñ sin k , -n S Ñ cos k
From ∆an³, ℎ S qV2XWA + V2XWA U 2 × 2X × 2X cos 120°
S 2X√3 m } S  cos f + æ
Resolving vertically,

Total moment of forces about C S Moment of resultant about C


V1 × 2X sin 120°W + ŽÛ × 2X√3 + ŽH × 2X√3 + V3 × 2X sin 120°W }o S  sin f
Resolving horizontally,

S ´Ã × 0
Ñ cos f
Taking moments about O,
X√3 + 2XÛ√3 + 2XH√3 + 3X√3 S 0 } × Ñ cos f S }o × Ñ sin f + æ ×
M1

4X√3 + 2XVÛ + HW√3 S 0 2


cos f
2+Û+H S 0 V cos f + æW cos f S  sin f × sin f + æ ×
2
H S U2 U Û æ cos f
M1 M1

3√3 U 0.5√3Û U 0.5√3H  cos f + æ cos f S  sin f +


A A

Direction, θ S tan §
FT
¨ S 30° 2
3 U 0.5Û + 0.5H æ cos f
S Vsin f U cos fW
A A
M1
3√3 U 0.5√3Û U 0.5√3H 2
S tan 30° æ cos f
B1

3 U 0.5Û + 0.5H S
1 2VsinA f U cos A fW
V3 U 0.5Û + 0.5HW
A1
3√3 U 0.5√3Û U 0.5√3H S
√3
B1

9 U 1.5Û U 1.5H S 3 U 0.5Û + 0.5H


12
6 U Û U 2H S 0 let, cVRW S 3R H + R U 5
11 (a). (i).
6 U Û U 2VU2 U ÛW S 0 cV1W S 3V1WH + 1 U 5 S U1
6 U Û + 4 + 2Û S 0 cV1.5W S 3V1.5WH + 1.5 U 5 S 6.625
M1
10 + Û S 0 Since cV1W. cV1.5W < 0, ⟹ 1 < root < 1.5
M1
Û S U10
B1
H S U2 U Û S U2 + 10 S 8
A1 (ii).
A1

R Rt
(b).
1 1.5
cVRW U1 0 6.625

Rt U 1 1.5 U 1
S
0 U VU1W 6.625 U VU1W M1 M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 217 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 218
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

0.5
Rt S × 1 + 1 S 1.0656
7.625 A1

cVRW S 3R H + R U 5
(b).

c ¿ VRW S 9R A + 1
cVRr W 3Rr H + Rr U 5
B1
RrNT S Rr U ¿ S Rr U
c VRr W 9Rr A + 1
9Rr H + Rr U 3Rr H U Rr + 5 6Rr H + 5
M1

S S
B1-axes
9Rr A + 1 9Rr A + 1
B1-plotting
Using Rt S 1.0656
6V1.0656WH + 5
RT S S 1.0927
B1-line of
9V1.0656WA + 1
M1 B1 best fit thru
6V1.0927W + 5
H the mean
RA S S 1.0921
9V1.0927WA + 1
M1 B1 point

∴ Root S 1.09 V2 d. pW A1 M1-dotted


line for
12 estimation
12 (a).

R u }L }¼ Ë ËA
55 57 4 6 -2 4
54 60 5 5 0 0
35 47 8 8 0 0 B1-correct
62 65 3 3 0 0 ranking

B1-∑ ËA
87 83 1 1 0 0
(b). ò S 70.75 when ñ S 70.
53 56 6 7 -1 1
71 74 2 2 0 0
6 ∑ ËA 6 × 14
(c). B1
∑ Ë S14 é S 1U S1U S 0.8333
50 63 7 4 3 9
A
€V€ A U 1W 8V8A U 1W
467 505
M1 A1
467 505
RS S 58.375 ≈ 58.4, uS S 63.125 ≈ 63.1
Comment: Significant at 5% (or: Insignificant at 1%.)
8 8
B1
⟹ Mean point, VR, uW S V58.4, 63.1W B1 B1 12

cos j
 S 2 kg, œSK A P m
13 (a).

~ j
˜
U sin j
«S ~
SK P
~ Ëj 2j
Ë« U cos j
M1
S ~SK P
~ Ëj 2
When j S Í,
M1

U cos Í 1
when j = Í, =K P S K P m sFA
~ 2 2
1 2
’ S  S 2 K P S K P N
M1 B1
~ ~ 2 4
ª’ª S q2A + 4A S √20 S 2√5 N, as required
B1
~ M1 B1
(b).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 219 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 220
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

3j S 4V1.250W + 4V0.750W
« S ¶ 4 · m sFT S 0.3944 + 0.2734 S 0.6678
M1

jA
~
B1 B1 A1
Ë« 3 0.99
(b). For the 99% confidence interval,
 S ~ S ¶ 0 · m sFA 4Žh⁄A  S S 0.475, ⟹ h⁄A S 4 FT V0.475W S 1.96
~ Ëj 2
2j ¥
3
M1 B1
Conidence limits S ñ ± h⁄A
when j S 2,  S ¶0· m s FA √€
40
4
~
M1 B1
S 780 ± 1.96 × S 780 ± 13.0667
ªª S q3 + 0 + 4 S √25 S 5 m s FA ,
A A as required √36
Conidence interval S †766.9333, 793.0667‡
M1 A1 M1
~ A1

12 12

a S X + 2T , n S Y + 2A
14 (a).

exact, ( S VanW, approximate,  S VXYW


error, 2 S VanW U VXYW
***END***

S ýVX + 2T WVY + 2A Wþ U VñòW


S ýXY + X2A + Y2T + 2T 2A þ U VXYW
B1

S X2A + Y2T + 2T 2A
suppose 2T ≪ X and2A ≪ Y, ⟹ 2T2A ≈ 0
∴ 2 S Y2T + X2A
B1

2 Y2T + X2A
ª ªS© ©
 XY
2 |Y||2T | + |X||2A |
B1
ª ª≤
( XY
|X||2A | + |Y||2T |
B1
∴ maximum relative error in the product an S
XY B1

Maximum error is a, 2T S 0.005


(b). (i).

Maximum error is n, 2A S 0.05


B1
B1

VanW²ÐL S V6.43 + 0.005WV37.2 + 0.05W S 239.70375


(ii).

VanW²)r S V6.43 U 0.005WV37.2 U 0.05W S 238.68875


B1

239.70375 U 238.68875
B1
Absolute error in an S S 0.5075
2
M1 A1

Upper limit S VanW²ÐL S 239.70375 ≈ 239.7038 V4 dpW


(iii).

Lower limit S VanW²)r S 238.68875 ≈ 238.6888 V4 dpW


B1-for
rounding off
to 4 d.p
12

2015 U 2000
15 (a). (i).
ÛVñ > 2015W S Û x > y S ÛV > 0.125W
120
S 0.5 U 4V0.125W
M1

S 0.5 U 0.0498 S 0.4502


M1
B1 A1

1850 U 2000 2090 U 2000


(ii).
ÛV1850 < ñ < 2090W S Û x << y
120 120
S ÛVU1.250 <  < 0.750W
M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 221 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 222
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

2 2
Qn 7: Show that the lines T“ , vector equation œ S K P +  K P and T— , vector
~ 5 U3
3 3
equation œ S K P + ô K P are perpendicular and find the position
P425/1
~ U3 2
PURE
MATHEMATICS vector of their point of intersection. [5]
PAPER 1
July 2018 Qn 8: Find the percentage increase in the volume of a cube when all the edges
3 hours of the cube are increased by 2%. [5]

NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL Section B (60 Marks)


Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.
S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 4 2018
Question 9:
(a). Given that (T and (A are complex numbers, solve the simultaneous
Time: 3 Hours

4(T + 3(A S 23
equations:
NAME: COMB:
INSTRUCTIONS: (T + (A S 6 + 8

If ( S R + u, find the locus given by


 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in [6]

(U1 2
section B. (b).
© ©S
(+1U 5
 Show your working clearly.

Section A (40 Marks) [6]


Answer all the questions in this section
Question 10:
Qn 1: Given that dA S eÄ, show that 2 log  d log ë d S log d + log ë d. [5] Given that R S TNl and u S V1 U jWV1 + jWA , find ÀL E .
TFl À E¼
[12]
,
Qn 2: Evaluate: &T
b ŽTN√L
ËR. Question 11:
√L
[5]

point V2, −6W to the line 3u − R + 2 = 0.


(a). Find the coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular from the
Qn 3: Find the equations of the tangents to the parabola u A S 6R which pass (b). A circle touches both R −axis and the line 4R − 3u + 4 = 0. Its centre is in
[4]
through the point V10, −8W. [5] the first quadrant and lies on the line R − u − 1 = 0. Prove that its
equation is R A + u A − 6R − 4u + 9 = 0.
Qn 4: Solve the equation: √R + 5 + √R + 21 = √6R + 40 .
[8]
[5]

Qn 5: If u = 3L , find ÀL E when R = −1.


À E¼
Question 12:
Express u = into partial fractions. Hence find &b u ËR.
[5] GbL E FTbÜLNBÜ G
VbLF½WI
[12]

cos R + cos u = 1
Qn 6: Solve the simultaneous equations:
Question 13:
Given that u = [\] LNA [\] ALN[\] HL , prove that u = − tanA A . hence find the
[\] LFA [\] ALN[\] HL L
sec R + sec u = 4
for 0° < R, u < 180°. [5] value of tanA 15° in the form d + e√Ä where d, e and Ä are integers and and
solve 2u + sec A = 0 for 0° ≤ R ≤ 360°.
L
A
[12]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 223 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 224
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Question 14: MARKING GUIDE


d A S eÄ
SNo. Working Marks
Ëu u
(a). Solve the differential equation
Sê log  d A S log  VeÄW
1

ËR R+1 2 log  d S log  e + log  Ä


M1

Given that u S 9 when R S 3. 1 1


M1

2S +
(b). At time j minutes, the rate of change of temperature of a cooling liquid is
[5]
log  d log ë d
proportional to the temperature,  ℃ of that liquid at that time. Initially
M1
log ë d + log  d
2S
 S 80. log  d log ë d
M1

Show that  S 802 FÆl , 2 log  d log ë d S log ë d + log d , as required


(ii). If  S 20 when j S 6, find the time at which the temperature will
(i). B1

reach 10℃ .
1
[7] 05
let á S 1 + √R, ⟹ Ëá S ËR, ⟹ ËR S 2√RËá
2√R
2

R á
B1

(a). One root of the equation R A U 6R + Å S 0 is three times the other. Find
Question 15:

the roots and the value of Å.


1 2

(b). If R is so small that R ½ and higher powers of R can neglected such that
[5] 4 3 B1

V1 + RWG V1 U 3R H WTt ≈ 1 + XR + YR A + ZR b b Ž1
+ √R
½ H
á½ H

Find the values of X, Y and Z. û ËR S û × 2√RËá S û 2á ½ Ëá


[7] T √R A √R A
1 G H 1 G 665
S„ á … S V3 GW
U2 S
3 A 3 3
(a). Find the Cartesian equation of the plane containing the point V1, 3, 1W and
Question 16: M1 M1 A1

parallel to the vectors • U – + 3ž and 2• + – U 3ž .


~ ~ ~ ~ 3
05
~ ~
[7]
4X S 6, ⟹XS
2
3

RU6 uU1 +1


(b). Find the angle between the plane in (a) above and the line
S S X
5 U1 4
Equation of the tangent is:
u S R +

[5] At V10, U8W,
3
U8 S 10 +
2
20A + 16 + 3 S 0
M1

U16 ± √16A U 4 × 20 × 3 U16 ± 4


***END***
S S
2 × 20 40
M1
U16 U 4 1 U16 + 4 3
S SU , or, S SU
40 2 40 10
B1

1 3
The tangents are:
u S U R U 3, and, u SU RU5
2 10
A1 A1

05
A A
4 Ž√R + 5 + √R + 21 S Ž√6R + 40
R + 5 + R + 21 + 2qR A + 26R + 105 S 6R + 40
2qR A + 26R + 105 S 4R + 14
M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 225 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 226
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

qR A + 26R + 105 S 2R + 7 2 3
K P.K P S 0
U3 2
M1
R A + 26R + 105 S 4R A + 28R + 49
6U6S 0
3R A + 2R U 56 S 0
0 S 0, hence shown
M1 B1
U2 ± q2A U 4 × 3 × VU56W U2 ± 26
RS S
2×3 6 2 + 2 3 + 3ô
K PSx y
M1
U2 U 26 14 U2 + 26 5 U 3 U3 + 2ô
RS SU , or, RS S4
M1
6 3 6 2 U 3ô S 1 ⟶ V1W
B1
14 3 + 2ô S 8 ⟶ V2W
R≠U , ⟹RS4
3 Equation 3 × V1W U 2 × V2W gives
A1
6 U 9ô S 3
U ®6 + 4ô S 16®
M1
uS3 U13ô S U13
05
L

ln u S ln 3L ôS1
5

ln u S R ln 3 3+3×1 6
Position vector S K PSK P
A1
1 Ëu U3 + 2 × 1 U1
S ln 3
u ËR
Ëu
M1
S u ln 3 Let the length of the sides be R .
05
ËR
ËAu Ëu Ëè
A1 8

S ln 3 è S RH, ⟹ S 3R A
ËR A ËR ËR
ËAu Çè Ëè
M1

S Vu ln 3W ln 3 S 3L Vln 3WA ≈ , ⟹ Çè ≈ 3R ÇR
A

ËR A ÇR ËR
Çè 3R A ÇR
B1
Ë
! u 1
M1
A
S 3FT Vln 3WA S Vln 3WA ≈ 0.4023 percentage increase in volume S × 100 ≈ × 100
ËR A LUFT 3 è RH
ÇR
M1 A1 M1
≈ 3 x × 100y
R
≈ 3V2W
M1
cos R + cos u S 1 ≈ 6%
05

sec R + sec u S 4
6 A1
for, sec R + sec u S 4
1 1
05
+ S4
cos R cos u 4(T + 3(A S 23 ⟶ V1W
9 (a).
cos R + cos u
S4 (T + (A S 6 + 8 ⟶ V2W
cos R cos u
M1

1 Equation V1W U 4 × V2W gives


S4
cos R V1 U cos RW 4(T + 3(A S 23
4 cos R U 4 cos R S 1
A
U ®4(T + 4(A S 24 + 32 ®
4 cos A R U 4 cos R + 1 S 0 V3 U 4W(A S U1 U 32
V2 cos R U 1WA S 0
B1 M1

cos R S 0.5, ⟹ R S 60° VU1 U 32W × V3 + 4W


M1

cos u S 1 U 0.5 S 0.5, ⟹ u S 60° (A S


A1
A1 V3 U 4W × V3 + 4W
U2 U 96 U 4 + 12 125 U 100
M1
(A S S S 5 U 4
9 + 16 25
From equation V2W,
05 M1 A1

2 3 (T S 6 + 8 U V5 U 4W S 6 + 8 U 5 U 4 S 2 + 3
»“ S K P, »— S K P
U3 2
7
~ ~
For lines T“ and T— to be perpendicular, R + u U 1 2
(b). M1 A1

»“ . »— S 0 © ©S
~ ~
R + u + 1 U  5
5|VR U 1W + u| S 2|VR + 1W + Vu U 1W|

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 227 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 228
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

5qVR U 1WA + u A S 2qVR + 1WA + Vu U 1WA 1 2


3u U R + 2 S 0, ⟹uS RU
25†VR U 1WA + u A ‡ S 4†VR + 1WA + Vu U 1WA ‡ 3 3
M1

∴ Gradient of an S U3
M1
25†R A U 2R + 1 + u A ‡ S 4†R A + 2R + 1 + u A U 2u + 1‡
u+6
M1 M1
25R A U 50R + 25 + 25u A S 4R A + 8R + 4 + 4u A U 8u + 4 S U3
21R A + 21u A U 58R + 8u + 17 S 0 RU2
u + 6 S U3R + 6
M1 A1

u S U3R B1-eqn of
1Uj
12
RS 1 2
At the foot B, perpendicula
1+j R U S U3
10
3 3
r
ËR UV1 + jW U V1 U jW U1 U j U 1 + j U2
S S S R U 2 S U9R
M1
Ëj V1 + jWA V1 + jWA V1 + jWA 1
10R S 2, ⟹RS
M1 M1 B1
5
(M2-correct
1 3
u S U3 × S U
use of
5 5
B1
1 U3
quotient rule,

∴ nx , y
B1-
5 5
u S V1 U jWV1 + jWA
simplification
A1
Ëu
and output) (b).
S UV1 + jWA + 2V1 + jWV1 U jW
Ëj
S V1 + jWVU1 U j + 2 U 2jW S V1 + jWV1 U 3jW M1 B1
(M1-correct
use of
product rule,

Ëu Ëu Ëj V1 + jWA
B1-correct
S × S V1 + jWV1 U 3jW ×
output)
ËR Ëj ËR U2
1
S U V1 U 3jWV1 + jWH
2
M1-chain
rule

ËA u Ë Ëu Ëj
A1-correct
S x y×
ËR A Ëj ËR ËR
output

1 V1 + jWA |4~ U 3c + 4| 4~ U 3c + 4
S U †3V1 + jWA V1 U 3jW U 3V1 + jWH ‡ × n³ S S
2 U2 q4A + VU3WA 5
1
M1 M1 M1
S V1 + jW †3V1 U 3jW U 3V1 + jW‡
b
a³ S qV~ U ~WA + Vc U 0WA S c
4
(chain

1 but, n³ S a³
rule+product
S V1 + jWb †3 U 9j U 3 U 3j‡
4 4~ U 3c + 4
rule)

S U3jV1 + jWb Sc
5
M1-

4~ U 3c + 4 S 5c
simplification
M1
4~ U 8c + 4 S 0 ⟶ V1W
A1-

Also, centre V~, cW lie on the line R U u U 1 S 0


12
B1
~ U c U 1 S 0 ⟶ V2W
11 (a).

Equation V1W U 4 × V2W gives B1


4~ U 8c + 4 S 0
U ‚4~ U 4c U 4 S 0‚
U4c + 8 S 0
M1
cS2
From equation V2W,
B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 229 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 230
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

~ S2+1S3 R
for tanA 15° , ⟹ S 15°, ⟹ R S 30°
2
B1

VR U 3WA + Vu U 2WA S 2A sin 90° + sin 30° U 2 sin 60° 1 + 0.5 U 2 × 0.5√3 1.5 U √3
The equation of the circle is given by:
uS S S
R A U 6R + 9 + u A U 4u + 4 S 4 sin 90° + sin 30° + 2 sin 60° 1 + 0.5 + 2 × 0.5√3 1.5 + √3
M1 M1

R A + u A U 6R U 4u + 9 S 0 Ž1.5 U √3 × Ž1.5 U √3


S
B1
Ž1.5 + √3 × Ž1.5 U √3
M1

64R A U 148R + 78 a n ³ 2.25 U 3√3 + 3 5.25 U 3√3


12
≡ + + S S S U7 + 4√3
4R U 5 V4R U 5WA V4R U 5WH 2.25 U 3 U0.75
12
V4R U 5WH R
but, u + tan K P S 0
M1
64R A U 148R + 78 ≡ aV4R U 5WA + nV4R U 5W + ³
A
2
M1
64R A U 148R + 78 ≡ aV16R A U 40R + 25W + nV4R U 5W + ³ ŽU7 + 4√3 + tanA 15° S 0
For R S b ;
½
tanA 15° S 7 U 4√3
100 U 185 + 78 S ³, ⟹ ³ S U7
A1

Coefficient of R A ; R
2u + sec A K P S 0
B1
64 S 16a, ⟹aS4 2
R R
Coefficient of R t ; U2 tanA K P + ˆ1 + tanA K P‰ S 0
B1

78 S 25a U 5n + ³, ⟹ 78 S 100 U 5n U 7 2 2
R
M1

15 S 5n, ⟹nS3 U tanA K P + 1 S 0


M1
2
64R A U 148R + 78 4 3 7 R
B1
∴ ≡ + U tanA K P S 1
V4R U 5WH 4R U 5 V4R U 5WA V4R U 5WH 2
R
tan K P S ±1
A1
G G
4 3 7 2
For the hence part:
û u ËR S û x + U y ËR R
4R U 5 V4R U 5WA V4R U 5WH S 45°, 135°
b b 2
B1
3 7 G
R S 90°, 270°
S „lnV4R U 5W U + …
A1
4V4R U 5W 8V4R U 5WA b
M1 M1 M1
3 1 1 7 1 1
12

S Vln 19 U ln 11W U x U y + x A U A y Ëu u
14 (a).
4 19 11 8 19 11 Sê
M1 M1
S 0.57044 ËR R+1
Ëu ËR
û Sû
A1

sin 3R + sin R U 2 sin 2R qu √R + 1


12
uS 2qu S 2√R + 1 + Z
sin 3R + sin R + 2 sin 2R
13

2 sin 2R cos R U 2 sin 2R But u S 9 when R S 3,


S
M1

2 sin 2R cos R + 2 sin 2R 2√9 S 2√3 + 1 + Z, ⟹ZS2


M1-factor

2 sin 2R Vcos R U 1W
formula
S 2qu S 2√R + 1 + 2
M1 B1

2 sin 2R Vcos R + 1W
M1-

cos R U 1 qu S √R + 1 + 1
factorisation A1
S
cos R + 1
Ë Ë
(b).
81 U 2 sinA K P9 U 1 ∝ U, ⟹ S UÅ
L

S A Ëj Ëj
M1- B1
82 cos A K P U 19 + 1
L Ë
û S û UÅ Ëj
numerator
A

M1-
U2 sinA KAP
L
ln  S UÅj + Z
denominator
S
M1
(i). But initially  S 80
2 cosA KAP
L

R ln 80 S UÅV0W + Z, ⟹ Z S ln 80 B1
u S U tanA K P , as required ln  S UÅj + ln 80
2 B1
ln  U ln 80 S UÅj
For the hence part

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 231 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 232
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

 U1 3 1 3 1 U1
ln x y S UÅj S •ª ªU–ª ª + žª ª
80 1 U3 ~ 2 U3 ~ 2 1
M1
~
 S • V3 U 3W U – VU3 U 6W + žV1 + 2W S 9– + 3ž
S 2 FÆl ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
80
B1 M1 A1

 S 802 , FÆl
as required
œ. š S š. V
The Cartesian equation of the plane through the origin is given by:
(ii).  S 20 when j S 6,
M1 A1
~ ~ ~ ~
20 1 R 0 0 1
ln x y S U6Å, ⟹ Å S U lnV0.25W §u¨ . ¶9· S ¶9· . ¶3·
80 6
 j  3 3 1
ln x y S lnV0.25W 9u + 3 S 0 + 27 + 3
80 6
When  S 10℃, 9u + 3 S 30
M1 M1
10 j 3u +  S 10
ln x y S lnV0.25W
80 6
M1 A1
6 ln 0.125 5 0
(b).
jS S 9 minutes Direction vector, » S ¶U1· , Normal vector, š S ¶9·
ln 0.25
A1
4 3
~ ~

Let k be the angle between the given line and plane.


12

R A U 6R + Å S 0 ªšª S q9A + 3A S √90 S 3√10


15 (a).
~
sum of roots, f + 3f S 6 ª»ª S q5A + VU1WA + 4A S √42
B1

4f S 6
M1
~
3 9 0 5 B1
⟹fS , and, 3f S ¶9· . ¶U1· S 0 U 9 + 12 S 3
2 2
H J 3 4
A1 A1
š. »
B1
3 1
The roots are: A and A .
product of roots, f × 3f S Å sin k S ~ ~
S S
3 A 27 ªšª ª»ª 3√10 × √42 √420
M1

Å S 3f S 3 × x y S
A ~ ~
k S 2.797°
2 4
M1 A1 A1

V1 + RWG
(b). 12

S 1 + G³T VRW + G³A VR A W + G³H VR H W


+ G³b VR bW + ⋯
M1 ***END***
S 1 + 6R + 15R A + 20R H + 15R b + ⋯
V1 U 2R H WTt S 1 + Tt³T VU2R H W + ⋯
B1

S 1 U 20R H + ⋯
V1 + RWG V1 U 2R H WTt
M1

S V1 U 20R H WV1 + 6R + 15R A + 20R H + 15R b W


S 1 + 6R + 15R A + 20R H + 15R b U 20R H U 120R b
S 1 + 6R + 15R A U 105R b
M1

∴ X S 6, Y S 15, Z S U105
B1
A1 A1

12

1 2
16 (a).

Direction vectors, »“ S ¶U1· , »— S ¶ 1 ·


3
~ ~
U3
• U– ž
~ ~
š S »“ × »— S ‚1 U1 3 ‚
~
Normal vector,
~ ~ ~
2 1 U3
M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 233 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 234
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

P425/2 Qn 4: A body of mass 4 kg is moving with an initial velocity of 5 m sFT on a


APPLIED plane experiences a resistance of 0.4 N in a distance of 40 m. Find the
MATHEMATICS loss in kinetic energy. [5]

Qn 5: The events a and n are such that ÛVa⁄n W = 0.4, ÛVn ⁄aW = 0.25,
PAPER 2

ÛVa ∩ nW = 0.12. Find ÛVa ∪ n′W.


July 2018
3 hours [5]

Qn 6: Given below are values of cVRW for given values of R.


NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL cV0.4W S U0.9613, cV0.6W S U0.5108 and cV0.8W S U0.2231.
Use linear interpolation to determine c FT VU0.4308W correct to 2 decimal
S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 4 2018 places. [4]
Time: 3 Hours
Qn 7: The data below shows the duration of telephone calls received by
NAME: COMB: teacher of Masaka Secondary school. The time was measured in minutes.
INSTRUCTIONS:
1.1 4.3 2.6 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.4 3.3
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
section B. 3.9 4.7 2.7 4.8 2.9 1.4 3.6 2.6
2.8 1.8 2.5 4.4 3.2 4.4 4.1 3.2
 Where necessary, use ~ S 9.8 m sFA .
 Show your working clearly.
2.1 1.6 1.4 1.2 2.8 3.4 4.6 4.8
2.7 3.9 2.3 4.0 1.4 3.7 2.2 1.9
Section A (40 Marks)
Answer all the questions in this section (a). Form a frequency distribution table for the data with a class
interval of 0.5 starting with a class of 1.0.
(b). Calculate the median time. [6]
Qn 1: A ball is projected vertically upwards and when it is at a height of 10 m, it
takes 8 seconds to return to its point of projection. Find the speed with
in the directions | 30° ø, ø 60° ± and North-West respectively. Find the
Qn 8: Forces of magnitude 10 N, 15 N and 20 N act away from a common point
which the ball was projected. [5]
resultant force. [5]
Qn 2: Use trapezium rule with 4 sub-intervals to estimate
W

û cos R ËR
E
Section B (60 Marks)
t Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.
correct to three decimal places. [5]

Qn 3: A continuous random variable ñ has a cumulative distribution function;


Question 9:

1 H
The table below shows the expenditure of restaurant for the years 2014 and
R ; 0 ≤ R ≤ g,!
ÛVñ m RW = 64
2016.

1 ; R 1 g. Item Price (shs) Weight

(a). value of the constant g.


Find the: 2014 2016
[2] Milk (per litre) 1,000 1,300 0.5
(b). probability density function. [3] Eggs (per tray) 6,500 8,300 1
Sugar (per kg) 3,000 3,800 2
Blue band 7,000 9,000 1
© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 235 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 236
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Question 13:
Taking 2014 as the base year, calculate for 2016 the: The drying time of a newly manufactured paint is normally distributed with
(a). Price relative for each item. mean 110.5 minutes and standard deviation 12 minutes.
(b). Simple aggregate price index. (a). Find the probability that the paint dries for less than 104 minutes. [3]
(c). Weighted aggregate price index and comment on your result. (b). If random sample of 20 tins of the paint was taken, find the probability
(d). In 2016, the restaurant spent shs 45,000 on buying these items. Using that the mean drying time of the sample is more than 112 minutes.
the index obtained in (c), find how much money the restaurant could [4]
have spent in 2014. [12] (c). A random sample of 16 tins taken from a different type pf paint of
standard deviation 15 minutes is found to have a mean time of 105.5
Question 10: minutes, determine the 90% confidence limits the mean of time of this
Three forces xU2• U 3– y N, x3• + 4– y N and xU• U – y N act at the type of paint. [5]
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
(a).
points V2, 0W, V0, 3W and V1, 1W respectively. Show that these forces reduce
The numbers R and u are approximated by ñ and ò with errors ∆R and ∆u
Question 14:

X
an³ is a rectangle with an S 3 m and ³an S 30°. Forces of 10 N, 20 N
to a couple. [5]

and 20 N act along a³, a and n respectively. Calculate the magnitude


(b). respectively.
¼E
L
∆R ∆u
(a). Show that the maximum relative error in is given by
cuts an. © © + 2© ©
and direction of the resultant force hence find where its line of action
ñ ò
[7]

If R S 4.95 and u S 2.013 are each rounded off to the given number of
[5]
Given the equation R H U 6R A + 9R + 2 S 0;
Question 11:
(b).
(a). Find graphically the root of the equation which lies between U1 and 0.
decimal places, calculate the:
¼E
L
[5] (i). percentage error in ,
(b). (i). Show that Newton Raphson formula for approximating the root ¼E
¼FL
(ii). limits within which is expected to lie. Give your answer to
2 Rr H U 3Rr A U 1
of the equation is given by
RrNT S É A Ê, where € S 0, 1, 2, … …
three decimal places. [7]
3 Rr U 4Rr + 3
(a). A pump draws water from a tank and issues it at a speed of 10 m s FT
Question 15:
[3]
from the end of a hose of cross-sectional area 5 cmA , situated 4 m above
(ii). Use the formula in (b)(i) above, with an initial approximation in (a)
above to find the root of the given equation correct to two decimal
the level from which the water is drawn. Find the rate at which the pump
places. [4]
(b). A car of mass 800 kg moves against a constant resistance } N. the
is working. [5]
Question 12:
14 m s FT and 42 m s FT respectively. If the rate at which the engine is
maximum speeds of the car up and down an incline of 1 in 16 are
jH U 4
The displacement of a particle of mass 2 kg is given by:
working is { kW, find the:
ÞS¶ jA U j · metres.
~ (i). values of } and {,
2 sin j + cos 2j
(ii). acceleration at the instant when the speed is 17.5 m sFT on level
(a). average velocity between j S 1 s and j S 3 s.
Find the:
ground. [7]
(b). magnitude of the forced when j S 4 s.
[3]

(c). kinetic energy when j S 2 s.


[6]
[3]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 237 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 238
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Question 16:
A box contains 4 pink counters, 3 green counters and 3 yellow counters. Three
MARKING GUIDE
SNo. Working Marks
counters are drawn at random one after the other without replacement.
1
(a). Find the probability that the third counter drawn is green and the first
two are of the same colour. [4]
(b). Find the expected number of pink counters drawn. [8]

***END***

For motion BCD, à S U10 m, j S 8 s, á S èT


1
à S áj U ~j A
2
1
U10 S 8èT U × 9.8 × 8A
2
U10 S 8èT U 313.6
M1

303.6
èT S S 37.95 m sFT
8
For motion AB, à S 10 m, è S 37.95 m sFT
B1

è A S á A U 2~à
37.95 S á A U 2 × 9.8 × 10
A

á A S 1636.2025
M1 B1

á S 40.45 m s FT A1

05

U0
Â
2
Í
ur S cos Rr , ℎS A
S
4 8
B1-fraction

€ Rr ut , ub uT , … uH
0
Í⁄8 B1-for Rr
0 1

Í⁄4
1 0.92388
B1-for ur to
V3ÍW⁄8
2 0.70711

Í⁄2
3 0.38268
4d.p or more
4 0
sums 1 2.01367

1
W

û cos R ËR ≈ ℎ†Vut + ub W + 2VuT + ⋯ + uH W‡


E

t 2

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 239 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 240
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1 Í ÛVn ∩ aW 0.12
≈ × †1 + 2 × 2.01367‡ S 0.98712 S 0.987 V3 d. pW ÛVaW = = = 0.48
2 8 ÛVn⁄aW 0.25
M1 A1

¿W
ÛVa ∩ n = ÛVaW − ÛVa ∩ nW = 0.48 − 0.12 = 0.36
B1

ÛVa ∪ n ¿ W S ÛVaW + ÛVn¿ W U ÛVa ∩ n ¿ W


B1

= 0.48 + V1 − 0.3W − 0.36 = 0.82


05

1 H
3 (a).
ÛVñ ≤ gW S g S1
64 ÛVa ∩ nW 0.12
Alternatively: M1 A1

gH S 64, ⟹gS4 ÛVnW = = = 0.3


M1
ÛVa⁄n W 0.4
ÛVn ∩ aW 0.12
A1

Ë 1 H 3 A ÛVaW = = = 0.48
(b).
ÛVñ S RW S x R yS R , for 0 ≤ R ≤ 4 ÛVn⁄aW 0.25
ËR 64 64
Ë
M1
ÛVñ S RW S V1W S 0, elsewhere
ËR
3 A
M1

∴ ÛVñ S RW S 64 R ; 0 ≤ R ≤ 4, !
0 ; elsewhere.
A1

05
4

ÛVW = 0.48 + 0.18 + R = 1, ⟹ R S 0.34


ÛVa ∪ n ¿ W S 0.48 + 0.34 S 0.82

05
6

R 0.6 R 0.8
cVRW U0.5108 U0.4308 U0.2231 B1
´ S X R U 0.6 U0.4308 U VU0.5108W
0 U 0.4 S 4X, ⟹ X S 0.1 m s FA S
0.8 U 0.6 U0.2231 U VU0.5108W
M1
è A S áA + 2Xà
0.0872
M1 M1

è S q5A U 2 × 0.1 × 40 S 4.123 m sFT uS × 0.2 + 0.6 S 0.6591


0.2949
M1 B1
1 ⟹ c FT VU0.4308W S 0.66V2 d. pW
Loss in kinetic energy S Vá A U è A W
2
1
A1
S ×4× V5 A AW
U 4.123 S 16.0017 J
2
M1 A1 04
7 (a).
Loss in kinetic energy S Work done against resistances
Alternatively:
c ³. ´
S 0.4 × 40
Class Tally Class
S 16 J
boundaries B1-for class

B1-for c
1.0 – 1.4 //// / 6 6 0.95 – 1.45
1.5 – 1.9 //// 5 11 1.45 – 1.95
ÛVa ∩ nW 0.12
05
ÛVnW S = = 0.3
2.0 – 2.4 //// 4 15 1.95 – 2.45
ÛVa⁄nW 0.4
5 B1-for C.F
B1 2.5 – 2.9 //// /// 8 23 2.45 – 2.95

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 241 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 242
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1300
3.0 – 3.4 //// 4 27 2.95 – 3.45 Item Price relative
S S 1.3
1000
3.5 – 3.9 //// 4 31 3.45 – 3.95 Milk (per litre)

8300
4.0 – 4.4 //// 5 36 3.95 – 4.45 B1
S S 1.277
6500
4.5 – 4.9 //// 4 40 4.45 – 4.95 Eggs (per tray)

3800
B1
S S 1.267
1 3000
(b). Sugar (per kg)

Median position S ± S 0.5 × 40 S 20 9000


B1
2 S S 1.286
± ⁄2 U ³. ´µ 7000
B1 Blue band

Median S z² + § ¨Z
B1

Accept: Price relative S âEåO × 100
â
20 U 15
S 2.45 + x y × 0.5 S 2.7625 EåOä
8
M1 A1
∑ ÛAtTG
(b).
Simple aggregate price index S × 100
∑ ÛAtTb
1300 + 8300 + 3800 + 9000
06

S × 100
8
1000 + 6500 + 3000 + 7000
22400
15 N

S × 100 S 128
20 N M1
17500
∑ âEåO
Accept: S. A. P. I S ∑ â
A1
45° 60° EåOä

∑VÛAtTG × æW
(c).
Weighted aggregate price index S × 100
∑VÛAtTb × æW
1300 × 0.5 + 8300 × 1 + 3800 × 2 + 9000 × 1
30°

S × 100
1000 × 0.5 + 6500 × 1 + 3000 × 2 + 7000 × 1
650 + 8300 + 7600 + 9000
M1 M1

10 sin 30° S × 100


15 cos 60° U20 cos 45°
10 N

’SK P+K P+K P 500 + 6500 + 6000 + 7000


~ U10 cos 30° 15 sin 60° 20 sin 45° 25550
B1
U1.6421 S × 100 S 127.75
SK PN 20000
B1
18.4723
A1
The prices increased by 27.75% between 2014 and 2016. B1
∑Vâ
Accept: W. A. P. I S ∑VâEåO ×YW
×YW
EåOä

ÛAtTG
(d).
ÝS × 100
ÛAtTb
45000
127.75 S × 100, ⟹ ÛAtTb S shs 35225.048
ÛAtTb
M1 A1

Magnitude, ª’ª S qVU1.6421WA + V18.4723WA S 18.5451 N


~
18.4723
Direction, k S tanFT x y S 84.920°
M1 A1 12

1.6421 U2 3 U1 0
’> S K
10 (a).
The resultant for is 21.7029 N in the direction 84.920° above the Resultant force, P + K P + K P S K PN
U3 4 U1 0
M1
~
B1
2 0 0 3 1 1
? S ­ Kœ × ’P S ª ª+ª ª+ª ª
U2 U3 3 4 U1 U1
negative horizontal.
~ ~
M1
05 S VU6 U 0W + V0 U 9W + VU1 + 1W S U15 N m B1
ÛAtTG
9 (a). Since the resultant force is zero but the resultant moment is not
Price relative S
B1

ÛAtTb
zero, the forces reduce to a couple.
(b).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 243 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 244
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

B1


B1-ploting

tan 30° S , ⟹ n³ S 3 tan 30° S √3 m


points
3
0 20 cos 30° 10 cos 30°
’SK P+K P+K P S x15√3y N
20 U20 sin 30° 10 sin 30°
M1 B1-drawing
~ 15 M1 curve

ª’ª S êŽ15√3 + 15A S 30 N


A
Magnitude,
~
M1 A1 B1-labelling
curve and
axes.

15
k S tanFT x y S 30°
15√3
The direction of the resultant is due ø 30° ±. (or 30° above the From the graph, the root Rt S U0.2. B1

’ S x15√3y N,
positive horizontal). (b). (i).
⟹ ­ ´L S 15√3 N, ­ ´¼ S 15 N
~ 15 cVRW S R H U 6R A + 9R + 2
? S a ↺S U20 × √3 cos 30° S U30 N m cVRW S R H U 6R A + 9R + 2, ⟹ c ¿ VRW S 3R A U 12R + 9
cVRr W
RrNT S Rr U ¿ , where € = 0, 1, 2, … …
B1 M1
c VRr W
The equation of the line of action is given by:
? U R ­ ´¼ + u ­ ´L S 0
Rr U 6Rr A + 9Rr + 2
H
U30 U 15R + 15√3u S 0 RrNT S Rr U
3Rr A U 12Rr + 9
At the point where the line of action cuts AB, u S 0,
Rr V3Rr A U 12Rr + 9W U VRr H U 6Rr A + 9Rr + 2W
⟹ U30 U 15R S 0, ⟹ R S U2 m
M1
S
3Rr A U 12Rr + 9
M1

3Rr H U 12Rr A + 9Rr U Rr H + 6Rr A U 9Rr U 2


The line of action of the resultant cuts BA produced at a distance 2
S
3Rr A U 12Rr + 9
m from A. A1

2Rr H U 6Rr A U 2 2VRr H U 3Rr A U 1W


M1
S S
3Rr A U 12Rr + 9 3VRr A U 4Rr + 3W
12

let, u S R H U 6R A + 9R + 2 2 Rr − 3Rr − 1
11 (a).
H A
∴ RrNT = É A Ê, as required
3 Rr − 4Rr + 3
B1
R (ii). From the graph, Rt = −0.2
u
-1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0
2 V−0.2WH − 3V−0.2WA − 1
RT = É Ê = −0.1958
-14 -9.6 -5.8 -2.6 0.0 2 B1
3 V−0.2WA − 4V−0.2W + 3
M1

2 V−0.1958W − 3V−0.1958W − 1
H A
RA = É Ê = −0.1958
3 V−0.1958WA − 4V−0.1958W + 3
|RA − RT| = |−0.1958 − V−0.1958W| = 0 < 0.005
M1

The root is −0.20 V2 d. pW. A1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 245 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 246
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

0.90
(c).
ێ0 < ( < h⁄A  S S 0.45
2
12

1H U 4 U2 h⁄A S 4 FT V0.45W
S 1.645
12 (a).

when j S 1 s, ޓ S ¶ 1A U 3 ·S¶ 0 · m ¥ 15
B1
Conidence Limits S R ± h⁄A S 105.5 ± 1.645 ×
~
2 sin 1 + cos 2 1.2668 √€
B1
√16
3H U 4 23 S 105.5 ± 6.16875
when j S 3 s, ޗ S ¶ 3A U 3 ·S¶ 6 · m Lower limit S 105.5 U 6.16875 S 99.33125
~
2 sin 3 + cos 6 1.2424 Upper limit S 105.5 + 6.16875 S 111.66875
B1 M1 A1
ޗ U ޓ
M1 A1
Average velocity S ~ ~
3U1
1 23 U2 13
12
S ¹¶ 6 · U ¶ 0 ·º S ¶ 3 · m sFT ∆R S R U ñ, ⟹ R S ñ + ∆R
2
14 (a).
1.2424 1.2668 U0.0122 ∆u S u U ò, ⟹ u S ò + ∆u
M1 A1

uA òA
ËÞ 3j A S ⟹(S
(b).
let, ,
«S S¶ ~
2j U 1 · m sFT R ñ
~ Ëj uA òA
2 cos j U 2 sin 2j ∴ ∆ S U
6j
M1
Ë« R ñ
S ~
S¶ 2 · m s FA Vò + ∆uWA ò A
~ Ëj S U
M1
U2 sin j U 4 cos 2j ñ + ∆R ñ
6j 12j ñVò + ∆uWA U ò A Vñ + ∆RW
M1

’ S  S 2 ¶ 2 ·S¶ 4 · N S
~ ~ ñVñ + ∆RW
U2 sin j U 4 cos 2j U4 sin j U 8 cos 2j
M1

When j S 4, ñ†ò A + 2ò∆u + V∆uWA ‡ U ò A ñ U ò A∆R


S
12 × 4 48 ñ A K1 + P
∆L
’S¶ 4 ·S¶ 4 · N
ñ†ò + 2ò∆u + V∆uWA ‡ U ò A ñ U ò A∆R

~ A
U4 sin 4 U 8 cos 8 U4.19121 S
B1

ª’ª S q48A + 4A + VU4.19121WA S 48.34838 N ñ A K1 + P


∆L
~
∆R
M1 A1 

suppose ∆R ≪ ñ and ∆u ≪ ò, ⟹ V∆uWA ≈ 0 and x y≈0


When j S 2, ñ
(c).

3 × 2A 12 2ñò∆u U ò A ∆R
B1

« S ¶ 2 × 2 U 1 · S ¶ 3 · m sFT ∆ S
~
ñA
2 cos 2 U 2 sin 4 0.68131 ∆ 2ñò∆u U ò A ∆R ò A 2ñò∆u U ò A ∆R 2∆u ∆R
B1

12 12 S§ ¨÷ S S U
1 1 ñA ñ ò Añ ò ñ
M1
Kinetic energy S «. « S × 2 ¶ 3 · . ¶ 3 ·
(
2 ~ ~ 2 ∆ 2∆u ∆R 2∆u ∆R
0.68131 0.68131 © ©S© U ©≤© ©+© ©
M1
S 144 + 9 + 0.46418 S 153.46418 J ( ò ñ ò ñ
∆u ∆R
B1
⟹ maximum relative error S 2 © © + © ©
A1
12 ò ñ B1

uA
Alternatively:
104 U 110.5 S
13 (a).
ÛVñ < 104W S Û x( < y R
12 Vò + ∆uWA
S ÛV( < U0.542W S 0.5 U 4V0.542W ( + ∆ S
S 0.5 U 0.2061 S 0.2939 ñ + ∆R
M1
Vò + ∆uWA × Vñ U ∆RW
( + ∆ S
112 U 110.5 Vñ + ∆RW × Vñ U ∆RW
(b). B1 A1
ێñ > 112 S Û §( > ¨ †ò A + 2ò∆u + V∆uWA ‡Vñ U ∆RW
Ž12⁄√20 S
ñ A U V∆RWA
M1
S ÛV( < 0.559W S 0.5 + 4V0.559W B1
S 0.5 + 0.2119 S 0.7119 B1 A1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 247 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 248
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

ñ†ò A + 2ò∆u + V∆uWA ‡ U †ò A + 2ò∆u + V∆uWA ‡∆R uA V2.013 U 0.0005WA


S § ¨ S S 0.817388
ñ A U V∆RWA R \] V4.95 + 0.005W
suppose ∆R ≪ ñ and∆u ≪ ò, |0.819855 U 0.817388|
⟹ V∆uWA ≈ 0, ∆u∆R ≈ 0, V∆RWA ≈ 0 absolute error S S 0.0012335
2
ñ†ò A + 2ò∆u‡ U ò A ∆R 0.0012335
( + ∆ S absolute percentage error S © © × 100 S 0.1507
ñA 0.81862
ñò A + 2ñò∆u U ò A ∆R
( + ∆ S
ñA uA ∆u ∆u + ∆R
(ii).

ò A 2ò∆u ò A ∆R maximum relative error in S 2© ©+© ©


( + ∆ S + U A uUR ò òUñ
ñ ñ ñ 0.0005 0.0005 + 0.005
2ò∆u ò ∆R A S 2© ©+© ©
∆ S U A 2.013 2.013 U 4.95
ñ ñ S 0.000497 + 0.001873 S 0.00237
∆ 2ò∆u ò A ∆R ñ maximum percentage error S 0.00237 × 100 S 0.237
S§ U A ¨× A
( ñ ñ ò uA 2.013A
∆ 2∆u ∆R Working value S S S U1.379697
S U u U R 2.013 U 4.95
( ò ñ maximum absolute error S 0.00236943 × |U1.379697|
∆ 2∆u ∆R 2∆u ∆R S 0.00326910
© ©S© U ©≤© © + ©U ©
( ò ñ ò ñ Upper limit S U1.379697 + 0.00326910 S U1.3764279
∆ ∆u ∆R ≈ U1.376 V3 d. pW
© © ≤ 2© ©+© ©
( ò ñ Lower limit S U1.379697 U 0.00326910 S U1.3829661
∆u ∆R
maximum relative error S 2 © © + © © ≈ U1.383 V3 d. pW
ò ñ
B1

∆u S 0.0005, ∆ñ S 0.005
(b). (i). 12
uA ∆u ∆R
maximum relative error in S 2© ©+ © © è S 10 m s FT , a S 5 cmA S 0.0005 mA , ℎ S 4 m, é S 1000 kg mFH
15 (a).

R ò R
M1
0.0005 0.005
maximum percentage error S x2 © ©+© ©y × 100  S aèé S 0.0005 × 10 × 1000 S 5 kg s FT
Mass of water raised and issued per second

2.013 4.95
A1 B1
S 0.1507
Û. ø S ~ℎ S 5 × 9.8 × 4 S 196 J s FT
Potential energy given to raise the water
M1
u u\]
(ii).
A A
1 1
Kinetic energy given to raise the water
Upper limit S § ¨ S \. ø S è A S × 5 × 10A S 250 J s FT
u U R B[ Vu U RW\] 2 2
V2.013 U 0.0005WA
M1
S P.`.BL S Û. ø + \. ø S 196 + 250 S 446 J s FT
Rate at which the pump is working,
V2.013 U 0.0005W U V4.95 + 0.005W A1
S U1.376434 ≈ U1.376 V3 d. pW
M1
1
(b). (i).
uA uB[ A
A1

Lower limit S § ¨ S k S sinFT x y S 3.583° , Û S { kW S 10000{ W


u U R \] Vu U RWB[ 16
V2.013 + 0.0005WA
For upward motion along the plane,
S
V2.013 + 0.0005W U V4.95 U 0.005W
S U1.382972 ≈ U1.383 V3 d. pW
M1
A1
Alternatively:

u A 2.013A
(b). (i).
Working value S S S 0.81862
R 4.95
uA V2.013 + 0.0005WA
§ ¨ S S 0.819855
R B[ V4.95 U 0.005W

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 249 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 250
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

6860 + 14 × 980
{S S 20.58 kW
1000 A1
(ii).

B1

1000{ 1000 × 20.58


when è S 17.5 m sFT , ´H S S S 1176 N
´T S 800~ sin 3.583° + } è 17.5
Resolving parallel to the plane gives,

1000{ 1
S 800 × 9.8 × +} 1176 U 980 S 800X, ⟹ X S 0.245 m sFA
Resolving parallel to the plane,
14 16
1000{ S 6860 + 14} ⟶ V1W
M1 A1

For downward motion along the plane, B1 12

3 2 1 1
16 (a).
ÛVall greenW S × × S
10 9 8 120
4 3 3 1
M1
ÛVirst two pink and third is green) = × × S
10 9 8 20
3 2 3 1
M1
ÛVirst two yellow and third is green) = × × S
10 9 8 40
1 1 1
M1
⟹ ÛVirst two same colour and third is green) = + +
120 20 40
1
= ≈ 0.0833 A1
12
(b). Let R denote number of pink counters.

R ÛVñ S RW RÛVñ S RW
b
³t × G³H 1 × 20
S
0 0
Tt
³H 120
´T + 800~ sin 3.583° S }
Resolving parallel to the plane gives,
20 1
1000{ 1 S S ÛVñ S 0W
B1-for
+ 800 × 9.8 × S} 120 6
42 16 b
³T × G³A 4 × 15 1
1000{ + 20580 S 42} S 2
1
1000{ S 42} U 20580 ⟶ V2W
Tt
³H 120
ÛVñ S 1W
B1-for

Equating equations V1W and V2W gives, 60 1


S S
B1
6860 + 14} S 42} U 20580 120 2
28} S 27440
b
³A × ³TG
6×6 3
ÛVñ S 2W
B1-for
S
M1
} S 980 N 5
2
Tt
³H 120
From equation V1W,
A1
B1-for

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 251 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 252
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

36 3 ÛVñ S 3W
S S
120 10 P425/1
b
³H × ³t G
4×1 1
RÛVñ S RW
B1-for all
S
PURE
10
3
³H
Tt 120 MATHEMATICS
4 1
S S
PAPER 1
120 30
6 ∑ RÛVñ S RW
B1-for Sept 2018

5
Tota 1 3 hours
l

6
(ii). NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
øVñW S
5 S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 5 2018
≈ 1 pink counter
B1
A1
Time: 3 Hours
12

NAME: COMB:
***END*** INSTRUCTIONS:
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
section B.
 Show your working clearly.

Section A (40 Marks)


Answer all the questions in this section

Qn 1: Differentiate cosA R with respect to R from first principles. [5]

Qn 2: The roots of the equation 3R A + 2R − 5 = 0 are fand g. Find the value of


fb + gb. [5]

Qn 3: Find the shortest distance of a point aV1, 6, 3W from the line œ = • + – +


~ ~ ~
ž + g x−• + – + 2žy.
~ ~ ~
[5]
~

Qn 4: Find the values of R lying between −180° and 180° that satisfy the
equation 10 sinA R + 10 sin R cos R = cosA R + 2. [5]

Qn 5: Find:& 2√LFT ËR. [5]

T T½
Qn 6: Find the coefficient of R TB in the expansion of KR H + P .

[5]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 253 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 254
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 7: Show that the equation u A U 4u S 4R represents a parabola; hence


(a). If the equations R A + XR + d S 0 and ZR A + 2XR U 3d S 0 have a
Question 14:

common root, show that dVZ + 3WA S 5XA VZ U 2W.


determine its focus and directrix. [5]

S Ru ln Rgiven u S R S 1.
À¼
[5]
ÀL r
(b). Prove by induction that
€
Qn 8: Solve the differential equation: [5]

­ Ä A VÄ + 1W S V€ + 1WV€ + 2WV3€ + 1W ;
12
ëUT
Section B (60 Marks) where€ is a whole number. [7]
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks. Question 15:
The equation of an ellipse is given by ÐE + µE S 1 where X > Y > 0. A
LE ¼E
(a).
tangent drawn to the upper part of the ellipse at V, €W cuts the x-axis at
Question 9:
Given that R S l and S l , show that ÀL E S 2j H .
HlFT l E Nb À E¼

a point of distance, Z, from the origin. Show that S


ÐE ²6F²E
(a). [6]
µE rE
. [6]
The normal to the curve Ru S 4 at the point Û K2d, P meets the curve
A
(b). Determine the area of the largest rectangular piece of land that can be
enclosed by 100 m of fencing if part of an existing wall is used. [6] (b).
again at point Q. Find the coordinates of point Q. [6]
(a). Given that T S 3 + , A S R +  and aÄ~VT A W S , find the value of R.
Â
Question 10:
b Question 16:
Solve the equation u2 ¼ S 2 FL S 0.
À¼
(b). Solve:  b U 6 A + 25 S 0.
[5]
ÀL
(a). [4]
[7]
(b). John walks towards a trading centre which is 1000 m away at a rate

walking at a speed of 1 m s FT from his home towards the trading centre.


which is proportional to the distance he still has to cover. He starts by
The position vectors of points A, B and C are K + 3OP, K3 U OP and
Question 11:
T T
b ~ ~ A ~ ~
(a).
K3 + 5OP respectively. Prove that the points lie on a straight line and
T
How many minutes does he take to cover 600 m from his home? [8]
Ü ~ ~
***END***
determine the ratio AB:BC. [6]

S S and passes through the point V2, 3, U1W.


LFT ¼Nb
(b). Find the equation of a plane which contains the line
*NT
A FH FT
[6]

Question 12:
Show that: tanFT KAP + tanFT K½P S tanFT KJP.
T T B
(a). [5]
(b). Express 3 cos R + 4 sin R, in the form } cosVR U fW, where R is positive
and α is an acute angle. Hence, find the maximum and minimum values
and state clearly where they occur. [7]

Question 13:
Show that for real R, the function cVRW S
L E FLFG
LFT
can take all real values. Hence
sketch the curve of cVRW. [12]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 255 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 256
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

U5 U2 0 U2 0 U5
S •ª ªU–ª ª+žª ª
MARKING GUIDE ~1 2 ~ U1 2 ~ U1 1
S • VU10 + 2W U – V0 U 2W + žV0 U 5W S U8• + 2– U 5ž
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Let, u S cos A R → VW
SNo. Working Marks B1

u + Çu S cosAVR + ÇRW → VW ªaÛ × »ª S √64 + 4 + 25 S √93


1
~
ª»ª S √1 + 1 + 4 S √6
M1 –both

Çu S cos AVR + ÇRW U cos A R ~


Subtracting (i) from (ii) gives; magnitudes
¡¡¡¡¡⃗ × »ª
ªaÛ
S †cosVR + ÇRW U cos R‡†cosVR + ÇRW + cos R‡ √93
correct

2R + ÇR ÇR 2R + ÇR ÇR Shortesrt distance S ~
S ≈ 3.937 units
√6
M1
Çu S „U2 sin x y sin x y… „2 cos x y cos x y… ª»ª
2 2 2 2 ~
M1 A1

Suppose ÇR is a small angle expressed in radians, then


M1
Alternatively:
sin K A P ≈ and cos K A P ≈ 1.
ÈL ÈL ÈL
meets line Ä.
Let N be the point where the foot of the perpendicular from A
A
ÇR 2R + ÇR 2R + ÇR 1 1 U1
Çu S „U2 x y sin x y… „2 cos x y… ¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶6· ,
2 2 2 -a œ S ¶1· + g ¶ 1 · ,
2R + ÇR 2R + ÇR 3
~
1 2
Çu S U2VÇRW sin x y cos x y
M1
2 2 1Ug U1
Çu S UVÇRW sinV2R + ÇRW ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶ 1 + g · , » S ¶ 1 ·
⟹ -±
B1
~
Çu 1 + 2g 2
S U sinV2R + ÇRW 1Ug 1 Ug
ÇR
Ëu Çu ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S -±
a± ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ U -a
¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶ 1 + g · U ¶6· S ¶ U5 + g ·
B1

∴ S lim x y S U sinV2R + 0W S U sin 2R 1 + 2g 3 U2 + 2g


ËR ÈL→t ÇR
M1

¡¡¡¡¡⃗. » S 0
¡a±
B1
~
Ug U1
3R + 2R U 5 S 0 ¶ U5 + g · . ¶ 1 · S 0
05
A

2 5 U2 + 2g
2
RA + R U S 0 2
3 3 g U 5 + g U 4 + 4g S 0
2
sum of roots, f+g SU U9 + 6g S 0, ⟹ g S 1.5
3 Ug
B1
U1.5 1.5
5 ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶ U5 + g · S ¶ U5 + 1.5 · S ¶U3.5·

B1 –both sum
product of roots, fg S U
3 U2 + 2g U2 + 2 × 1.5 1
and product

f b + g b S Vf A WA + Vg A WA S Vf A + g A WA U 2f A gA
A Shortesrt distance, ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗¬ S q1.5A + VU3.5WA + 1
¬a±
2 A 5 5 A
M1 M1
S †Vf + gWA U 2fg‡A U 2VfgWA S ÉxU y U 2 xU yÊ U 2 xU y S √15.5 ≈ 3.937 units
3 3 3
A1
M1 B1
4 50 A 50 2116 50 1666
S„ U … U S U S ≈ 20.568
9 9 9 81 9 81 10 sinA R + 10 sin R cos R S cos A R + 2
05
A1
Dividing throughout by cos A R gives:
4

10 tanA R + 10 tan R S 1 + 2 secA R


1 1 U1
05
10 tanA R + 10 tan R S 1 + 2V1 + tanA RW
M1
¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶6· ,
-a ¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶1· ,
-Û »S¶ 1 ·
3
~ 10 tanA R + 10 tan R S 1 + 2 + 2 tanA R
3 1 2
1 1 0 8 tanA R + 10 tan R U 3 S 0
¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S -Û
aÛ ¡¡¡¡¡⃗ U -a
¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶1· U ¶6· S ¶U5·
B1
U10 ± q10A U 4 × 8 × VU3W U10 ± 14
tan R S S
B1
1 3 U2 2×8 16
• U– ž U10 U 14
M1
~ ~
aÛ × » S ‚ 0 U5 U2‚
~ tan R S S U1.5 , ⟹ R S 123.69°, U56.31°
~ 16 A1 –both
U1 1 2
M1 angles seen

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 257 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 258
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

U10 ± 14 ñ S VR + 1W S 1, ⟹RS0
or, tan R S S 0.25,
16 ò S Vu U 2W S 0, ⟹uS2
A1–both M1-both x and

⟹ R S 14.04°, 165.96° The focusis VR, uW S V0, 2W.


angles seen y values

ñ S UX S U1
Directrix A1-coordinate

Ëá 1 VR + 1W S U1, ⟹ R S U2
05
O
let, á S √R U 1, S VR U 1WFE ,
ËR 2 The directrix on the is line R S U2.
5

⟹ ËR S 2√R U 1 Ëá
M1 A1

û 2√LFT ËR S û 2
× 2√R U 1 Ëá S û 2
× 2á Ëá
Ëu
05
S Ru ln R
M1
ËR
8
S ûV2áWV2
W Ëá
Ëu
S R ln R ËR
u
1
+ 2á 2
û Ëu S û R ln R ËR
Sign Differentiation Integration
u
U 2 2
Ëè Ëá 1
ln 2 for û R ln R ËR, let á S ln R and S R, ⟹ S ,
2
ËR ËR R
+ 0 1
M1 M1
Vln 2WA è S RA
2
Ëá 1 1 1
V2áWV2
W V2WV2
W û R ln R ËR S áè U û è ËR S R A ln R U û R A × ËR
ûV2áWV2
W Ëá S U +Z ËR 2 2 R
ln 2 Vln 2WA 1 1 1 1
S R A ln R U û R ËR S R A ln R U R A + Z
2Ž√R U 1Ž2√LFT  2Ž2√LFT  2 2 2 4
M1
S U +Z 1
ln 2 Vln 2WA
M1
from, û Ëu S û R ln R ËR
u
A1

1 A 1
ln u S R ln R U R A + Z
2 4
05

M1
1 T½
1 T½Fë
When R S 1, u S 1,
6
xR H + y S ]Ž T½³ë VR H Wë x y 1 1 1
Rb Rb ln 1 S ln 1 U + Z, ⟹ZS
ëUt 2 4 4
M1
1 T½Fë 1 A 1 A 1
general term S Ž T½³ë VR H Wë x b y S Ž T½³ë VR H Wë VR Fb WT½Fë ln u S R ln R U R +
R 2 4 4
M1 B1

S Ž T½³ë R HëFbVT½FëW S Ž T½³ë R BëFGt 4 ln u S 2R A ln R U R A + 1 B1


For the term in R TB ,
B1

77
7Ä U 60 S 17, ⟹ÄS S 11
05
7
jA + 4 Ëu j × 2j U Vj A + 4W × 1
9 (a).
term in R S ³ë S ³TT S 1365
TB T½ T½
uS , ⟹ S
M1

j Ëj jA
A1
2j A U j A U 4 j A U 4 À¼
S S Àl
jA jA
M1- for
u U 4u S 4R
05
A
3j U 1 1 ËR 1
Vu U 2WA U 4 S 4R
7
RS S3U , ⟹ S ÀL

Vu U 2WA S 4VR + 1W j j Ëj j A M1- for


Àl
Ëu Ëu Ëj j U 4 A
This is in the form ò A S 4Xñ hence it’s a parabola. S × S × jA S jA U 4
M1

ËR Ëj ËR jA À¼
ò S u U 2, ñ S R + 1, 4X S 4 henceX S 1
Ë u
A
Ë Ëu Ëj Ë ÀL
M1- for
S x y× S Vj A U 4W × j A S 2j × j A S 2j H
M1

ËR A Ëj ËR ËR Ëj
Vñ, òW S VX, 0W S V1, 0W
Focus
M1 B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 259 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 260
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

(b). Let R and u be the dimensions that will give him the K
LNH
P Í R+3
HL
S tan , ⟹ S1
K
HLFT
P 4 3R U 1
maximum possible area of the land. M1
HL
R + 3 S 3R U 1
4 S 2R, ⟹RS2 A1

 b U 6 A + 25 S 0
(b).

6± qVU6WA U 4 × 1 × 25 6 ± √U64 6 ± 8
A S S S S 3 ± 4
2×1 2 2
 S 3 U 4,  S 3 + 4
M1
perimeter S R + u + R S 100
A
or, A

u + 2R S 100, ⟹ u S 100 U 2R let,  S X + Y, ⟹  A S VX + YWA S VX A U YA W + 2XY


area, a S Ru S RV100 U 2RW S 100R U 2R A M1 for,  A S 3 U 4, VX A U YA W + 2XY S 3 U 4 M1
Ëa
S 100 U 4R U4
M1 By comparison,
ËR M1
2XY S U4, ⟹YS
Area is maximum when S 0
À
X
ÀL XA U Y A S 3
100
100 U 4R S 0, ⟹RS S 25 m 16
4 XA U A S 3
X
M1 B1
u S 100 U 2R S 100 U 2 × 25 S 50 m
Xb U 3X A U 16 S 0
maximum area S Ru S 25 × 50 S 1250 mA
3 ± qVU3WA U 4 × 1 × VU16W 3 ± √73
B1

XA S S
A1 M1
2×1 2
3 + √73
12
for, X S
A
≈ 5.772, ⟹ X S √5.772 S ±2.402
M1
T A S V3 + WVR + W S 3R + 3 + R U 1 S V3R U 1W + V3 + RW 2
10 (a).

Í 3 U √73
M1
ArgVT A W S for, XA S ≈ U2.772, ⟹ X is undeined
4 2
3+R Í U4 U4
B1

tanFT x yS YS S S ∓1.665
3R U 1 4 X ±2.402
M1
3+R Í ⟹  S 2.402 U 1.665, or,  S U2.402 + 1.665
S tan
3R U 1 4
M1
3+R for,  A S 3 + 4, VX A U YA W + 2XY S 3 + 4
Also,
S1
3R U 1
M1
3 + R S 3R U 1 4
By comparison, A1

4 S 2R, ⟹RS2 2XY S 4, ⟹YS


X
A1
4 4
1 YS S S ±1.665
Alternatively:
T S 3 + , ⟹ ArgVT W S tanFT x y X ±2.402
3 ⟹  S 2.402 + 1.665, or,  S U2.402 U 1.665
1
T S R + ,
A1
⟹ ArgVA W S tanFT x y
M1
R
Í
ArgVT A W S
12
4
Í 1 1 1
11 (a).
ArgVT W + ArgVA W S -a S K + 3OP , -n S K3 U OP , -³ S K3 + 5OP
4 4 ~ ~ 2 ~ ~ 8 ~ ~
1 1
+
T T
1 1 Í Í an S -n U -a S K3 U OP U K + 3OP
tanFT x y + tanFT x y S , ⟹ tanFT ^ H T L T_ S 2 ~ ~ 4 ~ ~
3 R 4 4
M1 M1
1UH×L 2 K3 U OP U K + 3OP 6 U 2O U  U 3O
S ~ ~ ~ ~
S ~ ~ ~ ~
4 4 M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 261 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 262
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

5 U 5O 5 tan f + tan g
S ~
S K U OP S 1.25 K U OP
~ but, tanVf + gW S
4 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 U tan f tan g
1 1
B1

T T
n³ S -³ U -n S K3 + 5OP U K3 U OP 7 9 7
8 ~ ~ 2 ~ ~ S A
Sx ya x y S
1UA×½
T T 10 10 9
K3 + 5OP U 4 K3 U OP 3 + 5O U 12 + 4O
M1 B1

S ~ ~ ~ ~
S ~ ~ ~ ~ 7
M1
8 8 ⟹ f + g S tanFT x y
9O U 9 9 9
1 1 7
S ~ S KO U P S U1.125 K U OP
M1
~ FT x y FT x y FT x y
∴ tan + tan S tan , hence proved
8 8 ~ ~ ~ ~ 2 5 9
B1

an 1.25 K U OP 10 10
B1

S ~ ~
SU , ⟹ an S U n³ 3 cos R + 4 sin R ≡ } cosVR U fW S } cos R cos f + } sin R sin f
(b)
n³ U1.125 K U OP 9 9
M1

~ ~
} cos f S 3 → V1XW, } sin f S 4 → V1YW
By comparison,
Since line AB is a multiple of line BC and both lines have a B1 M1-
} sin f 4 4
common point B, then points A, B and C lie on a straight. Dividing (1b) by (1a) gives; comparison
S , ⟹ tan f S , ⟹ f S 53.13°
} cos f 3 3
(b).
M1-both f and
1 } S q4A + 3A S 5
From the Cartesian equation of the line,
}.
position vector, £Ÿ S ¶U4· , direction vector, 3 cos R + 4 sin R ≡ 5 cosVR U 53.13W
U1
M1
2
ý3 cos R + 4 sin Rþ²ÐL S 5 × 1 S 5
Maximum value:
» S ¶U3·
~
U1
B1 A1

The point on the plane is nV2, 3, U1W cosVR U 53.13W S 1, ⟹ VR U 53.13W S 0, ⟹ R S 53.13°
It occurs when:

2 1 1
A1

Ÿ  S £  U £Ÿ S ¶ 3 · U ¶U4· S ¶7· ý3 cos R + 4 sin Rþ²)r S 5 × U1 S U5


Minimum value:

U1 U1 0
M1 A1
• U– ž
cosVR U 53.13W S U1, ⟹ VR U 53.13W S 180,
It occurs when:
¡¡¡¡¡⃗ × » S ‚
~ ~
š S an
~
1 7 0‚ ⟹ R S 233.13°
A1
~ ~
2 U3 U1 The maximum value of 3 cos R + 4 sin R is 5 and it occurs when
M1
7 0 1 0 1 7
S •ª ªU –ª ª + žª ª R S 53.13°. The minimum value of 3 cos R + 4 sin R is U5 and it
~ U3 U1 ~ 2 U1 ~ 2 U3
occurs when R S 233.13°.
S • VU7 U 0W U – VU1 U 0W + žVU3 U 14W S U7• + – U 17ž
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ M1

œ. š S š. £ 
The equation of the plane is given by: 12
~ ~ ~
R U7 R A U R U 6 RVR U 1W U 6 RVR U 1W 6 6
13 Slanting asymptote
U7 2
uS S S U SRU
§u ¨ . ¶ 1 · S ¶ 1 · . ¶ 3 · RU1 RU1 RU1 RU1 RU1
 U17 U17 U1 ⟹ u S R is the slanting asymptote
M1

U7R + u U 17 S U14 + 3 + 17


B1

U7R + u U 17 S 6 RA U R U 6
M1 Vertical asymptote

7R U u + 17 S U6 uS
RU1
as u → ∞, VR U 1W → 0
A1

12 ⟹ R S 1 is the vetical asymptote M1

1 1 Ëu VR U 1WV2R U 1W U VR A U R U 6WV1W
12 (a). Turning points
let, f S tanFT x y , g S tanFT x y S
2 5 ËR VR U 1WA
1 1
M1
⟹ tan f S , tan g S
2 5 M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 263 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 264
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

2R A U 3R + 1 U R A + R + 6 R A U 2R + 7 Let the common root be g . It implies that R S g


S S
VR U 1WA VR U 1WA from, R A + XR + d = 0, g A + Xg + d = 0 → (1X)
14

At turning points, S 0
À¼ from, ZR + 2XR − 3d = 0,
A
ZgA + 2Xg − 3d = 0 → (1Y)
ÀL
Z × (1X) − (1Y) gives,
R A U 2R + 7
S 0, ⟹ R A − 2R + 7 = 0 ZgA + XZg + dZ = 0 → Z × (1X)
VR U 1WA
− ‚ Zg A + 2Xg − 3d = 0 ‚ → (1Y)
M1-equating to

R is undeined hence no turning point


Xg(Z − 2) + d(Z + 3) = 0
zero M1

d(Z + 3)
B1

R A − R − 6 VR − 3WVR + 2W g=− → (2X)


Intercepts

u= = X(Z − 2)
R−1 R−1
B1
−6 Substituting (2X)€ (1X) gives,
when, R = 0, u= =6 gA + Xg + Y = 0
−1
⟹ V0, 6W, d(Z + 3) d(Z + 3)
A
is the y − intercept
c + X b− c+Y = 0
M1-for y-
b−
when, u S 0, VR U 3WVR + 2W S 0, X(Z − 2) X(Z − 2)
intercept
⟹ R S 3, or R S U2 Multiplying throughout by the LCM ýX A (Z − 2)A þ gives
M1
⟹ VU2, 0Wand V3, 0W, are the x U intercept d A (Z + 3)A − X Ad(Z + 3)(Z − 2) + dX A (Z − 2)A = 0
M1 for x-
The Critical values include: R S U2, R S 1, R S 3 d(Z + 3)A − X A(Z + 3)(Z − 2) + XA (Z − 2)A = 0
intercept
d(Z + 3)A = X A (Z + 3)(Z − 2) − X A (Z − 2)A
M1
Region where the curve lies:
R < U2 U2 < R < 1 1<R<3 RÖ3 d(Z + 3)A = XA (Z − 2)ý(Z + 3) − (Z − 2)þ
VR U 3W d(Z + 3)A = 5XA(Z − 2)
VR + 2W
- - - +
B1
VR U 1W
- + + + (b).
r
€
M1
u (€ + 1)(€ + 2)(3€ + 1)
- - + +
­ Ä A (Ä + 1) =
12
- + - +
ëUT
€
1A × 2 + 2A × 3 + ⋯ + €A (€ + 1) = (€ + 1)(€ + 2)(3€ + 1)
12
Sketch of the curve

For € = 1,
z. {. | = 1A × 2 = 2 1
}. {. | = ×2×3×4=2
12
B1 –curve 1

True for € = 1 since z. {. | = }. {. | = 2


correct with

For € = 2,
intercepts

z. {. | = 1A × 2 + 2A × 3 = 14 2
B1 –both n=1
}. {. | = × 3 × 4 × 7 = 14
12
B1 –curve 2 and n=2

True for € = 2 since z. {. | = }. {. | = 14


correct with
intercepts
Suppose it’s true for € = Å, the series becomes:
Å
1A × 2 + 2A × 3 + ⋯ + Å A (Å + 1) = (Å + 1)(Å + 2)(3Å + 1)
B1 –both

12
asymptotes B1-for n=k
→ (1)
(should be (assumption
For € = (Å + 1),
dotted) must be seen)
(Å + 1)
}. {. | = (Å + 2)(Å + 3)(3Å + 4)
12
z. {. | = ý1A × 2 + 2A × 3 + ⋯ + Å A (Å + 1)þ + (Å + 1)A(Å + 2) M1
→ (2)
Substituting equation (1) into (2) gives:
Å
z. {. | = (Å + 1)(Å + 2)(3Å + 1) + (Å + 1)A (Å + 2)
12 12 M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 265 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 266
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

VÅ + 1WVÅ + 2W†ÅV3Å + 1W + 12VÅ + 1W‡ 2 U1


S gradient of tangent S U ÷ 2d S A
12 d d
VÅ + 1WVÅ + 2W†3Å A + Å + 12Å + 12‡ gradient of normal S d A
S
12
B1

VÅ + 1WVÅ + 2W†3Å A + 13Å + 12‡


Equation of the normal at point P is,
uU
A
S 2
12 S dA , ⟹ u S dA R U 2dH +
M1


VÅ + 1WVÅ + 2W†3Å A + 9Å + 4Å + 12‡ R U 2d d


M1
S from, Ru S 4
12
VÅ + 1WVÅ + 2W†3ÅVÅ + 3W + 4VÅ + 3W‡ 2
R xd R U 2d + y S 4
M1
A H
S d
12
M1

VÅ + 1WVÅ + 2WVÅ + 3WV3Å + 4W 2R


S dA R A U 2d H R + S4
12 d
True for € S VÅ + 1W since . {. | S }. {. | S
VÆNTWVÆNAWVÆNHWVHÆNbW dH R A U 2dbR + 2R S 4d
B1
TA
dH R A + V2 U 2d bWR U 4d S 0
.
Since its true for € S 1, € S 2, € S Å and € S VÅ + 1W, then it’s
true for all positive whole numbers of €. UV2 U 2d b W ± qV2 U 2db WA U 4dH × VU4dW
RS
2 × dH
M1

2d b U 2 ± q4dÜ + 8db + 4 2db U 2 ± q4Vd Ü + 2db + 1W


S S
2dH 2d H
12
15 (a).
2d U 2 ± q4Vd + 1W
b b A 2d U 2 ± 2Vd b + 1W
b
S S
2d H 2dH
2d b U 2 U 2Vdb + 1W 2d b U 2 U 2db U 2 U2
RS S S H
2d H 2d H d
B1

2d U 2 + 2Vd + 1W 2d U 2 + 2d + 2 4db
b b b b
or, RS S S H
2d H 2d H 2d
S 2d
U2
when R S H ,
d
Ë RA uA Ë
The equation of the tangent is given by:
U2 2 U2 2
§ + ¨S V1W u S d A x H y U 2dH + S U 2dH + S U2d H
ËR XA YA ËR d d d d
M1

2R 2u Ëu Ëu YA R The coordinates of Q is K I , U2dH P.


FA
+ x Ay S 0, ⟹ SU A
X A Y ËR ËR X u
M1 B1
A1

but, Gradient of tangent at A S Gradient of line AB


12
YA  € U 0
U A S Ëu
16 (a).

X € UZ 2¼ U 2 FL S 0
UYA V U ZW S XA € A
M1 ËR
2 ¼ Ëu S 2 FL ËR
UV U ZW X A
S A
M1
€A Y û 2 ¼ Ëu S û 2 FL ËR
M1

Z U A X A 2 ¼ S U2 FL + Z
S A , hence shown
M1
€A Y B1 2 ¼ S Ua2 FÆL , where Z S a2 Æ B1
Ë Ë
(b).
VRuW S V4W
(b).

ËR ËR
Sol:
Ëu Ëu Uu
u+R S 0, ⟹ S
ËR ËR R

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 267 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 268
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

è ∝ V1000 U RW, ⟹ è S UÅV1000 U RW,


ËR
P425/2
⟹ S UÅV1000 U RW
Ëj
APPLIED
Where Å is the proportionality constant.
M1 MATHEMATICS
ËR ËR
PAPER 2
S UÅ Ëj, ⟹û S U û Å Ëj,
1000 U R 1000 U R
Sept 2018
⟹ U lnV1000 U RW S UÅj + Z → V1W
M1
3 hours
When j S 0 s, è S 1 m sFT
U1
M1
1 S UÅV1000 U 0W, ⟹ÅS S U0.001
1000 NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
Also, when j S 0 s, R S 0 m
B1

U lnV1000 U 0W S 0 + Z, ⟹ Z S U ln 1000 S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 5 2018


Equation V1W becomes,
B1
Time: 3 Hours
U lnV1000 U RW S 0.001j U ln 1000
1000 U R
M1
U0.001j S ln x y
1000 NAME: COMB:
1000
j S 1000 ln x y
1000 U R
B1 INSTRUCTIONS:
When R S 600 m,
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
1000 5
j S 1000 ln x y S 1000 ln x y S 510.83 s
section B.
1000 U 600 3
 Where necessary, use ~ S 9.8 m s FA .
M1  Show your working clearly.
510.83
jS S 8.514 minutes
60 A1
Section A (40 Marks)
12 Answer all the questions in this section

cycle directly towards each other. James starts from rest at a point a
***END*** Qn 1: At the same instant, two children who are standing 24 m apart begin to

riding with a constant acceleration of 2 m s FA and William rides with a


constant speed of 2 m s FT . Find how long it is before they meet. [5]

Qn 2: Given that ñ~nV15, 0.2W, find:


(a). ÛVñ > 8W,
(b). the mode of ñ.
[2]
[3]

Qn 3: Use the trapezium rule with 5 strips to estimate


T
û V3 + 2RW½ ËR
FT
correct to three decimal places. [5]

Qn 4: ABC is an equilateral triangle. Forces of 7 N, 8√3 N and 8√3 N act along


na, ³a and ³n respectively in the direction indicated by the order of the
letters. Find the resultant force. [5]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 269 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 270
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 5: The marks of 40 students in a test were as follows: (a). Determine the values of the mean and standard deviation of the cows.

30 U 40 U 50 U 70 U 80 U 90 U
[8]
Marks (b). If there are 200 residents, find how many have more than 80 cows.
Number of students 8 5 12 9 6 0 [4]

A uniform rectangular plate -an³ has mass 4, -a S n³ S 2Ë and


Calculate the standard deviation of the marks. [5] Question 11:

Qn 6: Given that ~V0.9W S 0.2661, ~V1.0W S 0.2420 and ~V1.1W S 0.2179. Use -³ S an S Ë. Particles of mass 2,  and 3 are attached at a, n and ³
respectively on the plate. Find, in terms of Ë, the distance of the centre of mass
(a). ~V0.96W,
linear interpolation or extrapolation to estimate:

(b). ~FT V0.2372W.


[3]
(a). from -a,
of the loaded plate:
[2]
A
(b). from -³.
Qn 7: The probability that a fisherman catches fish on a clear day is and on
½
The corner - of the loaded plate is freely hinged to a fixed point and the plate
B H
(c). Calculate the angle between -³ and the downward vertical.
rests in equilibrium.
Tt ½
cloudy day is . If the probability that the day is cloudy is , find the
[12]
probability that the day is cloudy given that the fisherman does not catch
fish. [5]
The table below shows the percentage of sand, u, in the soil at different depths,
Question 12:

R (in cm).
block when traveling horizontally at 300 m s FT . Find how far the bullet
Qn 8: A bullet of mass 8 g is fired towards a fixed wooden block an enters the

penetrates if the wood provides a constant resistance of


Soil depth (x) 35 65 55 25 45 75 20 90 51 60
1800 N. [5]
Percentage of sand (y) 86 70 84 92 79 68 96 58 86 77
Section B (60 Marks)
(a). (i).Calculate the rank correlation coefficient between the two
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.
variables.
(ii). Comment on the significance at 5% level. [5]
(a). If R S 4.95 and u S 2.013 are each rounded off to the given number of
Question 9:
(b). (i). Draw a scatter diagram for the data and comment on our
L result.
LF¼
decimal places, calculate the maximum possible error in . [6]
The height and radius of a cylinder are measured as ℎ and Ä with
(ii). Draw the line of best fit; hence estimate the:
• percentage of sand in the soil at a depth of 31 cm.
maximum possible errors ∆T and ∆A respectively. Show that the
(b).
• depth of the soil with 54% sand. [7]

∆T ∆A
maximum percentage error made in calculating the volume is
x© © + 2 © ©y × 100
ℎ Ä (a). A pump draws water from a tank and issues it at a speed of 10 m s FT
Question 13:

[6] from the end of a hose of cross-sectional area 5 cmA , situated 4 m above
the level from which the water is drawn. Find the rate at which the pump

(b). A car of mass 800 kg moves against a constant resistance } N. The


Question 10: is working. [5]
The number of cows owned by residents in a village is assumed to be normally

14 m s FT and 42 m s FT respectively. If the rate at which the engine is


distributed. 15% of the residents have less than 60 cows, 5% of the residents maximum speeds of the car up and down an incline of 1 in 16 are

working is { kW, find the:


have over 90 cows.

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 271 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 272
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

values of } and {,
acceleration at the instant when the speed is 17.5 m s FT on level
(i).
(ii). MARKING GUIDE
Let R be the distance, in metres, travelled by James before they
SNo. Working Marks
ground. [7]
1

For motion of James, á S 0, X S 2 m s FA


meet.

Show graphically that the equation R H + 5R A U 3R U 4 S 0 has roots between 0


Question 14:
1 1
àT S áj + Xj A S 0 + × 2 × j A S j A
and U1. Hence use Newton Raphson’s method to find the root of the equation, 2 2
For motion of William, X S 0, á S 2 m sFT
B1

1
correct to 2 decimal places. [12]
àA S áj + Xj A S 2j + 0 S 2j
2
but, àT + àA S 24
B1
Question 15:
j A + 2j S 24
a, n and ³ are three aircrafts. Ÿ has velocity x200• + 170– y m s FT. To j A + 2j U 24 S 0
~
M1
~
(a).
U2 ± q2A U 4 × 1 × VU24W
the pilot of Ÿ, it appears that   has velocity x50• U 270– y m s FT . To the jS
M1
~ ~ 2×1
j S 4, or, j S U6
pilot of  , it appears that Ú has velocity x50• + 170– y m s FT. Find, the but j ≠ U6, ⟹ jS4s
~ ~
vector form of the velocities of   and Ú.
A1

Two ships Ÿ and   have the following position vector, œ , and velocity
[4] 05
~
vector, « at the times stated:
(b).
ÛVñ > 8W S ÛVñ 1 9W S 0.0008
2 (a).

~
M1 A1

œ S xU2• + 3– y km, « S x12• U 4– y km hFT , at 11: 45 am øVñW S €d S 15 × 0.2 S 3


(b).

~ ~ ~ ~ ÛVñ S 2W S 0.2309
M1
~ ~

œo S x8• + 7– y km, «o S x2• U 14– y km hFT , at 12: 00 noon ÛVñ S 3W S 0.2501


ÛVñ S 4W S 0.1876
B1
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
If the two ships do not alter their velocities, find their least distance of ⟹ Mode S 3 A1
separation. [8]
05

1 U VU1W 2
3
ur S V3 + 2Rr W½ , ℎS S S 0.4
Question 16:
Two tetrahedral dice, with faces labeled 1, 2, 3 and 4 are thrown and the 5 5 B1
number on which each lands is noted. The score is the sum of the two numbers.
Find the probability that:
(a). the score is even, given that at least one die lands on three.
(b). at least one die lands on three given that the score is even. [12] € Rr ut , u½ uT , … ub
U1
U0.6 B1-for all Rr
0 1

U0.2
1 18.89568

0.2 B1-for all ur


2 118.81376

0.6
***END*** 3 454.35424
(4 d.p or
1
4 1306.91232
5 3125 more)
sums 3126 1898.976

T
1
û V3 + 2RW½ ËR ≈ ℎ†Vut + ub W + 2VuT + ⋯ + uH W‡
FT 2

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 273 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 274
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1 2
≈ × †3126 + 2 × 189.976‡ S 1384.7904 ≈ 1384.790 V3 d. pW ∑ cR A ∑ cR
A
2 5 Standard deviation S ¦ U§ ¨
∑c ∑c
M1 A1

157100 2410 A

05
Ux y S √297.4375 ≈ 17.2464
40 40
4
M1 A1

05
6 (a).

R 0.9 0.96 1.0


~VRW 0.2661 u 0.2420
B1-force
diagram B1

u U 0.2661 0.96 U 0.9


S
0.2420 U 0.2661 1 U 0.9
0.06
M1
uS × VU0.0241W + 0.2661 S 0.25164
0.1
∴ ~V0.96W S 0.25164 V4 d. pW
A1

U7 8√3 cos 60° y xU8√3 cos 60°y U7 R 1.0 R 1.1


’SK
(b).
P+x + SK P
~ 0 U8√3 sin 60° U8√3 sin 60° U24 ~VRW 0.2420 0.2372 0.2179
B1

ª’ª S qVU7WA + VU24WA S 25 N


~
RU1 0.2372 U 0.2420
M1 B1
S
1.1 U 1 0.2179 U 0.2420
U0.0048
M1
uS × 0.1 + 1 S 1.0199
U0.0241
∴ ~FT V0.2372W S 1.0199
A1

Let ³ denote event of a cloudy day and ´ denote event of catching


05
24
7
tan k S , ⟹ k S 73.740°
7
fish.
The resultant force is 25 N in the direction 73.740° below the A1
negative horizontal.

05

c R cR cR A
5

M1-for cR
Marks Class

30 U 30 U 40
boundary

40 U 40 U 50
8 35 280 9800 values

50 U 50 U 70 M1-for cR A
5 45 225 10125

70 U 70 U 80
12 60 720 43200
values
80 U 80 U 90 ÛV³ ∩ ´ ¿ W
9 75 675 50625

90 U U 90 U ÛV³ ⁄´ ¿ W S
6 85 510 43350
ÛV´ ¿ W
∑ cR and
M1-for both
3 7 9
0 0 0

∑ cR A ÛV³ ∩ ´ ¿ W = × =
Total 40 2410 157100
5 10 80
3 3 2 3 21
M1
ÛV´ ¿ W = × + × =
5 10 5 5 80 M1 M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 275 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 276
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

ÛV³ ∩ ´ ¿ W 9 21 3 R RB[
ÛV³ ⁄´ ¿ W S = ÷ = ≈ 0.4286 x y S
ÛV´ ¿ W 80 80 7 R U u B[ VR U uW\]
V4.95 + 0.005W
M1 A1

2 7 3 S S 1.690261
V4.95 U 0.005W U V2.013 + 0.0005W
Alternatively:
ÛV´ ⁄³′W S , ÛV´ ⁄³ W S , ÛV³W S R R\]
M1 B1
5 10 5 x y S
ÛV´W S ÛV´ ∩ ³W + ÛV´ ∩ ³ ¿ W = ÛV³W. ÛV´ ⁄³ W + ÛV³ ¿ W. ÛV´ ⁄³ ′W R U u \] VR U uWB[
3 7 3 2 29 V4.95 U 0.005W
S × + x1 U y × S 0.42 + 0.16 S S 0.58 S S 1.680544
5 10 5 5 50 V4.95 + 0.005W U V2.013 U 0.0005W
ÛV³ ∩ ´′W ÛV³W U ÛV³ ∩ ´W 0.6 U 0.42 3
M1 B1
ÛV³ ⁄´′W S S S S
ÛV´′W 1 U ÛV´W 1 U 0.58 7 |1.690261 U 1.680544|
≈ 0.4286 Maximum possible error S
2
M1
0.009717
S S 0.0048585
2
A1-4 d.p or
 S 8 g S 0.008 kg, á S 300 m s FT , c S 1800 N
05

Í A
8 (b). more
volume, èS Ä ℎ
3
{ S ℎ + ∆T, } S Ä + ∆A
Í Í
Exact value S }A {, Approximate value S Ä A ℎ
3 3
Í Í
Error S } A { U Ä A ℎ
3 3
Í
S †VÄ + ∆A WA Vℎ + ∆T W U Ä A ℎ‡
3
Í
M1
S <ŽÄ A + 2Ä∆A + ∆A A Vℎ + ∆T W U Ä A ℎ=
3
Í
Work done S Uc × Ë S U1800Ë S <Ä Aℎ + 2Äℎ∆A + ℎ∆A A + Ä A ∆T + 2Ä∆A∆T + ∆AA ∆T U Ä A ℎ=
3
1 Assuming ∆T ≪ ℎ and ∆A ≪ Ä,
Change in kinetic energy S Vè A U áA W
M1
2 ⟹ ∆T∆A ≈ 0, ∆A A ≈ 0 and ∆A A ∆T ≈ 0
B1
1 Í
S × 0.008 × V0 U 300AW S U360 J Error S V2Äℎ∆A + Ä A ∆T W
2 3
Í
M1 M1

Absolute error S |2Äℎ∆A + Ä A∆T|


U1800Ë S U360 3
Since the work done is equal to the change in kinetic energy,

360 Í Í
ËS S 0.2 m Relative error S |2Äℎ∆A + Ä A ∆T | ÷ Ä A ℎ
M1
3 3
M1
1800
2Äℎ∆A + Ä A∆T 2∆A ∆T ∆A ∆T
A1
S  S © + © ≤ 2 © ©+© ©
 S 8 g S 0.008 kg, á S 300 m s FT , ´ë S 1800 N, è S 0 m s FT ÄAℎ Ä ℎ Ä ℎ
Alternatively:
B1 B1
∆T ∆A
U1800 ∴ Maximum percentage error S x© © + 2 © ©y × 100
ℎ Ä
Using Newton’s second law of motion,
0 U 18000 S 0.008X, ⟹XS S U225000 m s FA
B1
0.008

è A S áA + 2Xà
Using the third equation of motion, 12

0 S 300A + 2 × VU225000W × Ë
A
ÛVñ < 60W S 0.15 , ÛV( < UTW S 0.15
10 (a).

0 S 90,000 U 450,000Ë 0.5 U 4VUT W S 0.15


90,000 4VUT W S 0.5 U 0.15 S 0.35
ËS S 0.2 m
450,000 UT S 1.036, ⟹ T S U1.036
60 U ô
but, T S S U1.036, ⟹ 60 U ô S U1.036¥ → V1W
05 ¥ M1 B1

∆R S 0.005, ∆u S 0.0005 ÛVñ > 90W S 0.05 , ÛV( > A W S 0.05


9 (a).

A S 1.645

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 277 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 278
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

90 U ô
but, A S S 1.645, ⟹ 90 U ô S 1.645¥ → V2W
¥
Equation V2W U V1W gives;
M1 B1

30
30 S 2.681¥, ⟹¥S S 11.190
2.681
M1 A1

Equation V1W
ô S 60 + 1.036¥ S 60 + 1.036 × 11.190 S 71.593
(b). ô S 71.593, ¥ S 11.190
A1

80 U 71.593
ÛVñ > 80W S Û x( > y S ÛV( > 0.751W
11.190
S 0.5 U 4V0.751W
M1

S 0.5 U 0.2737
S 0.2263
B1-table
value

S 0.2263 × 200 S 45.26 ≈ 45 cows Ë 5


Number of residents with more than 80 cows
tan k S S , ⟹ k S 59.036°
B1

0.6Ë 3
M1 A1
M1 M1 A1
12
11 12
12 (a).

R u }L }¼ Ë ËA
35 86 3 7.5 -4.5 20.25

B1-for }L
65 70 8 3 5 25
55 84 6 6 0 0

B1-for }¼
25 92 2 9 -7 49
45 79 4 5 -1 1
75 68 9 2 7 49
20 96 1 10 -9 81
-V0, 0W, aV2Ñ, 0W, nV2Ñ, ËW, ³V0, ËW, ?VÑ, 0.5ËW
90 58 10 1 9 81
51 86 5 7.5 -2.5 6.25
R) R
­  ) Ku P S x y ­  ) ∑ R S521 ∑ u S796 ∑ ËA S321.5
60 77 7 4 3 9
) u
2Ë 2Ë 0 Ë
2 K P +  K P + 3 K P + 4 K P
0 Ë Ë 0.5Ë
R 6 ∑ ËA 6 × 321.5
M1 M1-for (a). (i).
S V2 +  + 3 + 4W x y é S1U S 1U S U0.9485
u €V€ A U 1W 10V10A U 1W
LHS M1 A1
4Ë 2Ë 0 4Ë R
M1 M1-for
K P + K P + K P + K P S 10 x y
0 Ë 3Ë 2Ë u
RHS (ii). Significant at 5%. B1
10Ë 10R ∑ R 521 ∑ u 796
PSx y
(b). (i).
K
B1

6Ë 10u RS S S 52.1, uS S S 79.6,


€ 10 € 10
⟹ VR, uW S V52.1, 79.6W
B1
10R S 10Ë, ⟹RSË
(a).

∴ Centre of mass from OA S Ë A1


10u S 6Ë, ⟹ R S 0.6Ë
(b).

∴ Centre of mass from OC S 0.6Ë A1


(c).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 279 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 280
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

B1-all axes
labelled and B1
on scale

B2-all points

B1-line of

´T S 800~ sin 3.583° + }


best fit Resolving parallel to the plane gives,

1000{ 1
= 800 × 9.8 × +}
14 16
1000{ = 6860 + 14} ⟶ V1W B1
For downward motion along the plane,

-2
s
Comment: Negative linear relationship. 0m
B1 a=
• When R S 31 Z, u S 91.5%.
(ii).

• When u S 54%, R S 96.5 cm.


A1
A1

12

è S 10 m s FT, a = 5 cmA S 0.0005 mA, ℎ S 4 m, é S 1000 kg mFH


13 (a). °
83
3.5
 S aèé S 0.0005 × 10 × 1000 S 5 kg sFT
Mass of water raised and issued per second sin
0g
B1 80

Û. ø = ~ℎ = 5 × 9.8 × 4 = 196 J sFT


Potential energy given to raise the water
M1

1 1 ´T + 800~ sin 3.583° = }


Kinetic energy given to raise the water Resolving parallel to the plane gives,

\. ø = è A = × 5 × 10A = 250 J s FT 1000{ 1


2 2 + 800 × 9.8 × =}
42 16
M1

P.`.BL = Û. ø + \. ø = 196 + 250 = 446 J s FT 1000{ + 20580 = 42}


Rate at which the pump is working,
1000{ = 42} − 20580 ⟶ V2W
A1

1 Equating equations V1W and V2W gives,


(b). (i). B1
k = sinFT x y = 3.583° , Û = { kW S 10000{ W 6860 + 14} S 42} U 20580
16
28} S 27440
M1
} S 980 N
For upward motion along the plane,

From equation V1W,


A1
6860 + 14 × 980
{S S 20.58 kW
1000 A1
(ii).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 281 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 282
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

cVRW = R H + 5R A − 3R − 4, ⟹ c ¿ VRW = 3R A + 10R − 3


cVRr W
B1
RrNT = Rr − ¿ , where € = 0, 1, 2, … …
c VRr W
Rr + 5Rr A − 3Rr − 4
H
RrNT = Rr −
M1
3Rr A + 10Rr − 3
From the graph, Rt = −0.68
V−0.68WH + 5 × V−0.68WA − 3 × V−0.68W − 4
RT = V−0.68W −
3 × V−0.68WA + 10 × V−0.68W − 3
M1 B1
= −0.6755
RT
= V−0.6755W
M1
V−0.6755WH + 5 × V−0.6755WA − 3 × V−0.6755W − 4
− = −0.6755
1000{ 1000 × 20.58 3 × V−0.6755WA + 10 × V−0.6755W − 3
M1
when è = 17.5 m s ,FT
´H = = = 1176 N The root is −0.68 V2 d. pW.
è 17.5 A1

1176 − 980 = 800X, ⟹ X = 0.245 m s FA


Resolving parallel to the plane,
M1 A1 12

200 50
15 (a).
«Ÿ S K P m sFT , o « S K P m s FT,
170 U270
12
~ ~
50
let, u = R H + 5R A − 3R − 4  «o S K P m sFT
14 (a).
~ 170
50 200 250
R «o S o « + « S K P+K PSK P m sFT
~ ~ ~ U270 170 U100
u 50 250 300
-1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 B1 M1 A1
« S  «o + «o S K P+K PSK P m sFT
170 U100 70
3 1.1 -0.6 -2.1 -3.2 -4 B1
~ ~ ~ M1 A1

Taking 12: 00 noon as the reference/starting time, then


(b).

15 U2 1 12 U2 3 1
-a = œ + « S K P + K P S K P + K P S K P km
~ 60 ~  3 4 U4 3 U1 2
8
-n S œo S K P km,
B1-

~ 7
initialising
1 8 U7
⟹ œo S -a U -n S K P U K P S K P km
~ 2 7 U5
12 2 10
B1

 «o S « U «o S K PUK P S K P km hFT
~ ~ ~ U4 U14 10
VjW U7 10 10j U 7
S œ + j « S K
B1
œ P + j K P S K P km
B1-ploting
 o
~
 o
~
 o
~ U5 10 10j U 5
points
M1
U7 10
ª œo . «o ª ªK P . K Pª
B1-drawing Method 1:

j²)r S ~ ~
S U5 10
curve
A 10A + 10A
ª  «o ª
~
M1
|U70 U 50| 120
B1-labelling

S S S 0.6 hours
curve and
200 200
U7 10 U7 6 U1
axes. B1

 œo V0.6W S K P + 0.6 K P S K P + K P S K P km
~ U5 10 U5 6 1
²)r S ª œo V0.6Wª S qVU1WA + 1A S √2 S 1.414 km
~
M1 A1

From the graph, the root Rt = −0.68.


The least distance between A and B is 1.414 km.
Method 2:
œo (j). «o = 0
(b). (i). Forclosestapproach,
~ ~

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 283 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 284
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

10j U 7 10 €VnW 7
K P.K P S 0 ÛVnW S S S 0.4375
10j U 5 10 €V|W 16
100j U 70 + 100j U 50 S 0 €Va ∩ nW 3
M1
120 ÛVa ∩ nW = = = 0.1875
jS S 0.6 hours €V|W 16
200
M1 A1

²)r S ª œo V0.6Wª S qVU1WA + 1A S √2 S 1.414 km ÛVa ∩ nW 0.1875 3


(a).
~
ÛVa⁄n W = = = ≈ 0.4286
ÛVnW 0.4375 7 M1 M1 A1
A
Method 3:
ª œo VjWª S V10j U 7WA + V10j U 5WA
ÛVa ∩ nW 0.1875 3
(b).
~
Ë A ÛVn ⁄aW = = = = 0.375
Forclosestapproach, ª œ VjWª S 0 ÛVaW 0.5 8
Ëj  ~o
M1 M1 A1

2V10j U 7WV10W + 2V10j U 5WV10W S 0


200j U 140 + 200j U 100 S 0 12
240
jS S 0.6 hours
400
10 × 0.6 U 7 U1
œo V0.6W S K P S K P km
***END***
~ 10 × 0.6 U 5 1
²)r S ª œo V0.6Wª S qVU1WA + 1A S √2 S 1.414 km
~

Let D be the distance between A and B at any time, j.


Method 4:

Forclosestapproach,  S ª œo VjWª isminimum


~

 S ª œo VjWª S qV10j U 7WA + V10j U 5WA


~
S q100j A U 140j + 49 + 100j A U 100j + 25
S q200j A U 240j + 74 S q200†j A U 1.2j + 0.37‡
S q200†Vj U 0.6WA U 0.36 + 0.37‡
 S q200Vj U 0.6WA + 2
is minimum when Vj U 0.6WA S 0, ⟹ j S 0.6 hours.
⟹ ²)r S √0 + 2 ≈ 1.414 km

12
16

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5 6 B1 B1
3 4 5 6 7
4 5 6 7 8

€V|W S 16
Let a S ýeven scoreþ, n S ýat least one die lands on threeþ,
€VaW 8
ÛVaW S S S 0.5
€V|W 16 M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 285 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 286
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 6: Given that u S R + X is a tangent to the curve u S XR A + YR + Z at the


P425/1 point V2, 4W. Find the values of the constants X, Y and Z. [5]
PURE

u S LFA from R S 3 to R S 4 is rotated through four right angles about


MATHEMATICS Qn 7: Find the volume of the solid of revolution generated when the area under
T
PAPER 1
Sept 2018
the x-axis. [5]
3 hours
Qn 8: In triangle ABC, an S R U u, n³ S R + u and ³a S R, show that
cos a =
LFb¼
NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL AVLF¼W
. [5]

S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 6 2018 Section B (60 Marks)


Time: 3 Hours Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.

NAME: COMB: Question 9:

R + u S 11, u S R U 1 and 3u S R U 3.
INSTRUCTIONS: (a). Find the centroid of the triangle whose sides are given by the equations

(b). ABCD is a rhombus such that the coordinates aVU3, U4Wand ³V5, 4W. Find
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in [5]
section B.
 Show your working clearly. the equation of the diagonal BD of the rhombus. If the gradient of side BC

rhombus is 21 square units.


T
is 2, obtain the coordinates of B and D, prove that the area of the
H
Section A (40 Marks) [7]
Answer all the questions in this section
Question 10:
Show that &t ËR S At .
Qn 1: The sum of the second and third terms of a Geometric Progrssion (G.P) is T L E NG Â
VL E NbWVL E NJW
[12]
48. The sum of the fifth and sixth terms is 1296. Find the common ratio,
the first term and the sum of the first 12 terms of the G.P. [5]

(a). Using Maclaurin’s theorem, expand 2 FL sin R upto the term in R H . Hence
Question 11:

cos 5k S 16 cos½ k − 20 cosH k + 5 cos k. evaluate 2 FI sin to four significant figures.


Â
Qn 2: Use De Moivre’s theorem to prove that W

H
[5] [5]
The curve u = R + 8 cuts the R and u axesat the points A and B
H
Qn 3: When a polynomial ÛVRW is divided by R A − 5R U 14, the remainder is
(b).
2R + 5. Find the remainder when ÛVRW is divided by:
respectively. The line AB meets the curve again at point C. Find the
(i). R U 7,
coordinates of A, B and C hence find the area enclosed between the curve
(ii). R + 2.
and the line. [7]
[5]

Qn 4: OAB is a triangle in which S , -n S O. ³is a point on AB such that (a). The position vectors of the points P and Q are 4• − 3– + 5žand • +
Question 12:
~ ~
a³: ³n S 3: 1. D is the midpoint of -a. ³and -n, both produced meet
~ ~ ~ ~
2– respectively. Find the coordinates of the point } such that
in point . Find vector - in terms of and O. ~
ÛH: Û} = 2: 1.
~ ~
[5]

Qn 5: Find the integral & R cos R ËR. If the vector 5• − – + žis perpendicular to the line
[4]
A
~ ~
(b).
~
[5]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 287 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 288
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

œ S • U 4– + jV2• + 3– U 4žW. Find the value of .


~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
[3]
Obtain the equation of the plane that passes through V1, U2, 2W and it’s
MARKING GUIDE
S S
(c).
LFJ ¼FG *FÜ
XÄ + XÄ A S 48, ⟹ XÄV1 + ÄW S 48 → V1W
SNo. Working Marks

b FT T XÄ b + XÄ ½ S 1296, ⟹ XÄ b V1 + ÄW S 1296 → V2W


perpendicular to the line . [5] 1 B1–for eqns 1

V2W ÷ V1W gives;


&2

XÄ b V1 + ÄW 1296
S , ⟹ Ä H S 27, ⟹ÄS3
Question 13:
The parametric equations R S TFl and u S TFl represent a curve.
TNl Al E XÄV1 + ÄW 48 M1 -solving
From V1W;
48 48
A1–for r.

XS S S4
(i). Find the cartesian equation of the curve. [4]
(ii). Determine the turning points of the curve and their nature. [3] ÄV1 + ÄW 3V1 + 3W M1
3TA U 1
⟹ |TA S 4 § ¨ S 1062880
(iii). State the asymptotes and intercepts of the curve. [3]
3U1
A1
(iv). Hence sketch the curve. [2]

(a). Determine the maximum value of the expression 6 sin R U 3 cos R. [3] Vcos θ +  sin θW½ S cos 5θ +  sin 5θ
Question 14: 05

cos ½ θ + 5 cosb θ sin θ U 10 cos H θ sinA θ U 10 cosA θ sinH θ


2 B1-equating

S tan 56° .
_`[ TT°N[\] TT°
(b). Prove that
_`[ TT°F[\] TT°
[3] + 5 cos θ sinb θ +  sin½ θ S cos 5θ +  sin 5θ
In a triangle ABC, prove that sin n + sin ³ U sin a S 4 cos sin sin .
 
M1-expanding
o
cos 5θ S cos ½ θ U 10 cosH θ sinA θ + 5 cos θ sinb θ
By comparison,
A A A
(c).
S cos½ θ U 10 cosH θ V1 U cos A θW + 5 cos θ V1 U cosA θWA
M1–equating
[6]
S cos½ θ U 10 cos H θ + 10 cos ½ θ
real parts

+ 5 cos θ V1 U 2 cos A θ + cos b θW


S U10 cos θ + 11 cos ½ θ + 5 cos θ U 10 cosH θ + 5 cos ½ θ
M1-
H
Question 15:
Simplify V2 + 5W + 5 HFb) U V4 U 6W expressing your answer in the
A VBNA)W
S 16 cos ½ θ U 20 cosH θ + 5 cos θ
simplification
(a).
form X + Y. [5] A1

If S R + u , where U ≤ k ≤ . Show that the locus of aÄ~ K P S is a


  *FT  05
A A *F) H
(b).
~VRW S R A U 5R U 14 S VR U 7WVR + 2W
3 (i).

let, }VRW S 2R + 5
circle. Find its centre and radius. [7]

for, VR U 7W S 0, R S 7, ⟹ }V7W S 2V7W + 5 S 19


B1
M1 A1
(a). Using the substitution u S áR, solve the differential equation
Question 16:
for, VR + 2W S 0, R S U2, ⟹ }VU2W S 2VU2W + 5 S 1
(ii).

R A ÀL S R A + Ru + u A .
À¼
M1 A1
[4]
(b). The rate at which a liquid runs from a container is proportional to the 05
4
square root of the depth of the opening below the surface of the liquid. A
cylindrical petrol storage tank is sunk in the ground with its axis vertical.
There is a leak in the tank at an unknown depth. The level of the petrol in
the tank originally full is found to drop by 20 cm in 1 hour and by 19 cm B1–vector
in the next hour. Find the depth at which the leak is located. [8] diagram

1
an S -n U -a S O U 
- S a S  ,
***END***
2~ ~ ~
3 3 3
a³: ³n S 3: 1, ⟹ a³ S an S O U 
4 4~ 4~
1 3 3 3 1
B1 –for AC

 S ô³ S ôVa + a³W S ô „  + O U … S ôO U ô


2~ 4~ 4~ 4 ~ 4 ~
B1 –for DT

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 289 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 290
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

- S -n S O
~
- S - + 
8

1 3 1
O S  + ôO U ô
~ 2~ 4 ~ 4 ~
B1
Comparing coefficients of gives:
~
1 1
0 S U ô, ⟹ôS2
2 4 B1 –for ô
Comparing coefficients of Ogives:
~
VR + uWA S R A + VR U uWA U 2RVR U uW cos a
By cosine rule,
3 3 3 3
S ôS ×2S , ⟹ - S O S O R + 2Ru + u A S R A + R A U 2Ru + u A U 2RVR U uW cos a
A
4 4 2 2~
M1 –
~ B1 –for OT 4Ru U R A S U2RVR U uW cos a substitution
R U 4u S 2VR U uW cos a M1 M1–
R U 4u
1 + cos 2R cos a S
05 simplification
û R cos A R ËR S û R x y ËR 2VR U uW
2
5 A1

1 1
S û R ËR + û R cos 2R ËR
2 2
B1
05
9
+ R cos 2R
Sign Differentiation Integration

U 1 1
B1
sin 2R
B1
2
+ 0 1
U cos 2R
B1
4
B1

1 1 1 1
û R cos A R ËR S R A + „ R sin 2R + cos 2R… + Z
2 2 2 4
M1 M1–
substitution
3VR U 11W S R U 3, ⟹ R S 15
At point A,
1 A 1 1
&
S R + R sin 2R + cos 2R + Z when, R S 15, u S 15 U 11 S 4, ⟹ aV15, 4W
2 4 8
simplification
A1
11 U R S R U 1, ⟹RS6
At point B,

when, R S 6, u S 6 U 1 S 5, ⟹ nV6, 5W
Ëu
05
u S XR A + YR + Z, ⟹ S 2XR + Y
M1 B1
ËR
6
3VR U 1W S R U 3, ⟹RS0
At point C,
At point V2, 4W,
B1 – for dy/dx
when, R S 0, u S 0 U 1 S U1, ⟹ ³V0, U1W
u S R + X, ⟹ 4 S 2 + X, ⟹XS2 15 + 6 + 0 4 + 5 U 1 8
Ëu centroid S x , y S x7, y
M1–solving
gradient, S 2 × 2 × 2 + Y S 1, ⟹ Y S U7 3 3 3
ËR
A1–for a
M1 A1
u S XR + YR + Z,
A
⟹ 4 S 2V2W + VU7WV2W + Z
A
A1 –for b (b).
⟹ 4 S 8 U 14 + Z, ⟹ Z S 10
∴ X S 2, Y S U7, Z S 10
A1 –for c

VR U 2WFT
05
b b b
Volume S Í û u A ËR S Í û VR U 2WFA ËR S Í É Ê
7
H H U1 H
M1 M1
1 b
1 1
S ̈́ … S Í xU + 1y S Í cubic units
2UR H 2 2
U4 U 4
M1 M1 A1
Gradient of AC S S 1, ⟹ Gradient of BD S U1
B1 –gradient
05 U3 U 5 AC

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 291 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 292
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

U3 + 5 U4 + 4 R t, 9n + 4 S 6 ⟶ V1XW
Midpoint of AC, îx , y S V1 , 0W
2 2 R T, 9a + 4³ S 0 ⟶ V1YW
R A, n +  S 1 ⟶ V1ZW
M1

uU0 R H, a + ³ S 0 ⟶ V1ËW
The equation of line BD is given by:
S U1, ⟹ u S UR + 1
RU1 Equation V1XW U V1ZW gives:
B1 –equation

2
BD

uU4 5n S 2, ⟹nS
The equation of line BC is given by:
5
A1
S 2, ⟹ u S 2R U 6
RU5 From equation V1ZW;
B1 –equation

2 3
BC
7  S1Un S1U S
At point B,
5 5
A1
UR + 1 S 2R U 6, ⟹RS
3 Equation V1YW U V1ËW gives:
7 7 4 7 4 5a S 0, ⟹aS0
RS , u SU +1SU , ⟹ nx ,U y
3 3 3 3 3 From equation V1ZW;
A1
B
+ R U
b
+ u ³ S Ua S 0
B1

Midpoint of AC S ^H , H _ S V1 , 0W RA + 6 2 3
2 2 ≡ +
VR A + 4WVR A + 9W 5VR A + 4W 5VR A + 9W
B1

7 1 T
RA + 6 2 T 1 3 T 1
+ R S 2, ⟹RS û ËR S û ËR + û ËR
3 3 VR A + 4WVR A + 9W 5 VR A + 4W 5 VR A + 9W
4 4 t t t
M1
U + u S 0, ⟹uS 2 R T 3 R T
3 3 S ˆtanFT K P‰ + ˆtanFT K P‰
1 4 5 2 t 5 3 t
⟹ x , y
M1
2 1 1 3 1 1
3 3 S „ tanFT x y U 0… + „ tanFT x y U 0…
5 2 2 5 3 3
The coordinates of B and D are n K , U Pand  K , P.
B b T b
B1 –for D M1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
S tanFT x y + tanFT x y S „tanFT x y + tanFT x y…
H H H H
5 U3 8 5 2 5 3 5 2 3
a³ S -³ U -a S K P U K P S K P
4 U4 8 1 1
1 7 1 1 4 let, f S tanFT x y , ⟹ tan f S
în S -n U -î S K P U K P S K P 2 2
3 U4 0 3 U4 1 1
1 A 64 let, g S tanFT x y , ⟹ tan g S
Area S |a³||în| q
S 8 +8 ×
A A q 4 + 4A S 2 3
3 3 tan f + tan g 1 1 1 1 5 5
M1 A1

≈ 21.33 sq. units tanVf + gW S S x + yax1 U × y S ÷


1 U tan f tan g 2 3 2 3 6 6
S1
Í
Alternatively:

⟹ Vf + gW S tanFT 1 S
4
T
RA + 6 1 1
FT x y
1
û ËR S „tan + tanFT x y…
M1
t VR + 4WVR + 9W 5 2 3
A A
1 1 Í Í
S Vf + gW S × S
5 5 4 20
B1

4 7 7 4
Area S ©x3 × + × 4 U 5 × 4y U xU4 × U 5 × U 4 × 3y©
12
3 3 3 3
20 64 Let, cVRW S 2 FL sin R , ⟹ cV0W S 2 t sin 0 S 0
11 (a).
Area S ©U + 28© S ≈ 21.33 sq. units c ¿ VRW S 2 FL cos R U 2 FL sin R S 2 FL Vcos R U sin RW,
3 3
⟹ c ¿ V0W S 1
c ¿¿ VRW S 2 FL VU sin R U cos RW U 2 FL Vcos R U sin RW
B1

RA + 6 aR + n ³R +  S U22 FL cos R , ⟹ c ¿¿ V0W S U2


12
≡ + c ¿¿¿ VRW S 22 FL sin R + 22 FL cos R S 22 FL Vsin R + cos RW,
B1
VR A
+ 4WVR A + 9W VR A + 4W VR A + 9W
10

R A + 6 ≡ VaR + nWVR A + 9W + V³R + WVR A + 4W ⟹ c ¿¿¿ V0W S 2


M1
M1
Comparing coefficients of; By Maclaurin’s theorem,

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 293 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 294
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

R A ¿¿ RH 1 4 U3
cVRW S cV0W + Rc ¿ V0W + c V0W + c ¿¿¿ V0W + ⋯ ÛH S -H U -Û S ¶2· U ¶U3· S ¶ 5 ·
B1 –for PQ
2! 3!
RA RH 0 5 5
M1
S 0 + R × 1 + × VU2W + × 2 + ⋯ ÛH 2 1
B1 –for PR
2! 3! ÛH: Û} S 2: 1, ⟹ S , ⟹ Û} S ÛH
1 H Û} 1 2
∴ 2 sin R S R U R + R + ⋯
L A
1 4 1 U3 2.5
3
B1 –for OR
-} S -Û + ÛH S ¶U3· + ¶ 5 · S ¶U0.5·
2 2
A1

Í Í Í A 2 Í H 5 5 7.5
For the hence part, B1 –for
2 FI sin S U K P + K P ≈ 0.3334 V4 s. fW The coordinates are }V2.5, U0.5, 7.5W.
W

3 3 3 3 3
coordinate R
M1 A1

u S RH + 8
(b).
5 2
(b). For perpendicular vectors,
when, u S 0, 0 S R H + 8, R S U2, ⟹ aVU2, 0W ¶U · . ¶ 3 · S 0
when, R S 0, u S 0 + 8 S 8, ⟹ nV0, 8W
M1 M1–
B1 –for A & B 1 U4 dotting and

uU8 0U8 10 U 3 U 4 S 0, ⟹S2


The equation of line AB is given by: equating to
S , ⟹ u S 4R + 8
R U 0 U2 U 0 B1 –for 
zero.

4
(c).

4R + 8 S R H + 8, ⟹ RV4 U R AW S 0 Normal vector, š S ¶U1·


When the line AB meets the curve,

1
~
R S 0, or, R S ±2
B1

when, R S 2, u S 8 + 8 S 16, ⟹ ³V2, 16W 1


Position vector,  S ¶U2·
B1 B1
~
2
(ii).
œ. š S š . 
~ ~ ~ ~
R 4 4 1
§u ¨ . ¶U1· S ¶U1· . ¶U2·
 1 1 2
B1
4R U u +  S 4 + 2 + 2
4R U u +  S 8
M1
B1 A1
12

1+j RU1
13 (i).
From, RS , R U jR S 1 + j, ⟹jS
1Uj R+1
t A
R A U 2R + 1
B1 –for t
Area S û VuT U uA W ËR + û VuA U uT W ËR j S A
A
FA t R + 2R + 1
LFT A LFT A
t t
1 t
2j A 2 K P 2 KLNTP VR U 1WA
û VuT U uA W ËR S û VR H U 4RW ËR S „ R b U 2R A … uS S LNT
S S
4 1 U j K1 U VR + 1W
P KLNTP
FA LFT A
M1 –
FA FA
S 0 U V4 U 8W S 4 LNT
substitution
A A
1 A VR U 1W A
û VuA U uT W ËR S û V4R U R H W ËR S „2R A U R b… ⟹uS
4 VR + 1W
A1
t t t
M1
S V4 U 8W U 0 S U4
Ëu VR + 1W × 2VR U 1W U VR U 1WA
(ii).
t A
Area S û VuT U uA W ËR + û VuA U uT W ËR S 4 + |U4| S
A1
ËR VR + 1WA
FA t
For turning points, ÀL S 0
À¼
S 8 sq. units
2VR + 1WVR U 1W U VR U 1WA
S0
VR + 1WA M1
VR U 1W†2VR + 1W U VR U 1W‡ S 0
12

VR U 1WVR + 3W S 0
12 (a).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 295 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 296
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

R S 1, or, R S U3
V1 U 1WA
A1
when, R S 1, uS S0
V1 + 1W
VU3 U 1W A
when, R S U3, uS S U8
VU3 + 1W
The turning points are: V1, 0Wand VU3, U8W. B1 –turning
R U3 R 1 points B1 B1
+ 0 U U 0 +
L L R
À¼
ÀL
Sign of
Nature Max Min

VR U 1WA R A U 2R + 1
(iii).
uS S
VR + 1W R+1

1 U2 1
By synthetic method

R S U1 U1 3
1 U3 4
4
12

u S RU3+ , ⟹ u S R U 3 is the slanting asymptote 6 sin R U 3 cos R ≡ } sinVR U fW S } sin R cos f + } cos R sin f
14 (a).
R+1 B1 –slanting B1

Xà u → ∞, VR + 1W → 0 } cos f S 6 → V1XW, } sin f S 3 → V1YW


Vertical asymptote asymptote By comparison,

⟹ R S U1 is the vetical asymptote V1YW ÷ V1XW gives:


} sin f 3
B1 –vertical
S , ⟹ tan f S 0.5, ⟹ f S 26.57°
VR U 1WA } cos f 6 B1 –for f
Intercepts asymptote

uS } S q3A + 6A S √45
VR + 1W
when, R S 0, uS1 ⟹ 6 sin R U 3 cos R ≡ √45 sinVR U 26.57°W B1 –for R
when, u S 0, VR U 1WA S 0, ⟹RS1
ý6 sin R U 3 cos Rþ²ÐL S √45 × 1 S √45 ≈ 6.708
Maximum value:
The intercepts are V0, 1Wand V1, 0W.
B1 –
(iv). The Critical values include: R S U1, R S 1.
intercepts B1
cos 11° + sin 11° 1 + tan 11° tan 45° + tan 11°
(b).
z. {. | S S S
R < U1 U1 < R < 1 R>1 cos 11° U sin 11° 1 U tan 11° tan 45° U tan 11°
Region where the curve lies: B1
VR U 1WA + + + S tanV45 + 11W° S tan 56°
VR + 1W U + +
B1
z. {. | S sin n + sin ³ U sin a
(c).
u U + +
n+³ nU³ a a
B1

S „2 sin x y cos x y… U 2 sin x y cos x y


Sketch of the curve 2 2 2 2
B1
n+³ a a
For angles of a triangle, A, B, C,
sin x y S sin x90 U y S cos x y
2 2 2
B1
n+³ a a
cos x y S cos x90 U y S sin x y
2 2 2
a nU³ a a
B1

⟹ z. {. | S „2 cos x y cos x y… U 2 sin x y cos x y


2 2 2 2
a nU³ a
S 2 cos x y „cos x y U sin x y…
B1
2 2 2
a nU³ n+³
S 2 cos x y „cos x y U cos x y…
B1
2 2 2

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 297 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 298
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

a n ³ 3 + √3 3 + √3
S 2 cos x y „U2 sin x y sin xU y… centre S VU~, UcW S § , ¨
2 2 2
B1 M1 A1
6 6
a n ³
S 4 cos x y sin x y sin x y A A
2 2 2 3 + √3 3 + √3 1
radius S q~A + c A U Z S ¦§ ¨ +§ ¨ U
6 6 √3
S 0.8165 units
12

V7 + 2W
15 (a).
V2 + 5WA + 5 U V4 U 6W
3 U 4
12
V35 + 10WV3 + 4W
B1
S 4 + 20 U 25 + U 4 U 6 Ëu
16 (a).
9 + 16 RA S R A + Ru + u A
105 + 140 + 30 U 40 ËR
B1
S 16 U 27 + Ëu Ëá
25 but, u S áR, ⟹ S xá + R y
V400 U 675W + V65 + 170W ËR ËR
B1
S Substituting for u and ÀL gives:
À¼
B1
25
570 U 610 114 122 Ëá
B1
S S U S 22.8 U 24.4 R A xá + R y S R A + áR A + á AR A
25 5 5 ËR
M1
Ëá
B1

 U 1 VR U 1W + u ýVR U 1W + uþ × ýR U Vu U 1Wþ áR + R


A H
S V1 + á + á A WR A
ËR
(b).
S S Ëá
 U  R + Vu U 1W ýR + Vu U 1Wþ × ýR U Vu U 1Wþ á+R S 1 + á + áA
VR U 1WR U VR U 1WVu U 1W + Ru + uVu U 1W ËR
B1
S Ëá
R A + Vu U 1WA R S 1 + áA
R A U R U VRu U R U u + 1W + Ru + u A U u ËR
Ëá 1
M1
S û S û ËR
R A + Vu U 1WA 1 + áA R
VR A + u A U R U uW U VUR U u + 1W tanFT á S ln R + Z
S u
R A + Vu U 1WA
tanFT K P S ln R + Z
B1
VR A + u A U R U uW R
A1

real part S (b). Let ℎ be the depth of the opening below the surface of the
R A + Vu U 1WA
UVUR U u + 1W liquid at any time, j. Let ℎt be the initialdepth of the opening
imaginary part S A
R + Vu U 1WA Ëℎ
below the surface of the liquid when the tank is full.
U1 imaginary part Í ∝ √ℎ
aÄ~ x y S tanFT x yS Ëj
B1
U real part 3 Ëℎ O
R+uU1 Í S UÅℎE
tan FT x yS Ëj
M1
RA + uA U R U u 3 O

R+uU1 Í û ℎFE Ëℎ S U û Å Ëj
S tan S √3
RA + u A U R U u 3 2√ℎ S UÅj + Z
B1

R + u U 1 S √3VR A + u A U R U uW When j S 0, ℎ S ℎt
R A √3 + u A √3 U RŽ1 + √3 U uŽ1 + √3 + 1 S 0 2qℎt S Z
A1
B1
2√ℎ S UÅj + 2qℎt
By comparison with the general equation: R A + u A + 2~R +
The locus is a circle.
When j S 1, ℎ S ℎt U 20
2cu + Z S 0
2qℎt U 20 S UÅ + 2qℎt
1 + √3 3 + √3 3 + √3
2~ S U § ¨ S U§ ¨, ⟹ ~ S U§ ¨ UÅ S 2qℎt U 20 U 2qℎt
B1
√3 3 6
B1
2√ℎ S 2jŽqℎt U 20 U qℎt  + 2qℎt
3 + √3 1
c S ~ S U§ ¨ ≈ U0.7887, ZS When j S 2, ℎ S ℎt U 20 U 19 S ℎt U 39
6 √3 2qℎt U 39 S 4Žqℎt U 20 U qℎt + 2qℎt
qℎt U 39 S 2qℎt U 20 U qℎt
M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 299 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 300
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

ℎt U 39 S 4Vℎt U 20W U 4êℎt A U 20ℎt + ℎt


P425/2
M1 APPLIED
4êℎt A U 20ℎt S 4ℎt U 41 M1
MATHEMATICS
16ℎt A U 320ℎt S 16ℎt A U 328ℎt + 1681
PAPER 2
8ℎt S 1681
Sept 2018
ℎt S 210.125cm A1 3 hours

12
NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
***END*** S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 6 2018
Time: 3 Hours

NAME: COMB:
INSTRUCTIONS:
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
section B.

 Where necessary, use ~ S 9.8 m s FA .


 Show your working clearly.

Section A (40 Marks)


Answer all the questions in this section

Qn 1: Two events a and n are such that ÛVaW = T½ , ÛVnW = H and ÛVa⁄nW = ½ .
Ü T T

Calculate the probabilities that:


(a). Both events occur.
(b). Only one of the two events occurs.
(c). Neither events occurs. [5]

Qn 2: A small block of weight Ò rests on a smooth plane of inclination k to the


horizontal. Find the value of k if:
(a). A force of Ò parallel to the plane is required to keep the block in
T
A

(b). A horizontal force of H Ò keeps the block in equilibrium.


T
equilibrium.
[5]

height ℎ is at a distance ℎ from the base.


Qn 3: Show that the centre of gravity of a uniform solid right circular cone of
T
b
[5]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 301 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 302
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 4: Using linear interpolation twice, find the √15, correct to 2 decimal


I
[3]
places. [5] (ii). 95% confidence interval for the mean speed. [3]

Qn 5: Show that, with an initial speed á m sFT, the maximum horizontal Question 11:
A car has a maximum power of 200 kW. Its maximum speed on a level road is
twice its maximum speed up a hill inclined at sinFT K P to the horizontal
distance that a particle can travel from the point of projection is twice
T

the maximum height it can reach above the point of projection. [5]

Qn 6: The discrete random variable ñ can take values 0, 1, 2 and 3 only. Given
against a resistance to motion of 1600 N in each case. Find the:
ÛVñ ≤ 2W S 0.9, ÛVñ ≤ 1W S 0.5 and øVñW S 1.4, find:
(b). acceleration of the car at the instant when its speed is 30 km hFT on the
(a). mass of the car.
(a). ÛVñ S 1W,
(b). ÛVñ S 0W.
level with the engine working at full power, assuming the resistance to
[5]
motion is unchanged. [12]
Qn 7: The table below shows the length of lectures (to the nearest minute)
(a). Prove that, if a particle moving with linear SHM of amplitude a has
Question 12:
recorded by a student.
velocity è when distant R from the centre of its path, then è S
Length of lecture (minutes) 50 – 53 54 – 55 56 – 59 60 – 67
d√aA U R A where d is a constant.
Frequency density 5 13 7.5 1.5
(b). A point travelling with linear SHM has sppeds 3 m s FT and 2 m s FT when
[6]
Calculate the mean length of time for the lectures attended during the
distant 1 m and 2 m respectively from the centre of oscillation. Calculate
Qn 8: Locate each of the three roots of the equation R H U 3R + 1 S 0.
month. [5]
[5] the amplitude and the maximum velocity of the point. [6]

Show that the iterative formula for finding the 4th root of a number ± is given
Section B (60 Marks) Question 13:
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.
3 ±
by:
RrNT S xRr + y, for € S 0, 1, 2, 3, …
4 3Rr H
Question 9:

3R Æ ; 0 ≤ R ≤ 1,!
The random variable X has probability density function
cVRW S R (i). reads the number ± and the initial approximation, Rt ,
Draw a flow chart that:
0 ; otherwise
where Å is a positive integer. Find: (ii). computes and prints ± the its fourth root after 3 iterations and give the
(a). The value of Å,
Perform a dry run for ± S 54 and Rt S 2.5.
root correct to 3d.p.
(b). The mean of ñ, [12]
(c). The value of  such that ÛVñ ≤ W S 0.5. [12]

(a). Use the trapezium rule to estimate the area of 5AL between the x-axis,
Question 14:

R S 0 and R S 1, using 5 sub-intervals. Give your answer correct to 3


Question 10:
The speeds of cars passing a certain point on a motorway can be taken to be

(b). Find the exact value of &t 5AL ËR.


decimal places.
T
95%are travelling at less than 85 km hFT and 10% are travelling at less than
normally distributed. Observations show that of cars passing the point,

55 km hFT. (c). Determine the percentage error in the two calculations in (a) and (b)
(a). Find the average and standard deviation of the speeds of the cars passing above. [12]
a certain point. [6]

(i). probability that their mean speed is not more than 70 km hFT.
(b). If a random sample of 25 cars is selected, find the: Question 15:

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 303 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 304
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

A uniform ladder of length 2Ñ and weight Ò rests in a vertical plane with one
end against a rough vertical wall and the other against a rough horizontal MARKING GUIDE
surface, the angles of friction at each end being tanFT K P and tanFT K P
T T SNo. Working Marks
H A
1 1 1
1 (a).
ÛVboth occurW S ÛVa ∩ nW = ÛVnW. ÛVa⁄n W = × =
(a). If the ladder is in limiting equilibrium at either end, find k, the angle of 3 5 15
respectively.
≈ 0.0667
A1
inclination of the ladder to the horizontal. [6]
ÛVonly one occursW S ÛVa ∪ nW U ÛVa ∩ nW
(b).
(b). A man of weight 10 times that of the ladder begins to ascend it, how far
but, ÛVa ∪ nW S ÛVaW + ÛVnW U ÛVa ∩ nW
8 1 1 4
will he climb before the ladder slips? [6]
= + − = = 0.8
Question 16: 15 3 15 5
The cumulative distribution of the ages (in years) of the employees of a ÛVonly one occursW S ÛVa ∪ nW U ÛVa ∩ nW
4 1 11
= − = ≈ 0.7333
company is given in the table below:
5 15 15
M1 A1

Alternatively: ÛVonly one occursW S ÛVa ∩ n′W + ÛVa′ ∩ nW


Age <15 <20 <30 <40 <50 <60 <65 <100
Cumulative frequency 0 17 39 69 87 92 98 98
ÛVneither event occursW S ێa′ ∩ n′  = 1 − ÛVa ∪ nW
(c).
(a). Find the:
4 1
M1 A1
S 1 U S S 0.2
(i). Mean and median age.
(ii). Middle 70% age range. 5 5
(b). Represent the above information on a histogram and use it to estimate
the modal age. [12] 05
***END*** 2 (a).
R w/2 For equilibrium along the

1
plane,
Ò sin k S Ò
2
M1

sin k S 0.5
k S 30° A1

w wcosθ


si
w
θ

(b).
For equilibrium along the B1-force
1
plane, diagram
Ò sin k S Ò cos k
3
1
tan k S
M1

3
k S 18.435°
A1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 305 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 306
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Consider a cone subdividing into small discs of thickness, ÇR as


05
3
shown below.

X ℎUR ℎUR
B1 By using similarity of figures,
S , ⟹XSx yÄ
Ä ℎ ℎ
Let ¥ be the weight per unit volume.
weight of the elementary disc, ÇÒ S ¥ÇÁ S ¥ÍXA ÇR
ℎUR A A
S ¥Í x y Ä ÇR

1
uU0 ÄU0 Ä weight of the cone, Ò S ¥Á S ¥ÍÄ Aℎ
The equation of line AB is given by:
Gradient S S , ⟹uS Vℎ U RW 3
RUℎ 0Uℎ ℎ
Let ¥ be the weight per unit volume.
Moment of the whole cone is equal to the sum of moments of the
Ï Ï
R¥ û Íu A ËR S ÒR S ¥ û Íu A R ËR ℎUR A A
discs about the y-axis:
Ï
ÒR S û ¥Í x y Ä R ËR
t t

ÄA
Ï Ï
ÄA t
R¥ û Í × A Vℎ U RWA ËR S ¥ û Í × A Vℎ U RWA R ËR 1 ¥ÍÄ A Ï
ℎ ℎ ¥ÍÄ A ℎR S A û VℎA R U 2ℎR A + R H W ËR
t
Ï
t
Ï 3 ℎ t
R û Vℎ U RWA ËR S û Vℎ U RWA R ËR 1 H 1 2 1 Ï
ℎ R S „ ℎA R A U ℎR H + R b …
Ï
t t
Ï 3 2 3 4 t
R û VℎA U 2ℎR + R A W ËR S û VℎA R U 2ℎR A + R H W ËR 1 H 1 b 2 b 1 b
ℎ R Sx ℎ U ℎ + ℎ yU0
M1
t t 3 2 3 4
1 Ï
1 2 1 Ï
1 H 1 b
R „ℎA R U ℎR A + R H… S „ ℎAR A U ℎR H + R b … ℎ RS ℎ
3 t 2 3 4 t 3 12
1 H 1 b 2 b 1 b 1
M1
R xℎ U ℎ + ℎ y U 0 S x ℎ U ℎ + ℎ y U 0
H H RS ℎ, hence proved
3 2 3 4 4
1 H 1 b
M1
ℎ RS ℎ
3 12
1 let R S √15
05
I
RS ℎ, hence proved
4 R H S 15
B1 4

R H U 15 S 0
Consider a cone subdividing into small discs of radius, X, and
Alternatively:
cVRW S R H U 15
thickness, ÇR as shown below. cV2.4W S V2.4WH U 15 S U1.176
cV2.5W S V2.5WH U 15 S 0.625
B1-both
f(2.4) and
There is a root between 2.4 and 2.5. f(2.5)

R 2.4 RT 2.5
cVRW -1.176 0 0.625

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 307 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 308
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

}²ÐL á A á A
RT U 2.4 0 U VU1.176W S ÷
S {²ÐL ~ 4~
2.5 U 2.4 0.625 U VU1.176W }²ÐL
M1

1.176 S4
M1
RT S 2.4 + × 0.1 S 2.4653 {²ÐL
1.801 }²ÐL S 4{²ÐL
cV2.4653W S V2.4653WH U 15 S U0.0166
B1
B1
05
R RA
R ÛVñ ≤ RW ÛVñ S RW RÛVñ S RW
2.4653 2.5 6

cVRW -0.0166 0 0.625 X X 0


0.5 U X 0.5 U X
0
RA U 2.4653 0 U VU0.0166W
0.9 U 0.5 S 0.4 0.8
1 0.5 B1-P(X=x)
S
2.5 U 2.4653 0.625 U VU0.0166W 1 U 0.9 S 0.1 0.3
2 0.9
0.0166
M1
1.6 U X
3 1 B1-xP(X=x)
RA S 2.4653 + × 0.0347 S 2.4662
0.6416
Sums 1
∴ root S U2.47 V2 d. pW A1 øVñW S ­ RÛVñ S RW S 1.4, ⟹ 1.6 U X S 1.4, ⟹ X S 0.2 M1

ÛVñ S 0W S X S 0.2
(a).
05 A1

ÛVñ S 1W S 0.5 U X S 0.5 U 0.2 S 0.3


5 (b).
A1

05

c⁄Z Z c R cR
7

B1-for Z
Length
50 – 53 5 4 20 51.5 1030

B1-for c
54 – 55 13 2 26 54.5 1417
56 – 59 7.5 4 30 57.5 1725

B1-for cR
60 – 67 1.5 8 12 63.5 762
Using à S áj U A ~j A for vertical motion of ACB,
T Total 88 4934

1 ∑ cR 4934
0 S áj sin k U ~j A Mean length S S S 56.068
2 ∑c 88
2á sin k
M1A1
jS
~ 05
2á A sin k cos k á A sin 2k
For horizontal motion AB,
let, cVRW S R H U 3R + 1
8
} S áj cos k S S
~ ~
M1
for }²ÐL , sin 2k S 1, ⟹ k S 45° R
áA cVRW -17
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
∴ }²ÐL S ⟶ V1W
~
M1 -1 3 1 -1 3 19 B1 B1

Using è A S á A U 2~à for vertical motion upto maximum height,


0 S Vá sin kWA U 2~{²ÐL cVU2W. cVU1W < 0, ⟹ U2 < root < U1
Since

á A sinA k cV0W. cV1W < 0, ⟹ 0 < root < 1


B1

{²ÐL S cV1W. cV2W < 0, ⟹ 1 < root < 2


B1
2~ B1
But k S 45°,
á A sinA k á A sinA 45° 0.5á A á A
{²ÐL S S S S ⟶ V2W
05
2~ 2~ 2~ 4~ 9 (a).
V1W ÷ V2W gives,
M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 309 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 310
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

30
û cVRW ËR S 1 30 S 2.927¥, ⟹¥S S 10.249
2.927
M1 A1
Ð L
T From equation V1W
û 3R Æ ËR S 1 ô S 85 U 1.645¥ S 85 U 1.645 × 10.249 S 68.140
t
T
(b). (i). ô S 68.140, ¥ S 10.249, € S 25
3R ÆNT 70 U 68.140
M1 M1 A1
É Ê S1 ێñ ≤ 70 S Û §( < ¨ S ÛV( < 0.907W
Å+1 t 10.249⁄√25
S 0.5 + 4V0.907W S 0.5 + 0.3177
M1 M1-z-value
3 × 1VÆNTW
U0S1
B1-table
Å+1
M1 S 0.8177 value
3
S1
A1
Å+1
0.95
B1
Å+1S3
(ii). For the 95% confidence interval,
4Žh⁄A  S S 0.475, ⟹ h⁄A S 4 FT V0.475W S 1.96
ÅS2 2
¥
A1
Conidence limits S ñ ± h⁄A
3R A ; 0 ≤ R ≤ 1,! √€
(b).
cVRW S R 10.249
0 ; otherwise S 68.140 ± 1.96 × S 68.140 ± 4.0176
√25
Conidence interval = [64.1224, 72.1576‡
M1 B1
T
øVñW S û RcVRW ËR S û 3R H ËR M1 A1
Ð L t
3R 3
b T
3
SÉ Ê S U0S
4 t 4 4
M1 A1 12
11 (a). On level road,

ÛVñ ≤ W S 0.5
(c).
²
û 3R A ËR S 0.5
M1
t
3R H
² M1
É Ê S 0.5
3 t
H U 0 S 0.5
M1

 S 0.7937
A1

Let èT be the maximum speed on level road.


12

ÛVñ < 85W S 0.95 , ÛV( < T W S 0.95


10 (a).
´T U 1600 S  × 0
Resolving parallel to the plane gives:
0.5 + 4VT W S 0.95
´T S 1600 N
4VT W S 0.95 U 0.5 S 0.45
M1
Maximum power, ÛB[ S ´T èT
T S 1.645
B1
ÛB[ 200000
85 U ô èT S S S 125 m sFT
but, T S S 1.645, ⟹ 85 U ô S 1.645¥ ⟶ V1W ´T 1600
¥ B1 M1
1
On inclined road,
ÛVñ < 55W S 0.1 , ÛV( < T W S 0.1 sinFT x y S 3.823°
0.5 U 4VTW S 0.1 15
4VT W S 0.5 U 0.1 S 0.4
T S U4 FT V0.4W S U1.282
55 U ô
but, T S S U1.282, ⟹ 55 U ô S U1.282¥ ⟶ V2W
¥
Equation V1W U V2W gives;
B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 311 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 312
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

2
s-
m
F2

0
=
R

a
B1


3. N
for s. h. m, X ∝ R, ⟹ X S UdA R ⟶ V1W
mgcos3.823° B1-both

82
mg

in 0
gs 0
Ëè
m 16
3.823° equations for

also from calculus, XSè


acceleration
1 1 ËR
èA S èT S × 125 S 62.5 m sFT Substituting for  into equation V1W gives;
2 2 Ëè
M1 M1-equating
Maximum power, ÛB[ S ´A èA è S UdA R
ÛB[ 200000 ËR
´A S S S 3200 N èËè S Ud A RËR
èA 62.5
M1
û è Ëè S UdA û R ËR
M1
´A U V1600 + ~ sin 3.823°W S  × 0
Resolving parallel to the plane gives:
1 A 1
3200 U 1600 U 9.8 sin 3.823° S 0 è S U dARA + Z
2 2
M1 M1
1600 S 9.8 sin 3.823° But è S 0 when R S a
B1
1600 1 1
S S 2448.6941 kg 0 S U dAaA + Z, ⟹ Z S d A aA
9.8 sin 3.823° 2 2
A1

Substituting for ü gives;


M1
30 × 1000 25
(b).
èH S 30 km hFT S S m s FT 1 A 1 1
3600 3 è S U d A R A + d A aA
2 2 2
Maximum power, ÛB[ S ´H èH è A S UdA R A + dA aA
ÛB[ 200000 × 3
´H S S S 24000 N è A S dAVaA U R A W
M1
èH 25
è S qd AVaA U R A W
B1

è S d q aA U R A
(b).

24000 U 1600 S 163.629X


Resolving parallel to the plane gives:

22400 S 2448.6941X
M1 M1 (i).
X S 9.1477 m sFA èT A S d AVaA U RT A W
For motion OA,
A1 B1
3A S dA VaA U 1A W
12 9 S dA VaA U 1W ⟶ V1W
B1
èA A S d AVaA U RA A W
12 (a). For motion OB,

2A S dA VaA U 2A W

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 313 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 314
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

4 S dAVaA U 4W ⟶ V2W
Equation V1W ÷ V2W gives:
9 dA VaA U 1W
S
4 d A VaA U 4W
9Va U 4W S 4VaA U 1W
M1
A

9aA U 36 S 4aA U 4
5aA S 32
aA S 6.4
a S 2.5298 m A1 * B1 for loop
The amplitude of motion is 2.5298 m. back (n=n+1)
is given only
From equation V1W,
(ii).

9 S dA VaA U 1W
if the arrows

9 S dA V6.4 U 1W
from the

9
decision

dA S
boxes are
6.4
d S 1.291 rad sFT
correct

∴ è²ÐL S da S 1.291 × 2.5298 S 3.266 m sFT M1 A1

12
3 54
(iii). Dry run
let, R S √±, ⟹ R b S ±, ⟹ Rb U ± S 0 ± S 54, ⟹ RrNT S xRr + y
13 (i). Iterative formula
ä

4 3Rr H
cVRW S R b U ±, c ¿ VRW S 4R H
cVRr W
RrNT S Rr U ¿ , € S 0, 1, 2, … € Rr RrNT |RrNT U Rr |
B1
c VRr W
Rr U ±
b 0 2.5 2.739 0.239
RrNT S Rr U
B1

4Rr H
M1 1 2.739 2.71124 0.02776 B1

4Rr b U VRr b U ±W 3Rr b + ±


2 2.71124 2.71081 0.00043 B1
S S
4Rr H 4Rr H ⟹ Theroot, RrNT S 2.711 V3 d. pW
B1
3Rr b
± 3 ±
A1
S + S xR + y
4Rr H 4Rr H 4 r 3Rr H
3 ±
12
RrNT S xRr + y, for € S 0, 1, 2, 3, … 1U0 1
4 3Rr H
B1 14 (i).
ur S 5ALC , ℎS S S 0.2
(ii). Flow chart 5 5 B1

€ Rr ut , u½ uT , … ub
0 0 1

B1-for Rr
1 0.2 1.90365
2 0.4 3.62390

B1-for all ur
3 0.6 6.89865
4 0.8 13.13264
5 1 25 correct
sums 26 25.55884

T
1
û 5AL ËR ≈ ℎ†Vut + ub W + 2VuT + ⋯ + uH W‡
t 2

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 315 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 316
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1 1 1 7
≈ × †26 + 2 × 25.55884‡ S 7.711768 } × 2 cos k + }T × 2 sin k S }T × cos k
2 5 3 T 3
≈ 7.712 V3 d. pW 2 7
M1 M1 M1
cos k + 2 sin k S cos k
3 3
A1 -3 d.p

let u S 5AL 5
(ii). B1
2 sin k S cos k
ln u S 2R ln 5 3
1 Ëu 5
S 2 ln 5 tan k S , ⟹ k S 39.81°
u ËR 6
A1

Ëu
S V2 ln 5WV5AL W
(b).
ËR
Ë AL 5AL
µ1R1
M1
V5 W S V2 ln 5WV5AL W, ⟹ û 5AL ËR S +Z
ËR 2 ln 5 B1
T
5 AL T
B R1

û 5AL ËR S É Ê
θ

2 ln 5 t
AB = 2l

t
D AC = l

25 1 12
S U S ≈ 7.456 V3 d. pW
C AD = x

2 ln 5 2 ln 5 ln 5
M1 A1 R2
10w

absolute error S |7.456 U 7.712| S 0.256


(iii). w

M1-
0.256
θ
Magnitudes
percentage error S × 100 S 3.433
µ2R2 A

7.456
must be seen

1
M1 A1 Resolving horizontally,
}T S ôA}A , ⟹ }T S }A , ⟹ }A S 2}T
No % sign on
the final 2
1
answer Resolving vertically, M1

ôT }T + }A S Ò + 10Ò , ⟹ }T + 2}T S 11Ò


12
3
7
15 (a).
} S 11Ò
M1
3 T

ôT }T × 2Ñ cos k + }T × 2Ñ sin k S Ò × Ñ cos k + 10Ò × R cos k


Taking moments about A,

2
} Ñ + 2}T Ñ tan k S ÒÑ + 10ÒR
3 T
M1 M1

2 5 7 70
} Ñ + 2}T Ñ × S } Ñ + }T R
3 T 6 33 T 33
2 5 7 70
Ñ+ ÑS Ñ+ R
3 3 33 33
B1

33 2 5 7 33 70
RS x + U yÑ S × ÑSÑ
70 3 3 33 70 33
1 1 The man will climb up to a distance Ñ along the ladder from A
ôT S , ôA S
A1
3 2 before the ladder slips.

1
Resolving horizontally,
}T S ôA }A, ⟹ }T S } , ⟹ }A S 2}T
12
2 A M1 16 (a).

1 7
Resolving vertically,
ôT }T + }A S Ò , ⟹ } + 2}T S Ò , ⟹ }T S Ò
3 T 3 M1

ôT}T × 2Ñ cos k + }T × 2Ñ sin k S Ò × Ñ cos k


Taking moments about A,

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 317 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 318
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Class ³. ´ c R cR Z c⁄Z Class


boundaries
<15 0 0 7.5 0 15 0 0 – 15
<20 17 17 17.5 297.5 5 3.4 15 – 20 B1-axes
<30 39 22 25 550 10 2.2 20 – 30 B1-for correctly
<40 69 30 35 1050 10 3 30 – 40 frequency labelled with
<50 87 18 45 810 10 1.8 40 – 50 density (f/c) uniform scale
<60 92 5 55 275 10 0.5 50 – 60
<65 98 6 62.5 375 5 1.2 60 – 65 B1-for bars
<100 98 0 82.5 0 35 0 65 – 100
Total 3357.5

∑ cR 3357.5
(i).
Mean age S S S 34.2602
∑c 98
M1 A1
1 1
Median position S ± S × 98 S 49
2 2
±⁄2 U ³. ´µ
Median age S z² + § ¨Z

49 U 39 ∴ Modal age = 19
S 30 + x y × 10 S 33.333
30
M1 A1 A1-lines for
estimation of

Middle 70% age range S Ûܽ U ÛT½


(ii). mode must
15 15
be seen on
15 percentile position S
./
±S × 98 S 14.7
100 100
histogram
14.7 U 0
ÛT½ S 15 + x y × 5 S 19.3235
12

17
85 85
85./ percentile position S ±S × 98 S 83.3
B1

100 100
***END***
83.3 U 69
Ûܽ S 40 + x y × 10 S 47.9444
18
B1
Middle 70% age range S 47.9444 U 19.3235 S 28.6209
M1 A1
(b).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 319 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 320
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

which u = a2 Hl + n2 FAl is a solution.


P425/1 Qn 8: By eliminating the constants A and B, form a differential equation for
PURE [5]
MATHEMATICS
PAPER 1 Section B (60 Marks)
Oct. 2018 Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.
3 hours
Question 9:
L E N½LNTT
NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL (a). Express VLNTWVL ENbW in partial fractions. [7]
ËR .
b L E N½LNTT
Evaluate: &T
S.6 MATH 1 MOCK SET 7 2018 VLNTWVL E NbW
(b). [5]
Time: 3 Hours
(a). Express 10 sin R cos R + 12 cos 2R in the form } sinV2R + fW. Hence find the
Question 10:

NAME: COMB: maximum value of 10 sin R cos R + 12 cos 2R. [6]

(i). X S Y cos ³ + Z cos n,


INSTRUCTIONS: (b). Prove that in any triangle ABC,
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
(ii). X sin K A P = VY − ZW cos A .
section B. oF 
[6]
 Show your working clearly.

Section A (40 Marks) Question 11:

2X U 3Y + Z S 10
Answer all the questions in this section (a). Solve the simultaneous equations.

X + 4Y + 2Z + 3 S 0
Qn 1: Solve the equation 3 cos 4k + 7 cos 2k = 0 for 0° ≤ k ≤ 180°.
5X U 2Y U Z S 7
[5]

Qn 2: Find the solution set for which log A R − logL 4 ≤ 1.


[6]
[5]
(b). Given that the equations u H U 2u + 4 S 0 and u A + u + Z S 0 have a
with respect to R. common root, show that Z H + 4Z A + 14Z + 20 S 0.
LI
√TNL E
Qn 3: Integrate [5] [6]

Qn 4: The points P, Q and R have position vectors 2 − 5O , 5 − O and


(a). Calculate the perpendicular distance from the point V1, −2, 3W from the
Question 12:
~ ~ ~ ~
11 + 7O respectively. Show that P, Q and R are collinear and state
~ ~ line with equation œ = 2• − 3– + ž + j x2• + – − 2žy.
the ratio ØÙ: Ù>. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
[5]
~ ~
(b). Determine the equation of a plane through the point V1, −3, 2W and
[5]

Qn 5: Given that u = 5 FAL


sin 2R, find ÀL .
À¼ contains the vectors • − 3– + 3ž and −• − 3– + 2ž.
~ ~ ~ ~
[7]
~ ~
[5]

Qn 6: Using Maclaurin’s theorem, expand u = R + lnV1 + RW as far as the term


Question 13:
(a). Find the turning points to the curve u =
AL
in R H . VAFLWE
. Distinguish between the
[5]

(b). Sketch the graph of the curve u = VAFLWE .


AL
turning points.
Qn 7: Determine the equation of the circle with centre at V1, 5W and has a
tangent passing through the points aV−1, 2W and nV0, −2W.
[12]
[5]
© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 321 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 322
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Question 14:
(a). A geometric progression has the first term 10 and sum to infinity of 12.5.
MARKING GUIDE
3 cos 4k + 7 cos 2k S 0
SNo. Working Marks
How many terms of the progression are needed to make a sum which
3V2 cos A 2k U 1W + 7 cos 2k S 0
1

+ + ⋯ + VArNTWVArNHW S
exceeds 10? [6]
T T T r
6 cos A 2k U 3 + 7 cos 2k S 0
B1-identity
H×½ ½×B HVArNHW
(b). Prove by induction that . [6]
6 cos A 2k + 7 cos 2k U 3 S 0 B1-quad eqn
(a). Show that the curve u A U 8u S U4R represents a parabola. Sketch the U7 ± q7A U 4 × 6 × VU3W
Question 15:
cos 2k S
2×6
1
M1

(b). The points ÛVXj A , 2XjW and HVX A , 2XW lie on the parabola with equation
parabola and state its focus. [6]
cos 2k S , or, cos 2k S U1.5
3
u A S 4XR. Determine the locus of the mid-point of the line segment PQ, 1
B1

for when j S 2X. for cos 2k S , 2k S 70.53°, 289.47°,


3
⟹ k S 35.27°, 144.74°
[6]

cos 2k S U1.5, k is undeined


Question 16:
Solve the equation R ÀL + u S R2 FAL .
À¼ A1
(a). [5]
(b). The rate at which the temperature of a body placed in an oven increases 05
at any instant is proportional to the amount by which the temperature of
log A R U log L 4 ≤ 1
temperature of the oven is 120℃. Given that the temperature of the body
the oven exceeds the temperature of the body at that instant. The
log A R U 2 log L 2 ≤ 1
2

rises from 50℃ to 80℃ in 6 minutes, how long does the temperature of log A R U
2
≤1
the body take to rise from 90℃ to 99℃ ? log A R
Let u S log A R
M1

2
[7]
uU ≤1
u
***END***
2
uU U1 ≤ 0
u
uA U u U 2
≤0
u M1-getting
u + u U 2u U 2
A
≤0
LCM
u
uVu + 1W U 2Vu + 1W
≤0
u
Vu U 2WVu + 1W
≤0
u
The Critical values include: u S U1, u S 0, u S 2
Region where the curve lies B1-all critical
values
R RS U1 < R R 0<R R R>2
< U1 U1 <0 S0 <2 S2

Vu + 1W U 0 + + + + +
Vu U 2W U U U U U 0 +
u U U U 0 + + + M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 323 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 324
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Vu U 2WVu + 1W U 0 + ∞ U 0 + Ëu Ëè Ëá
Sá +è S V5FAL WV2 cos 2RW + Vsin 2RWVU2 ln 5WV5FAL W
u ËR ËR ËR
S 2V5FAL W†cos 2R U Vln 5W sin 2R‡
M1 M1

The solution set is: u < U1 and 0 < u ≤ 2


A1-collecting

u < U1, and, 0<u≤2


like terms

log A R < U1, and, 0 < log A R ≤ 2 cVRW S R + lnV1 + RW , ⟹ cV0W S 0 + ln 1 S 0


05

R < 2FT , and, 2t < R ≤ 2A c ¿ VRW S 1 + V1 + RWFT , ⟹ c ¿ V0W S 1 + 1 S 2


6

1 c ¿¿ VRW S UV1 + RWFA , ⟹ c ¿¿ V0W S U1 × 1 S U1


B1
R< , and, 1<R≤4
2 c ¿¿¿ VRW S 2V1 + RWFH , ⟹ c ¿¿¿ V0W S 2 × 1 S 2
A1-both B1

R RH
ranges B1
A
cVRW S cV0W + Rc ¿ V0W + c ¿¿ V0W + c ¿¿¿ V0W + ⋯
2! 3!
RH RA RH
05

û ËR R + lnV1 + RW S 0 + R × 2 + × VU1W + × 2 + ⋯
3
√1 + R A 2! 3!
Ëá 1 A 1 H
M1

let á S 1 + R , A
S 2R S 2R U R + R + ⋯
ËR 2 3
Ëá
M1 A1
R A S á U 1, ËR S
2R
RH R H Ëá 1 R A 1 áU1
05

û ËR S û . S û Ëá S û Ëá uU2 U2 U 2
Ç 2R 2 Ç 2
7 The equation of the tangent is given by:
√1 + R A √á S
1 1 2 I R U VU1W 0 U VU1W
M1
O O O
S û KáE U á FE P Ëá S x á E U 2á E y + Z u U 2 S U4VR + 1W
2 2 3
M1

1 I 1 4R + u + 2 S 0
M1 B1
S á E U á E + Z S V1 + R A WE U V1 + R A WE + Z
O I O

3 3 4×1+5+2 11
B1
Radius S © ©S
√4A + 1A
A1
√17 B1-radius

-Û S 2 U 5O, -H S 5 U O, -} S 11 + 7O
05
11 A
The required equation of the circle is given by:
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ VR U 1WA + Vu U 5WA S x y
4
ÛH S -H U -Û S K5 U OP U K2 U 5OP S 3 + 4O √17
B1 M1
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 121
H} S -} U -H S K11 + 7OP U K5 U OP S 6 + 8O R A U 2R + 1 + u A U 10u + 25 S
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
B1 17
17R A + 17u A U 34R U 170u + 321 S 0
S 2 K3 + 4OP
B1 A1
~ ~
Since ØÙ S 2Ù> and they share a common point P, then P, Q and R M1 A1
u S a2 Hl + n2 FAl
05

ØÙ: Ù> S 1: 2
are collinear.
Ëu
8
S 3a2 Hl U 2n2 FAl
Ëj
Ë u
A
M1

let á S 5FAL , è S sin 2R S 9a2 Hl + 4n2 FAl


05
Ëj A
for á S 5FAL ËA u
5 M1

ln á S U2R ln 5 S 3a2 Hl U 2n2 FAl + 6a2 Hl + 6n2 FAl


Ëj A
1 Ëá ËA u Ëu
M1
S U2 ln 5 S + 6u
á ËR ËR A ËR
Ëá Ë u Ëu
A
M1
S VU2 ln 5WV5FAL W U U 6u S 0
ËR Ëj A Ëj
for è S sin 2R
M1 B1
Ëè u S a2 Hl + n2 FAl
Alternatively:
S 2 cos 2R
ËR u2 Al S a2 ½l + n
M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 325 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 326
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Ëu
2u2 Al + 2 Al S 5a2 ½l
Ëj
12

Ëu 10 sin R cos R + 12 cos 2R ≡ } sinV2R + fW


10 (a).
2u2 FHl + 2 FHl S 5a
Ëj 5 sin 2R + 12 cos 2R ≡ } sin 2R cos f + } cos 2R sin f
Ëu FHl
M1
x2u + y 2 S 5a
Ëj } cos f S 5 ⟶ V1W, } sin f S 12 ⟶ V2W
By comparison,

Ëu ËA u FHl Ëu V2W ÷ V1W gives,


M1
§2 + A¨ 2 U 32 FHl x2u + y S 0
Ëj Ëj Ëj } sin f 12 12
Ëu ËA u Ëu S , ⟹ tan f S , ⟹ f S 67.38°
} cos f 5 5
§2 + ¨ U 3 x2u + y S 0
Ëj Ëj A Ëj } S q5 + 12 S 13
M1
A A

Ëu ËAu Ëu 10 sin R cos R + 12 cos 2R ≡ 13 sinV2R + 67.38°W


M1

2 + U 6u U 3 S0
∴ maximum value S 13 × 1 S 13
B1
Ëj Ëj A Ëj
Ë u Ëu
B1
A
U U 6u S 0
Ëj A Ëj From sine rule, X S Å sin a , Y S Å sin n , Z S Å sin ³
(b).

}. {. | S Y cos ³ + Z cos n
(i).

S Å sin n cos ³ + Å sin ³ cos n


05

R A + 5R + 11 a nR + ³ S ÅVsin n cos ³ + sin ³ cos nW


9 (a). M1

≡ +
VR + 1WVR A + 4W VR + 1W VR A + 4W S Å sinVn + ³W
S Å sinV180° U aW
M1
R A + 5R + 11 ≡ aVR A + 4W + VnR + ³WVR + 1W
M1

Putting R S U1; 1 U 5 + 11 S 5a, ⟹ a S 2 S Å sin a


SX
A1
Putting R S 0; 11 S 8 + ³, ⟹ ³ S 3
∴ X S Y cos ³ + Z cos n
A1 B1
Putting R S 1; 4 + 5 + 11 S 10 + 2n + 6, ⟹ n S 2 A1
R A + 5R + 11 2 2R + 3
≡ + a
(ii).
VR + 1WVR A + 4W VR + 1W VR A + 4W }. {. | S VY U ZW cos
2
B1

a
R A + 5R + 11 2 2R + 3 S VÅ sin n U Å sin ³W cos
(b).
b b b
û ËR S û ËR + û A ËR 2
VR + 1WVR A + 4W R + 1 T R +4 a
M1
T T
b
2 b
2R 3 S ÅVsin n U sin ³W cos
Sû ËR + û x A + A y ËR 2
T R+1 T R +4 R +4 n+³ nU³ a
S Å x2 cos sin y cos
3 R b 2 2 2
M1-factor
S „2 lnVR + 1W + lnVR A + 4W + tanFT … a nU³ a
2 2T S 2Å cos x90° U y sin x y cos
M1 M1 M1 formula
2 2 2
(M1 for each
a nU³ a
3 3 1 S 2Å sin sin x y cos
integration)
S x2 ln 5 + ln 20 + tanFT 2y U x2 ln 2 + ln 5 + tanFT y 2 2 2
2 2 2
B1 B1 M1
a a nU³
≈ 4.1841 S Å x2 sin cos y sin x y
A1
2 2 2
nU³
(B1-

S Å sin a sin x y
substituting
2
nU³
lower limit,
S X sin x y
2
B1-

nU³ a
substuting
∴ X sin x y S VY U ZW cos
2 2
upper limit, B1
M1-
subtracting)
12
11 (a).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 327 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 328
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

2X U 3Y + Z S 10 ⟶ V1W
X + 4Y + 2Z + 3 S 0 ⟶ V2W
12

5X U 2Y U Z S 7 ⟶ V3W 2 2 2 2
12 (a).

œ S ¶U3· + j ¶ 1 · , ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶U3· , » S ¶ 1 ·


⟹ £Ÿ
~ ~
Equation V1W U 2 × V2W gives, 1 U2 1 U2
2X U 3Y + Z S 10 1
ÛV1, U2, 3W, ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶U2·
⟹ £Ø
U ®2X + 8Y + 4Z S U6®
U11Y U 3Z S 16 ⟶ V4W 3
1 2 U1
M1

Equation 5 × V1W U 2 × V3W gives, ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ U ¡£Ÿ


¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S £Ø
ŸØ ¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶U2· U ¶U3· S ¶ 1 ·
10X U 15Y + 5Z S 50 3 1 2
B1

U ® 10X U 4Y U 2Z S 14 ® • U– ž
U11Y + 7Z S 36 ⟶ V5W ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ × » S ‚
~ ~ ~
ŸØ U1 1 2‚
M1
Equation V4W U V5W gives, ~
2 1 U2
M1
U11Y U 3Z S 16 1 2 U1 2 U1 1
U ®U11Y + 7Z S 36® S •ª ªU –ª ª +žª ª
~ 1 U2 ~ 2 U2 ~ 2 1
U10Z S U20 M1
S • VU2 U 2W U – V2 U 4W + žVU1 U 2W S U4• + 2– U 3ž
ZS2
B1
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
From equation V2W,
A1
ªaÛ × »ª S √16 + 4 + 9 S √29
U11Y + 7 × 2 S 36 ~

Y S U2 ª»ª S √4 + 1 + 4 S 3
B1-both
~
From equation V2W,
A1 magnitudes
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ × »ª
ªŸØ √29
X + 4VU2W + 2V2W + 3 S 0 Shortesrt distance S ~
S ≈ 1.7951 units
XS1 ª»ª 3
M1 A1
~
A1

Let the common root be f • U– ž


(b). (b).

f H U 2f + 4 S 0 ⟶ V1W ~
š S ‚ 1 U3
~ ~
normal vector, 3‚
f A + f + Z S 0 ⟶ V2W ~
U1 U3 2
Equation V1W U f × V2W gives,
M1

f H + f A + fZ S 0 U3 3 1 3 1 U3
U ® f H U 2f + 4 S 0 ® S •ª ªU –ª ª + žª ª
~ U3 2 ~ U1 2 ~ U1 U3
f A + fVZ + 2W U 4 S 0 ⟶ V3W
M1
S • VU6 + 9W U – V2 + 3W + žVU3 U 3W S 3• U 5– U 6ž
Equation V3W U V2W gives,
B1
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

f A + fVZ + 2W U 4 S 0 œ. š S V. š
~ ~ ~ ~
U‚ fA + f + Z S 0 ‚ R 3 1 3
fVZ + 1W U 4 U Z S 0 §u¨ . ¶U5· S ¶U3· . ¶U5·
U6 2 U6
M1 M1

Z+4 3R U 5u U 6 S 3 + 15 U 12
M1 B1
fS 3R U 5u U 6 S 6
Z+1
A1

From equation V2W


B1

¡¡¡¡¡⃗ + »“ + ô»—


œ S -a
Alternatively:
Z+4 A Z+4
x y + +Z S 0 ~ ~ ~
Z+1 Z+1 R 1 1 U1
VZ + 4WA + VZ + 4WVZ + 1W + ZVZ + 1WA S 0 §u¨ S ¶U3· +  ¶U3· + ô ¶U3·
M1

VZ A + 8Z + 16W + VZ A + 4Z + Z + 4W + VZ H + 2Z A + 1ZW S 0  2 3 2
VZ A + 8Z + 16W + VZ A + 4Z + Z + 4W + VZ H + 2Z A + 1ZW S 0 R S 1 +  U ô ⟶ V1W
Z H + 4Z A + 14Z + 20 S 0 u S U3 U 3 U 3ô ⟶ V2W
M1-

 S 2 + 3 + 2ô ⟶ V3W
expansion

Equation 3 × V1W + V2W gives,


B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 329 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 330
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

3R S 3 + 3 U 3ô
+ ®u S U3 U 3 U 3ô ®
3R + u S U6ô → V4W R<0 0<R<2 R>2
Equation 3 × V1W U V3W gives, 2R U + +
3R S 3 + 3 U 3ô V2 U RWA + + +
U ®  S 2 + 3 + 2ô ® u U + +
B1

3R U  S 1 U 5ô → V5W
Equation 5 × V4W U 6 × V5W gives,
15R + 5u S U30ô
Sketch of the curve

U ® 18R U 6 S 6 U 30ô ®
U3R + 5u + 6 S U6
3R U 5u U 6 S 6
B1-curve 1

B1-curve 2
12

2R
13 (a).
uS
B1-axes
V2 U RWA
labelled
Ëu V2 U RWA V2W U 2R × 2V2 U RWVU1W
S
ËR V2 U RWb
V2 U RWV4 U 2R + 4RW 4 + 2R
M1

S S
V2 U RWb V2 U RWH B1 12
For turning points, S 0
À¼
X
14 (a).
|Õ S
ÀL
4 + 2R 1UÄ
S0 10
V2 U RWH
12.5 S
M1

4 + 2R S 0 1UÄ
R S U2 12.5 U 12.5Ä S 10
M1

2 × VU2W 1 12.5Ä S 2.5


uS S U S U0.25 1
V2 + 2WA 4 Ä S S 0.2
⟹ VU2, U0.25W is the turning points 5
A1 A1

for |r > 10
(b).
1 U Är
Xà R → ∞, u→0
Horizontal asymptote
Xx y > 10
1UÄ
⟹ u S 0, is the horizontal asymptote 1 U V0.2Wr
10 „ … > 10
B1
1 U 0.2
Xà u → ∞, V2 U RWA → 0
Vertical asymptotes M1
1 U V0.2W r
⟹ R S 2, is the vetical asymptote >1
0.8
1 U V0.2Wr > 0.8
B1

when, R S 0, uS0
Intercepts
0.2 > V0.2Wr
⟹ V0, 0W is the intercept log 0.2 > € log 0.2
The Critical values include: R S 0, R S 2 U0.69897 > U0.69897€
B1 M1

U0.69897

Region where the curve lies
U0.69897
€>1
€S2
A1
B1
The least number of terms is 2.

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 331 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 332
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Vu U 4WA U 16 S U4R
1 1 1 € Vu U 4WA S U4R + 16
(b).
+ + ⋯+ S
3×5 5×7 V2€ + 1WV2€ + 3W 3V2€ + 3W Vu U 4WA S U4VR U 4W
M1

For € S 1, This is in the form ò A S 4Xñ hence it’s a parabola.


1 1 1 1 ò S u U 4, ñ SRU4
A1
z. {. | S S }. {. | S S
3 × 5 15 3V2 + 3W 15 4X S U4, ⟹ X S U1
B1-value of X
B1
True for € S 1 since z. {. | S }. {. | S T½
T

Vñ, òW S V0, 0W
Vertex
For € S 2,
1 1 2 2 2 ñ S VR U 4W S 0, ⟹RS4
z. {. | S + S }. {. | S S ò S Vu U 4W S 0, ⟹uS4
3 × 5 5 × 7 21 3V4 + 3W 21
The vertex is VR, uW S V4, 4W.
True for € S 2 since z. {. | S }. {. | S AT
A

Suppose it’s true for € S Å, the series becomes: When R S 0,


Intercepts B1-vertex

1 1 1 Å Vu U 4WA S 16
+ +⋯+ S ⟶ V1W
3×5 5×7 V2Å + 1WV2Å + 3W 3V2Å + 3W u U 4 S ±4
For € S VÅ + 1W, u S 4 U 4 S 0, or, u S4+4S8
B1

Å+1 Å+1 When u S 0,


}. {. | S S
3V2Å + 2 + 3W 3V2Å + 5W 16 S U4R + 16, ⟹RS0
1 1 1 The intercepts are: V0, 0W, V0, 8W.
z. {. | S „ + + ⋯+ …
3×5 5×7 V2Å + 1WV2Å + 3W
1 Vñ, òW S VX, 0W S VU1, 0W
Focus
+ ⟶ V2W
V2Å + 3WV2Å + 5W ñ S VR U 4W S U1, ⟹RS3
Substituting V1W in V2W gives: ò S Vu U 4W S 0, ⟹uS4
Å 1 The focus is VR, uW S V3, 4W.
B1-focus
z. {. | S +
3V2Å + 3W V2Å + 3WV2Å + 5W
1 Å 1
S „ + …
V2Å + 3W 3 V2Å + 5W
M1

1 2Å + 5Å + 3
A
S É Ê
V2Å + 3W 3V2Å + 5W
2Å A + 2Å + 3Å + 3
S
3V2Å + 3WV2Å + 5W B1
2ÅVÅ + 1W + 3VÅ + 1W
S
3V2Å + 3WV2Å + 5W
V2Å + 3WVÅ + 1W
S
3V2Å + 3WV2Å + 5W
VÅ + 1W
S
M1-
3V2Å + 5W
factorisation

True for € S VÅ + 1W since z. {. | S }. {. | S


VÆNTW A1

ÛVXj A , 2XjW
HVAÆN½W
(b).
Since its true for € S 1, € S 2, € S Å and € S VÅ + 1W, then it’s true
HVX A , 2XW
for all positive integers of €.
u A S 4XR
B1

The coordinates of the midpoint of ÛH 5555 , M are,


Xj A + X A 2Xj + 2X
12
Sb , c
u A U 8u S U4R 2 2
15 (a).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 333 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 334
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1 Ëk
S R XVj A +  A W , XVj + WS ∝ V120 U kW
2 Ëj
u Ëk
M1
u S XVj + W, ⟹ Vj + W S ⟶ V1W S ÅV120 U kW
X Ëj
1 Where Å is the proportionality constant
R S XVj A +  A W
B1 B1

2 Ëk
1 û S û Å Ëj
R S X†Vj + WA U 2j‡ V120 U kW
2 U lnV120 U kW S Åj + Z
M1 M1
1
R S XVj + WA U Xj When j S 0, k S 50℃,
A1
2
1 U lnV120 U 50W S Å × 0 + Z , ⟹ Z S U ln 70
R S XVj + WA U Xj ⟶ V2W U lnV120 U kW S Åj U ln 70
B1
2
Substituting V1W into V2W gives, When j S 6, k S 80℃,
B1

1 u A U lnV120 U 80W S 6Å U ln 70
R S X K P U Xj U ln 40 + ln 70 S 6Å
2 X
1 A 1 7
M1
RS u U Xj Å S ln x y
2X 6 4
but j S 2X j 7
U lnV120 U kW S ln x y U ln 70
B1

1 A 6 4
RS u U 2X A 70 j 7
2X ln x y S ln x y
2XR S u A U 4XH 120 U k 6 4
u A S 2XR + 4XH
A1 When k S 90℃,
70 j 7
ln x y S ln x y
120 U 90 6 4
6 ln KHP
B
12

Ëu jS S 9.0844 minutes
16 (a).
ln KbP
B
R + u S R2 FAL
ËR
Ëu u When k S 99℃,
+ S 2 FAL 70 j 7
ËR R ln x y S ln x y
O
120 U 99 6 4
Integrating factor, }S2 S2
&eÀL L] L
SR
6 ln K H P
Tt
Ëu
B1

R + u S R2 FAL jS S 12.9086 minutes


ËR ln KbP
B
Ë
VRuW S R2 FAL time taken S 12.9086 U 9.0844 S 3.8242 minutes
ËR
Ë
û VRuW S û R2 FAL ËR
M1 A1
ËR
M1
12

+ R
Sign Differentiation Integration
2 FAL
***END***
U 1 1
U 2 FAL
2
B1
+ 0 1 FAL
2
4

1 1
Ru S U R2 FAL U 2 FAL + Z
2 4
A1 A1

Let k be the temperature of the body at a time j.


(b).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 335 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 336
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

P425/2 Ingredients Cost


APPLIED 2015 2017
MATHEMATICS Salt 200 350
PAPER 2 Baking flour 3800 4600
Oct. 2018 Cooking oil 1500 1800
3 hours
By taking 2015 as a base year, calculate the price relative for each
ingredient and hence, obtain the average index number. [5]
NDEJJE SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL
Qn 5: A random variable ñ is such that ñ~±V102, 16W.
Find ÛV|R − 100| < 7.2W.
S.6 MATH 2 MOCK SET 7 2018 [5]
Time: 3 Hours
Qn 6: Given the information in the table below:

R
NAME: COMB:
2.5 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.8
cVRW 1.56
INSTRUCTIONS:
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in 1.82 1.95 2.05 2.13
section B.

 Where necessary, use ~ S 9.8 m sFA .


 Show your working clearly.
(i). cV4.1W
Use linear interpolation/extrapolation to find:

Section A (40 Marks) (ii). c FT V1.72W. [5]

Qn 7: A hose pipe of cross section area 12 cmA is located at a height of 6m


Answer all the questions in this section
above the ground, draws and issues water at a speed of 4.5 m sFT . Find
Qn 1: A Continuous random variable has accumulative probability function
water to be 1000 kg mFH ).
the rate at which the water is oozing out of the pipe (Take density of
log VR Æ W ; 0 ≤ R ≤ 2,!
given by
´VRW = R A
[5]
1 ; R 1 2.
(i). Show that Å = ln 2.
bounded by u = R A , the R − axis and R = 4.
Qn 8: Find the centre of gravity of a uniform lamina whose shape is the area
(ii). Obtain the p.d.f of ñ.
[5]
[5]
Section B (60 Marks)
speed of 12 m s FT at an angle of 60° to the vertical. Find the time it takes
Qn 2: A stone is projected from the top a cliff of height 25 m with an initial
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.
the stone to hit the sea-level. [5]
Question 9:
Qn 3: Given that u = sec 45° ‹ 10%, find the limit within which the exact value Use the trapezoidal rule with five ordinates to evaluate&tä ËR to 3
A
W

of u lies.
√TF L E
(a).
[5] decimal places.
ËR to 3 decimal places.
A
W
Find the exact value of &tä
√TF L E
Qn 4: The table below shows the cost of ingredients used for making Chapats (b).
for two different birthday parties for 2015 and 2017. (c). Find the absolute error in the function and state one way how this error
can be reduced. [12]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 337 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 338
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Two equal forces each of magnitude Ø N have an angle, 2f, between them. If
Question 10: Annet stays in Kenya and Bob stays in Uganda. The probability that Annet will
H H

their resultant is twice that when the same forces have an angle, 2g, between
go to china in December this year is ½ and that of Bob is Ü .
(a). Find the probability that they are likely to be in different countries next
(a). Prove that 8 cosA g U cos 2f U 1 S 0.
them, year.

(b). If f S , find g.
 (b). The probability that patience passes Biology, Chemistry and
b
[12] Mathematics is 0.7, 0.8 and 0.65 respectively.
(i). Find the probability that she passes at most one subject.

A random variable ñ has its p.d.f given by


Question 11: (ii). If we know that she passed atmost one subject. What is the

Å
probability that she passed Mathematics. [12]

ÛVR S RW S R ; R S 1, 2, 3, !
0 ; elsewhere.
Question 14:
(a). Construct a flow chart that computes and prints the average of the

(i). the value of Constant Å,


Find: squares of the first six counting numbers. Perform a dry run for your

(ii). øVñ + 1WA , (b). Locate graphically the positive root of the equation 2 FL S 4 U 3R and
flow chart.

(iii). Median, hence, use linear interpolation to find the root of the equation to 2
(iv). 3rd decile. [12] decimal places. [12]

(a). A cyclist A appears to be moving at a velocity of 10 m s FT on a bearing of


Question 12: Question 15:

inclination 60° attached to a mass of 3 kg placed on a rough horizontal table by 330° to a cyclist B moving with a velocity of √8 m s FT on a bearing of
The figure below shows a mass of 10 kg placed on a smooth incline of

means of an inelastic string passing over a smooth pulley and connected to a 045°. Find the true velocity of the cyclist.

friction of the table is .


second mass of 2 kg on the table by means of another string. The coefficient of
T
(b). A particle of mass 2 kg, moves on a space curve accelerating at a rate of
H  S xcos 2j • + sin 2j – + jžy.
~ ~ ~ ~
Find the power developed after 3 seconds. [12]

Question 16:
The table below shows height in centimetres of 25 students in a certain school.

Height (cm) < 10 < 20 < 25 < 30 < 50 <55 < 65


Number of students 0 3 7 15 17 23 25

Calculate
(i). Mean height
(ii). Variance
(a). Find the acceleration of each mass. (iii). Mode
(b). Find the tension in each string. (iv). Middle 70% of the height. [12]
(c). Reaction on the pulley. [12]
***END***
Question 13:
© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 339 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 340
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

butj ≠ U1.728, ⟹ j S 2.953 s A1


MARKING GUIDE
(i). For 0 ≤ R ≤ 2,
SNo. Working Marks 05

Å log; R Å ln R
1
u S sec 45° ± 10%
3
´VRW S log AVR Æ W S S
log ; 2 ln 2 M1 u S secV45° ± 0.1°W
Lower limit S u\] S sec 44.9° S 1.4118
B1

Å ln 2 Upper limit S uB[ S sec 45.1° S 1.4167


M1 A1
´V2W S S1
ln 2
M1 A1

Å
S1
ln 2
05
Å S ln 2
4
B1
350
Ingredients Price relatives
Ë Å ln R Å ln 2 1 S 1.75
(ii).
x yS S S 200
Salt
ËR ln 2 R ln 2 R ln 2 R 4600
B1
Ë S 1.211
3800
M1
V1W S 0
Baking flour

ËR 1800
B1
1 S 1.2
∴ cVRW S R ; 0 ≤ R ≤ 2, !
1500
M1 Cooking oil

0 ; elsewhere.
B1
A1

1.75 + 1.211 + 1.2


For the hence part:
Average index number S × 100 S 138.7
3
05 M1 A1
2
12 m s-1
ô S 102, ¥ A S 16, ¥S4
05

ÛV|R U 100| < 7.2W S ÛVU7.2 < ñ U 100 < 7.2W


5

S ÛV100 U 7.2 < ñ < 100 + 7.2W


M1

S ÛV92.8 < ñ < 107.2W


60°
92.8 U 102 107.2 U 102
S Ûx <(< y
4 4
M1
30°
S ÛVU2.3 < ( < 1.3W
P
S 4V2.3W + 4V1.3W
B1

25 m S 0.4893 + 0.4032 S 0.8925 M1 A1

A 05
O
6

1 R
For vertical motion, 3.4 3.8
u S áj sin k U ~j A
4.1
2 cVRW u
1
2.05 2.13
B1
U25 S 12j sin 30° U × 9.8j A
2 u U 2.05 4.1 U 3.4
U25 S 6j U 4.9j A S
M1
2.13 U 2.05 3.8 U 3.4
4.9j A U 6j U 25 S 0 0.7
M1

6 ± qVU6WA U 4 × 4.9 × VU25W RT S 2.05 + × 0.08 S 2.19


B1
0.4
jSRS
2 × 4.9 ∴ cV4.1W S 2.19
j S 2.953, or, j S U1.728
M1 A1
B1 (ii).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 341 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 342
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

RS3
R
R
1 A
3.0 3.2 Taking moments about the x-axis,
b b
ué û u ËR S é û
u ËR
cVRW
B1
2
1.82 1.72 1.95
t t
b
1 b
RU3 1.72 U 1.82 u û R A ËR S û R b ËR
S t t 2
3.2 U 3 1.95 U 1.82 1 b
1 b
U0.1 u „ R H… S „ R½…
M1
R S3+ × 0.2 S 2.8462 3 10
0.13
M1
t t
∴ c V1.72W S 2.8462
FT 64 1024
uS
A1

3 10
24
uS
5
è S 4.5 m sFT , a S 12 cmA S 0.0012 mA , ℎ S 6 m, é S 1000 kg mFH
05

The centre of gravity is VR, uW S K3, ½ P.


7 Ab B1

 S aèé S 0.0012 × 4.5 × 1000 S 5.4 kg s FT


Mass of water raised and issued per second A1
B1

Û. ø S ~ℎ S 5.4 × 9.8 × 6 S 317.52 J s FT


Potential energy given to raise the water 05

U0
Â
M1 9 (a).
2 Í
1 1 ur S , ℎS b
S
Kinetic energy given to raise the water
\. ø S è A S × 5.4 × V4.5WA S 54.675 J s FT q1 U Rr A 5U1 16
2 2
B1
M1

P.`.BL S Û. ø + \. ø S 317.52 + 54.675 S 372.195 J s FT € Rr ut , ub uT , … uH


Rate at which the pump is working,

0
M1 A1
Í
0 2

16
1 2.0397
when u S 0, RS0 B1-for all Rr
05
8 2Í
16
2 2.1747

3Í B1-for all ur
16
3 2.4749


16
4 3.2311

sums 5.2311 6.6893

2 1
W

û ËR ≈ ℎ†Vut + ub W + 2VuT + ⋯ + uH W‡
ä

√1 U R A
t 2
1 Í
Let é be the weight per unit area. ≈ × †5.2311 + 2 × 6.6893‡ S 1.8270 ≈ 1.827 V3 d. pW
2 16
M1 A1
Taking moments about the y-axis, (b).
b b
2
W W

Ré û u ËR S é û Ru ËR û
ä
ËR S ˆ 2 sinFT R‰
ä

√1 U R A
M1
t t t t
b b Í
R û R A ËR S û R H ËR S 2 sin FT
U 2 sin 0 S 1.807 V3 d. pW
FT
4
M1 B1 A1
t t
1 b
1 b
R „ RH… S „ R b… Absolute error S |1.807 U 1.827| S 0.02
(c).
3 4
M1 M1 A1
t t
64
B1
R S 64
The absolute error can be reduced by increasing the number of
3
ordinates.

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 343 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 344
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

3 Å 2 6 18 1
3 11 11 11 RÛVñ S RW
B1-

11 1 18 36
12
Å
6 11 11
Sums
R A ÛVñ S RW
10 B1-

B1-ÛVñ ≤ RW
(i).
­ ÛVñ S RW S 1
B1 B1

Ð L
11
ÅS1
6
6
M1
ÅS
By cosine rule,
11
V2}WA S ÛA + ÛA U 2ÛA cosV180° U 2fW
Case 1:
A1
4}A S 2ÛA V1 + cos 2fW ⟶ V1W øVñ + 1WA S øVñ A + 2ñ + 1W S øVñ A W + 2øVñW + 1
M1 (ii).

36 18 83
B1 M1
} A S ÛA + ÛA U 2ÛA cosV180° U 2gW S +2× +1S
Case 2:
11 11 11
}A S 2Û AV1 + cos 2gW ⟶ V2W M1 A1
Equation V1W ÷ V2W gives; Median S 1
(iii).
M1
4}A 2ÛA V1 + cos 2fW 3fD decile S 1
S A
B1 B1
}A 2Û V1 + cos 2gW
B1
1 + cos 2f
4S
1 + cos 2g
12
M1
4 + 4 cos 2g S 1 + cos 2f
12

4 + 4V2 cos A g U 1W S 1 + cos 2f


4 + 8 cosA g U 4 S 1 + cos 2f
B1
8 cosA g S 1 + cos 2f
8 cos A g U cos 2f U 1 S 0
B1

When f S b
Â
(b).

Í
8 cos A g U cos K2 × P U 1 S 0
4
8 cosA g U 0 U 1 S 0
M1 B1

8 cosA g S 1
1 1 1
(a).
cos g S ± cA S ô}A S
× 3~ S × 3 × 9.8 S 9.8 N
√8 3 3
g S 69.3° , or, g S 110.7° 1 1 98
cH S ô}H S × 2~ S × 2 × 9.8 S N
B1
A1 3 3 15

10~ sin 60° U T S 10X


12 For 10 kg mass,

98 sin 60° U T S 10X ⟶ V1W


11
R ÛVñ S RW ÛVñ S RW RÛVñ S RW R A ÛVñ S RW ÛVñ ≤ RW B1

T U VA + cA W S 3X
For 3 kg mass,
1 Å 6 6 6 6 B1-ÛVñ S RW
11 11 11 11 T U A U 9.8 S 3X ⟶ V2W
2 Å 3 6 12 9
B1-ÛVñ S RW
with k B1

A U cH S 2X
For 2 kg mass,
2 11 11 11 11
with k
substituted

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 345 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 346
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

98 ÛVî ∩ W ÛVn¿ ∩ ³ ¿ ∩ îW
A U S 2X ⟶ V3W ÛVî⁄W = =
15 ÛVW ÛVW
Equation V1W + V2W + V3W gives, 0.3 × 0.2 × 0.65 0.039 39
B1

98 = = = ≈ 0.2021
98 sin 60° U 9.8 U S 10X + 3X + 2X 0.193 0.193 193
15
M1 M1 A1

68.5372 S 15X
M1

X S 4.5691 m sFA
12
A1 14 (a).

From equation V3W


(b). Flow chart:

98 98
A S + 2X S + 2 × 4.5691 S 15.6715 N
15 15
From equation V1W
M1 A1
T S 98 sin 60° U 10X S 98 sin 60° U 10 × 4.5691 S 39.1795 N
M1 A1
(c).

B3

} S 2 × 39.1795 cos 60° S 39.1795 N


M1 A1
12

3 2 3 5
13 (a).
ÛVaW S , ێa′  S , ÛVnW S , ێn ′  S
5 5 8 8
ÛVdifferent countriesW S ێa′ ∩ n ′  + ێa ∩ n ′ + ێa′ ∩ n
2 5 3 5 2 3 ± | a
Dry run:
= × + × + ×
5 8 5 8 5 5
31
M1 M1 M1
=
1 1 1
40
2 5 2.5
A1
3 14 14/3
ÛVnW = 0.7 , ێn ′  S 0.3 , ÛV³W S 0.8 , ێ³ ′  S 0.2
(b).
4 30 7.5 B1 B1
3 5
ÛVîW S 0.65 , ێî′  S 0.35 , ÛVnW S , ێn ′  S
5 55 11
8 8
6 91 91/6

let, u S 2 FL + 3R U 4
(b).
ÛVW S ێn ∩ ³ ′ ∩ î′  + ێn′ ∩ ³ ∩ î′  + ێn ′ ∩ ³ ′ ∩ î
(i). Let T denote event that she passes at most one subject.

+ ێn′ ∩ ³ ′ ∩ î′ 
R
= 0.7 × 0.2 × 0.35 + 0.3 × 0.8 × 0.35 + 0.3 × 0.2 × 0.65 + 0.3
u
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
× 0.2 × 0.35
M1 M1 M1
-3 -1.9 -0.6 0.7 2.1 3.6 5.0 B1
= 0.049 + 0.084 + 0.039 + 0.021 = 0.193
M1
A1
(ii).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 347 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 348
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

A1
12
15 (a). Method 1: Geometrical method

B1 B1

A
è A = 10A + Ž√8 − 2 × 10 × √8 cos 105°
è S √122.6410 S 11.0743 m sFT
M1
sin k sin 105°
S
M1 A1

√8 11.0743
√8 sin 105°
M1
sin k S S 0.2467, ⟹ k S 14.282°
11.0743
From the graph, the root Rt S 1.25.
Bearing = 270 + 60 + 14.282 = 344.282°
B1
A1
cVRW S 2 FL + 3R U 4
(b). (i).
U10 cos 60°
«o S x√8
Method 2: Vector Method
cos 45°y
cV1.25W S 2 FT.b½ + 3 × 1.45 U 4 S 0.0365  «o S K P m s FT, m sFT
~ 10 sin 60° ~ √8 sin 45°
 « o S «  U «o
~ ~ ~
R RT
U10 cos 60° cos 45°y
« S  «o + « o S K P + x√8
1 1.25
cVRW ~ ~ ~ 10 sin 60° √8 sin 45°
U3
-0.6 0 0.0365
SK P m s FT
RT U 1 0 U VU0.6W 10.6603
S ª«o ª S qVU3WA + V10.6603WA S 11.0744 m s FT
M1 A1
1.25 U 1 0.0365 U VU0.6W ~
0.6
RT S 1 + × 0.25 S 1.2357
M1 A1
0.6365.
M1
|RT U Rt| S |1.2357 U 1.25| S 0.0143

cV1.228W S 2 FT.AH½B + 3 × 1.2357 U 4 S U0.00227

R 1.2357 RA 1.25
cVRW 3
tan k = , ⟹ k S 15.718°
-0.00227 0 0.0365
10.6603
RA U 1.2357 0 U VU0.00227W Bearing = 360 − 15.718 = 344.282°
S
B1
1.25 U 1.2357 0.0365 U VU0.00227W A1
0.00227 H
(b).
RA S 1.2357 + × 0.0143 S 1.2365 Ø S û .  Ëj
M1
0.03877 t ~ ~
|RA U RT | S |1.2365 U 1.2357| S 0.0008
∴ root = 1.24 V2 d. pW B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 349 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 350
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

cos 2j cos 2j 3.75 U ³. ´µ


but .  S ¶ sin 2j · . ¶ sin 2j · S cos A 2j + sinA 2j + j A S 1 + j A ÛT½ S zT + x yZ
~ ~ cT
j j 3.75 U 3
B1 B1
H H
1 H S 20 + x y × 5 S 20.9375
Ø S û .  Ëj S 2 û V1 + j A W Ëj S 2 „j + j H … 4
~ ~ 3 t Upper limit S ÛKTttFgP S Ûܽ
M1 M1 B1
t t
1 E
S 2 x3 + × 3H y U 0 S 24 W 85 85
3 85./ percentile position S ±S ×S 21.25
M1 A1
100 100
21.25 U ³. ´µ
Ûܽ S zA + x yZ
cA
12
21.25 U 17
S 40 + x y × 5 S 53.5417
6 B1
Middle 70% age range S Ûܽ U ÛT½
16 (a).
S 53.5417 U 20.9375 S 32.6042
³. ´ c Z c⁄Z R cR cR A
A1
Mar Class
ks boundarie
12
s

B1-for c⁄Z
<10 0 0 0 – 10
<20 3 3 10 0.3 15 45 675 10 – 20 ***END***

B1-for cR
<25 7 4 5 0.8 22.5 90 2025 20 – 25
<30 15 8 5 1.6 27.5 220 6050 25 – 30

B1-for cR A
<50 17 2 20 0.1 40 80 3200 30 – 50
<55 23 6 1.2 52.5 16537. 50 – 55
5 315 5
<65 25 2 10 0.2 60 120 7200 55 – 65
Total 25 870 35687.
5

∑ cR 870
(i).
Mean height S S S 34.8
∑c 25 M1 A1
(ii).
∑ cR A ∑ cR 35687.5 870 A
A
Variance S U§ ¨ S Ux y S 216.46
∑c ∑c 25 25
M1 A1

∆T S 1.6 U 0.8 S 0.8, ∆A S 1.6 U 0.1 S 1.5


(iii).

∆T 0.8
Mode S z² + x y c S 25 + x y × 5 S 26.7391
∆T + ∆A 0.8 + 1.5 M1 A1

100 U f S 70
(iv).

f S 30
f
S 15
2
Lower limit S Ûg S ÛT½
E
15 15
15 percentile position S
./
±S × 25 S 3.75
100 100

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 351 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 352
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 7: Show that 2 log 4 + A log 25 − log 20 = 2 log 2.


T
P425/1 [5]
PURE
Qn 8: The region bounded by the curve u = R A − 2R and the R −axis from
MATHEMATICS
R = 0 to R = 2 is rotated about the R −axis. Calculate the volume of
PAPER 1
Nov./Dec. 2018
the solid formed. [5]
3 hours
Section B (60 Marks)
UGANDA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS BOARD Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.

S.6 MATH 1 UNEB 2018


The position vectors of the vertices of a triangle are h , œ and Þ , where £ is the
Question 9:
~ ~ ~
Time: 3 Hours
origin. Show that its area VaW is given by
A A A
NAME: COMB: 4aA S ªœª ªÞª U Kœ . ÞP
~ ~ ~ ~

1
INSTRUCTIONS:
2
Hence, find the area of a triangle when œ S K P and Þ S K P.
[6]
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
~ 3 ~ 4
section B. [6]
 Show your working clearly.

Section A (40 Marks)


Express 5 + 12 in polar form. Hence, evaluate IqV5 + 12W , giving your answer
Question 10:
Answer all the questions in this section
in the form X + Y where X and Y are corrected to two decimal places.
Qn 1: In a triangle an³, X S 7 cm, Y S 4 cm and Z S 5 cm. Find the value of:
(a). cos a,
[12]

(b). sin a.
Question 11:
with respect to R.
[5] LI
qVTFAL E W
(a). Differentiate [6]
LNb
=
¼FA
S
*NT
The period,  of a swing of a simple pendulum of length, Ñ is given by the
Ü A Fb
Qn 2: Determine the angle between the line and the plane (b).
4R + 3u U 3 + 1 S 0.
4Í A Ñ
[5] equation
A S
Qn 3: Find & R A 2 L ËR. ~
where ~ is the acceleration due to gravity.
[5]

Qn 4: Express the function cVRW S R A + 12R + 32, in the form XVR + YWA + Z. An error of 2% is made in measuring the length, Ñ. Determine the
Hence find the minimum value of the function cVRW. [5] resulting percentage error in the period, . [6]

Qn 5: A point Û moves such that its distances from two points aVU2, 0W and
nV8, 6W are in the ratio aÛ: Ûn = 3: 2. Show that the locus of Û is a
Question 12:
Show that tan 4k S ä E , where j S tan k.
blVTFl E W
l FGl NT
(a). [6]
circle. [5]
sin R + sin 5R = sin 2R + sin 4R for 0° < R < 90°.
(b). Solve the equation:
Qn 6: Determine the equation of the tangent to the curve u H + u A − R b = 1 at
[6]
the point V1, 1W. [5]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 353 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 354
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Question 13:
(a). The first three terms of a Geometric progression (G.P) are 4, 8 and 16.
MARKING GUIDE
SNo. Working Marks
Determine the sum of the first ten terms of the G.P. [4]
X A S YA + Z A U 2YZ cos a
1 (a).
(b). An Arithmetic progression (A.P) has a common difference of 3. A
Geometric progression (G.P) has a common ratio of 2. 7A S 4A + 5A U 2 × 4 × 5 cos a
49 S 41 U 40 cos a
M1

8 S U40 cos a
A sequence is formed by subtracting the terms of the A.P from the
1
corresponding terms of the G.P. the third term of the sequence is 4. The
cos a S U
5
sixth term of the sequence is 79. Find the first term of the: B1
A1
(i). A.P, (b).
1 A 24 1
(ii). G.P. [8]
sin a S q1 U cos A a S ¦1 U xU y S ¦ S √24
5 25 5
M1 A1
Question 14:
Evaluate:
&tE sin 5R cos 3R ËR.
W
8
05

direction vector, » S ¶ 2 ·, normal vector,


(a). [6] 2
√I
ÀL ~
&tE U4
B1
JNbL E 4
(b). . [6]
šS¶ 3 ·
U3
~

Let k be the angle between the given line and plane.


Question 15:
The line S R + Z is a tangent to the ellipse ÐE + µE S 1.
LE ¼E
š. »
sin k S ~ ~
(a). Obtain an expression for Z in terms of X, Y, and . [6] ªšª ª»ª
~ ~
(b). Calculate the gradients of the tangents to the ellipse through the point 4 8
KqVXA + Y A W, 0P. ¶ 3 ·.¶ 2 ·
U3 U4
[6]
sin k S
q4A + 3A + VU3WA × q8A + 2A + VU4WA M1 M1 M1
32 + 6 + 12
sin k S
Question 16:
√34 × √84
The rate at which the temperature of a body falls is proportional to the
k S 69.3255°
M1
The temperature of the body is initially 60℃. After 15 minutes, the
difference between the temperature of the body and that of its surrounding.
A1

temperature of the body is 50℃. The temperature of the surrounding is 10℃. 05


(a). Form a differential equation for the temperature of the body. [9] 3
Sign Differentiati Integratio
30℃.
(b). Determine the time it takes for the temperature of the body to reach
+ RA
on n
2L
[3]
***END*** U R 2L
+ 1 2L
U 0
M1 M1
2L

∴ û R A 2 L ËR S R A 2 L U R2 L + 2 L + Z B1 B1 B1

Ëè Ëá
Alternatively:
let á S R A and S 2L, ⟹ S R, è S 2L
ËR ËR

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 355 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 356
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Ëè Ëá
ûá ËR S áè U û è ËR 1
ËR ËR
05
2 log 4 + log 25 U log 20
2
7
û R A 2 L ËR S R A 2 L U û R2 L ËR
S log 4A + log √25 U log 20
Ëè Ëá S log 16 + log 5 U log 20
B1 B1
for á S R and S 2L, ⟹ S 1, èS2 L
ËR ËR 16 × 5
S log x y
∴ û R 2 ËR S R 2 U „R2 U û 2 ËR…
A L A L L L 20
S log 4
M1

S R A 2 L U R2 L + 2 L + Z S log 2A
S 2 log 2
B1
A1

12 A 12 A
05

cVRW S xR + y U x y + 32 S VR + 6WA U 4
4
2 2
05

Hence, †cVRW‡\] S 0A U 4 S U4
M1 M1 B1 8

M1 A1

Let the variable point be ÛVR, uW


05

aÛ: Ûn S 3: 2
5

2aÛ S 3Ûn
2qVR + 2WA + Vu U 0WA S 3qVR U 8WA + Vu U 6WA
4VR A + 4R + 4 + u A W
M1
S 9VR A U 16R + 64 + u A U 12u + 36W
4R A + 16R + 16 + 4u A
M1 M1
S 9R A U 144R + 9u A U 108u + 900 element of volume, Çè S Íu A ÇR
A A
5R A + 5u A U 160R U 108u + 884 S 0 total volume, è S û Íu A ËR S Í û VR A U 2RWA ËR
Since R A and u A have the same coefficients and the rest of the
B1
t t
A
M1
S Í û VR b U 4R H + 4R A W ËR
terms are linear, then the locus is a circle. B1
t
1 4 A
M1
Ë H Ë S Í „ R ½ U R b + R H…
05
Vu + u A U R b W S V1W 5 3
ËR ËR
6
t
1 4 16
M1
Ëu Ëu S Íx ×2 U2 + ×2 yU0 S
½ b H
Í cubic units
3u A + 2u U 4R H S 0 5 3 15
ËR ËR
B1 A1
Ëu
M1
V3u A + 2uW S 4R H
ËR
05
Ëu 4R H
S
9
ËR 3u A + 2u
B1

At the point V1, 1W,


4 × 1H 4
Gradient of tangent S S
B1
3 × 1A + 2 × 1 5

uU1 4
The required equation of the tangent is given by:
S
RU1 5
M1

4 4
uU1S RU
5 5
4 1
uS R+
5 5 1
A1
Area S × base × height
2

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 357 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 358
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1 When € S 2
aS ¡¡¡¡¡⃗¬¬}
¬-| ¡¡¡¡¡⃗¬
2 A S 13I †cosV22.46 + 240W +  sinV22.46 + 240W‡
O

¡¡¡¡¡⃗¬¬-}
2a S ¬-| ¡¡¡¡¡⃗ sin k¬
S 13I †cos 262.46° +  sin 262.46°‡
O

1
M1 M1
2a S ªÞª ªœ sin kª
S 13I †U0.1312 U 0.9913‡ S U0.03 U 2.33
O
B1
2 ~ ~
2a S ªÞª ªœª |sin k|
A1
B1
~ ~
12
A A
Squaring both sides gives,
4aA S ªœª ªÞª |sinA k| RH
11 (a).
~ ~ let u S
M1
A A
4aA S ªœª ªÞª |1 U cosA k| qV1 U 2R AW
~ ~ Ëá
áSR , ⟹ S 3R A
B1
A A A A H
4aA S ªœª ªÞª U ªœª ªÞª |cosA k| ËR
~ ~ ~ ~
Ëè 1
O O
A A A Q
4aA S ªœª ªÞª U KªÞª ªœª |cos k|P è S V1 U 2R A W , ⟹ S V1 U 2R A W × VU4RW
B1
E E

~ ~ ~ ~ ËR 2 O
but œ . Þ S ªÞª ªœª cos k
B1
Q
S U2RV1 U 2R A W
E
~ ~ ~ ~
A A A
∴ 4aA S ªœª ªÞª U Kœ . ÞP , Ëu è ÀL U á ÀL
À
À
as required
B1
~ ~ ~ ~ S
ËR èA
B1

A A A O O
(b).
4aA S ªœª ªÞª U Kœ . ÞP
Q
V1 U 2R A W × 3R A + R H × 2RV1 U 2R A W
E E

~ ~ ~ ~ S
A
2 1 A A V1 U 2R A W
4a S Kq2A
M1 M1
A
+ 3A P Kq1A
U ˆK P . K P‰ + 4A P
3 4
O O
Q
3R A V1 U 2R A W + 2R b V1 U 2R A W
E E
4aA S 13 × 17 U V2 + 12WA
M1 M1 M1
S
4aA S 25 V1 U 2R A W
M1

2a S 5
O
Q
R A V1 U 2R A W †3V1 U 2R AW + 2R A ‡
E
a S 2.5 sq. units
B1
S
V1 U 2R A W
A1 B1
R A V3 U 4R A W
S
let  S 5 + 12
12
V1 U 2R A W
HM
A
|| S q5A + 12A S 13
10 A1

12 Ë A Ë 4Í A Ñ
(b).
argVW S tanFT x y S 67.38° V W S § ¨
B1
5 ËÑ ËÑ ~
∴  S 13Vcos 67.38° +  sin 67.38°W
B1
Ë 4Í A
2 S
B1

ËÑ ~
qV5 + 12W S I√
For the hence part: M1 M1
I
Ë 4Í A
67.38 + 360€ 67.38 + 360€ S
y +  sin x
O
S 13I „cos x y… ËÑ 2~
B1
3 3 Ë
B1

S 13I †cosV22.46 + 120€W +  sinV22.46 + 120€W‡ but, Ç ≈ × ÇÑ


O

ËÑ
When € S 0 4Í A 2
Ç S × Ñ
T S 13I †cos 22.46° +  sin 22.46°‡
O
2~ 100
4Í Ñ
A
M1
S 13 †0.9241 + 0.3820‡ S 2.17 + 0.90
O
I
Ç S
M1
When € S 1
A1 100~
Ç 4Í A Ñ
A S 13I †cosV22.46 + 120W +  sinV22.46 + 120W‡
O
percentage error in  S × 100 S § ÷ ¨ × 100
 100~
S 13I †cos 142.46° +  sin 142.46°‡
M1
O M1
4Í Ñ 4Í Ñ
A A
~
S 13I †U0.7929 + 0.6093‡ S U1.86 + 1.43 S S × A S1
O

~ A ~ 4Í Ñ
B1 A1
A1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 359 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 360
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

4XT U XA U 6 S 4, ⟹ 4XT U XA S 10 ⟶ V1W


32XT U XA U 15 S 79, ⟹ 32XT U XA S 94 ⟶ V2W
12 B1

tan 2k + tan 2k Equation V2W U V1W gives:


12 (a). B1
z. {. | S tan 4k S tanV2k + 2kW S 32XT U XA S 94 ⟶ V2W
1 U tan 2k tan 2k
2 K EP K EP U ® 4XT U XA S 10 ® ⟶ V1W
M1
Al bl
2 tan 2k
S S S 28XT S 84
M1
TFl TFl
1 U tanA 2k Al A VTFl E WE Fbl E
ˆ VTFl E WE ‰ XT S 3
1 U KTFl E P
B1 M1 B1

From equation V1W,


A1
4jV1 U j A W 4jV1 U j A W
S S , as required 4 × 3 U XA S 10, ⟹ XA S 2
1 U 2j A + j b U 4j A j b U 6j A + 1
B1 B1 M1 A1
(i). The first term of the A.P is 2.
sin R + sin 5R S sin 2R + sin 4R
(b).
(ii). The first term of the A.P is 3.
sin 5R + sin R S sin 4R + sin 2R
5R + R 5R U R 4R + 2R 4R U 2R
2 sin x y cos x y S 2 sin x y cos x y
12
2 2 2 2
14 (a).
1
M1 M1
sin 3R cos 2R S sin 3R cos R
W W

û sin 5R cos 3R ËR S û Vsin 8R + sin 2R W ËR


E E

sin 3R cos 2R U sin 3R cos R S 0 2 t


M1
t
sin 3R Vcos 2R U cos RW S 0 1 1 1
W

2R + R 2R U R S „U cos 8R U cos 2R…


E

sin 3R „U2 sin x y sin x y… S 0 2 8 2


B1 M1
2 2 1 1 1 1
t
1
3R R S U „x cos 4Í + cos Íy U x cos 0 + cos 0y…
U2 sin 3R sin x y sin K P S 0 2 8 2 8 2
M1 M1
2 2 1 1 1 1 1
3R R S U „x U y U x + y…
sin 3R S 0, or, sin x y S 0, or, sin K P S 0 2 8 2 8 2
B1
2 2 1
for sin 3R S 0, 3R S 0°, 180°, 360°, 540°,
B1
S
2
A1
⟹ R S 0°, 60°, 120°, 180°
3R 3R
for sin x y S 0, S 0°, 180°, ⟹ R S 0°, 120° 3 2R
(b).
2 2 let 4R A S 9tanA á, ⟹ R S tan á and á S tanFT x y
R R 2 3
for sin K P S 0, S 0°, ⟹ R S 0° ËR 3 3
2 2 S secA á , ⟹ ËR S sec A á Ëá
For the range 0° < R < 180°, Ëá 2 2
R S 0°, 60°, 120°, 180° ËR 1 3 3 secA á
B1 B1
û ËR S û . x sec A
á Ëáy S û Ëá
9 + 4R A 9 + 9tan á 2
A 2 9secA á
1 1 1 2R
M1
S û Ëá S á + Z S tanFT x y + Z
6 6 6 3
12

8
13 (a). B1
ËR 1 2R E
√I √I
X S 4, ÄS S2
û S „tanFT x y…
E
4
Är U 1 9 + 4R A 6 3 t
B1 B1
t
|r S X x y 1 2 √3
ÄU1 S ÉtanFT § × ¨ U tanFT 0Ê
2Tt U 1 6 3 2
|Tt S 4 § ¨ S 4092 1 Í Í
2U1
M1
S K U 0P S
6 6 36
M1 A1
(b). M1 A1

XT XA XT U XA
Term G.P A.P sequence
First 12

RA uA
15 (a).
XT × 2A XA + 2 × 3 4XT U XA U 6
term
+ S1
S 4XT S XA + 6 XA YA
Third

R A VR + ZWA
B1
XT × 2½ XA + 5 × 3 32XT U XA
term
+ S1
S 32XT S XA + 15 U 15 XA YA
Sixth
term B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 361 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 362
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Y A R A + X A VR + ZWA S XA YA Accept: k S 10 + 502 FÆl , where Å = − T½


L] t.Ü

YA R A + X A A R A + 2X A ZR + X A Z A S XA YA
M1
(b). When k = 30℃,
VYA + X A AWR A + 2XA ZR + X A VZ A U Y A W S 0 ⟶ V1W 30 − 10 ln 0.8
Comparing equation V1W with the general quadratic equation ln x y=j
B1

aR A + nR + ³ S 0, it implies that 50 15
M1
ln 0.8
a S VYA + XAA W, n S 2X AZ, and, ln 0.4 = j
15
³ S X A VZ A U Y A W
B1
15 ln 0.4
j= = 61.5943 minutes
ln 0.8
n A U 4a³ S 0
Therefore, for tangency, A1

V2X A ZWA U 4X A VZ A U YA WVY A + X A A W S 0


4Xb A Z A S 4X A VZ A U YA WVYA + XA A W
12
X A A Z A S Y A Z A + X A  A Z A U Y b + X A  A Y A
M1

0 S Y AZ A U Y b + XA A YA
0 S Z A U Y A + XA A
M1 ***END***

Z A S Y A + X A A
B1

u S R + Z
(b). B1 P425/2

0 S  × qVXA + Y A W ± qVY A + X A A W
APPLIED

UqVXA + Y AW S ±qVYA + X A A W
M1 M1
MATHEMATICS

 A VXA + YA W S VYA + X A AW


PAPER 2
 A X A + A Y A S Y A + X A  A
Nov./Dec. 2018
A Y A S Y A
M1 3 hours
A S 1
 S ±1
B1
The gradients are 1 and U1.
A1 A1 UGANDA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS BOARD
S.6 MATH 2 UNEB 2018
(a). Let k be the temperature of the body at a time j.
12

Ëk
16 Time: 3 Hours
∝ Vk U 10W
Ëj
Ëk
B1
S UÅVk U 10W
NAME: COMB:
Ëj
Where Å is the proportionality constant.
B1 INSTRUCTIONS:
Ëk
û S û UÅ Ëj
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
Vk U 10W section B.
lnVk U 10W S UÅj + Z  Show your working clearly.
But k S 60℃ when j S 0,
M1 M1

lnV60 U 10W S UÅ × 0 + Z, ⟹ Z S ln 50
lnVk U 10W S UÅj + ln 50
M1 B1 Section A (40 Marks)
k U 10
Answer all the questions in this section
ln x y S UÅj
50
Also k S 50℃ when j S 15, Qn 1: A stone is thrown vertically upwards with a velocity of 21 m s FT .
50 U 10
ln x y S U15Å
50
Calculate the:
ln 0.8 S U15Å
M1 (a). maximum height attained by the stone. [3]
ln 0.8
ÅSU
(b). time the stone takes to reach the maximum height. [2]
15
B1

k U 10 ln 0.8
ln x ySj
50 15
B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 363 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 364
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 2: Two events a and n are such that ÛVa⁄n W S , ÛVnW S and ÛVaW S .
A T T
½ b ½
Section B (60 Marks)
(a). ÛVa ∩ nW.
Find:
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.
(b). ÛVa ∪ nW.
[2]
[3]

Qn 3: The table below shows how  varies with |.


Question 9:
The frequency distribution below shows the ages of 240 students admitted to a
certain University.

|
-2.9 -0.1 2.9 3.1
18U< 19
30 20 12 9 Age (years) Number of students

19U< 20
24

20U< 24
70
(a).  when | S 26.
Use linear interpolation/extrapolation to estimate the value of:

(b). | when  S 3.4. 24U< 26


[3] 76

26U< 30
[2] 48

30U< 32
16
Qn 4: A particle of mass 15 kg is pulled up a smooth slope by a light 6
inextensible string parallel to a slope . The slope is 10.5 m long inclined
at sinFT K P to the horizontal. The acceleration of the particle is
b (a). Calculate the mean age of the students. [4]
B
0.98 m s FA. Determine the:
(b). (i). Draw the histogram for the given data.
(ii). Use the histogram to estimate the modal age. [8]
(a). tension in the string. [3]
(b). work done against gravity when the particle reaches the end of the Question 10:
A particle of mass 4 kg starts from rest at a point x2• U 3– + žy m. It moves
slope. [2]
~ ~ ~

with acceleration  S x4• + 2– U 3žy m s FA


when a constant force, ’, acts on
Qn 5: The price index of an article in 2000 based on 1998 was 130. The price
index of the article in 2005 based on 2000 was 80. Calculate the: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

(a). force ’ .
(a). price index of the article in 2005 based on 1998. [3] it. Find the:
~
(b). price of the article in 1998 if the article was 45,000 in 2005. [2]
velocity at any time j.
[2]

Qn 6: Two numbers a and n have maximum possible errors 2Ð and 2µ


work done by the force ’after 6 seconds.
(b). [4]
~
(c). [6]
respectively.

(b). If a S 2.03 and n S 1.547, find the maximum possible error in


(a). Write an expression for the maximum possible error in their sum.

a + n.
Question 11:
(a). Use trapezium rule with 6-ordinates to estimate the value of
&tE VR + sin RW ËR, correct to three decimal places.
[5]
W

Qn 7: In an equilateral triangle ÛH}, three forces of magnitude 5 N, 10 N and 8


[6]
(i). Evaluate &t VR + sin RW ËR, correct to three decimal places. [3]
W
N act along the sides ÛH, H} and Û} respectively. Their forces are in the (b). E

order of the letters. Find the magnitude of the resultant force. [5] (ii). Calculate the error in your estimation in (a) above. [2]
(iii). Suggest how the error may be reduced. [1]
Qn 8: A biased coin is such that a head is three times as likely to occur as a tail.

A random variable ñ has a normal distribution where ÛVñ > 9W S 0.9192 and
The coin is tossed 5 times. Find the probability that at most two tails Question 12:

ÛVñ < 11W S 0.7580. Find:


occur. [5]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 365 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 366
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

ÛVñ > 10W.


(a). the values of the mean and standard deviation. [8] Boxes A B C
(b). [4] Red balls 4 6 3
Green balls 2 7 5
Question 13:

the beam is hinged at a and has a load of mass 2 kg attached at n. without replacement. If the random variable ñ is “the number of green balls
The figure below shows a uniform beam of length 0.8 metres and mass 1 kg. A box is chosen at random and two balls are then drawn from it successively

(a). draw a probability distribution table for ñ.


drawn”,

(b). calculate the mean and variance of ñ.


[6]
[6]

At 10:00 am, ship a and ship n are 16 km apart. Ship a is on a bearing ± 35° ø
Question 16:

from ship n. Ship a is travelling at 14 km hFT on a bearing | 29° ø. Ship n is


travelling at 17 km hFT on a bearing ± 50° ø. Determine the:
(a). velocity of ship n relative to ship a. [5]
(b). closest distance between the two ships and the time when it occurs. [7]

***END***

0.5 metres. The string joins the mid-point î of the beam of a point ³ vertically
The beam is held in a horizontal position by a light inextensible string of length

above a. Find the:


(a). tension in the string. [8]
(b). magnitude and direction of the force exerted by the hinge. [4]

(a). Draw on the same axes the graphs of the curves u S 2 U 2 FL and u S √R
Question 14:

for 2 ≤ R ≤ 5. [5]

equation 2 FL + √R U 2 S 0 lies. Hence, use Newton Raphson’s method to


(b). Determine from your graphs the interval within which the root of the

find the root of the equation correct to 3 decimal places.


[7]

Question 15:

boxes a, n and ³.
The table below shows the number of red and green balls put in three identical

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 367 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 368
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

MARKING GUIDE
SNo. Working Marks

è A S á A U 2~à
1 (a).

0 S 21A U 2 × 9.8 × ℎB[


441 S 19.6ℎB[
M1

441
ℎB[ S S 22.5 m
19.6 M1 A1

è S á U ~j
(b).

0 S 21 U 9.8 × j
9.8j S 21
M1

j S 2.1429 s A1

05
 U 15~ sin k S 15 × 0.98
(a).
1 2 1
2 (a).
ÛVa ∩ nW = ÛVnW. ÛVa⁄n W = × = 4
4 5 10  U 15 × 9.8 × S 14.7
7
M1 A1 M1 M1
 U 84 S 14.7
ÛVa ∪ nW S ÛVaW + ÛVnW U ÛVa ∩ nW
(b).
 S 98.7 N
1 1 1 7
= + − =
5 4 10 20
A1
4
(b).
Vertical height, ℎ S 10.5 sin k S 10.5 × S 6 m
M1 M1 A1
7
05 Work done against gravity S ~ℎ
3 (a). S 15 × 9.8 × 6 S 882 J
-2.9  -0.1 M1 A1
30 26 20 B1 05
 − V−2.9W 26 − 30 ÛAttt ÛAttt
5 (a).
= × 100 S 130, ⟹ ÛTJJÜ S
−0.1 − V−2.9W 20 − 30 ÛTJJÜ 1.3
 + 2.9 −4
M1

= ÛAtt½
2.8 −10 × 100 S 80, ⟹ ÛAtt½ S 0.8ÛAttt
ÛAttt
M1

 = 0.4 × 2.8 − 2.9 = −1.78 ÛAtt½ 1.3


ÝAtt½ S × 100 S 0.8ÛAttt × × 100 S 104
A1
ÛTJJÜ ÛAttt
(b). M1 A1

|
2.9 3.1 3.4
ÛAtt½
(b).
ÝAtt½ S × 100
12 9

|−9 3.4 − 3.1 ÛTJJÜ


= 45,000
12 − 9 2.9 − 3.1 104 S × 100
|−9 0.3 ÛTJJÜ
M1 M1
= 4,500,000
3 −0.2 ÛTJJÜ S S shs 43,269.23077
| = −1.5 × 3 + 9 = 4.5 104
A1
A1

4
05 05

sinFT x y S 34.8499° Maximum possible error in sum S |2Ð | + |2µ |


6 (a).
7
4
B1

a S 2.03, ⟹ 2Ð S 0.005
(b).
B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 369 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 370
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

n S 1.547, ⟹ 2Ð S 0.0005
Maximum possible error in Va + nW
B1

S |0.005| + |0.0005| S 0.0055 M1 A1

05 B1-axes
7
B2-bars

M1-attempting
to find mode

Let ´ be the resultant force,


5 U10 cos 60° 8 cos 60° 4
’S K P+K P+K PSK PN
~ 0 10 sin 60° 8 sin 60° 15.5885 B1 B1 M1
Magnitude, ª’ª S q4A + V15.5885WA ≈ 16.0935 N
~ M1 A1 (ii). From the histogram, the modal age is 19.5 years. A1

12
let ÛVW S j, ⟹ ÛV{W S 3j
05

1 4 16
8 10 (a).

but j + 3j S 1, ⟹jS ’ S  S 4 ¶ 2 · S ¶ 8 · N
4 ~ ~
∴ d S 0.25 , e S 1 U 0.25 S 0.75 , €S5 U3 U12
M1 A1

Let ñ~nV5, 0.25W 4


0
B1
(b).
ÛVñ ≤ 2W S ÛVñ S 0W + ÛVñ S 1W + ÛVñ S 2W « S 0 + j S ¶0· + j ¶ 2 ·
S 0.2373 + 0.3955 + 0.2637
0
~ ~ ~
U3
S 0.8965
M1 M1M1 M1 M1

S x4j• + 2j– U 3jžy m sFT


A1
~ ~ ~
(c). When j S 6s,
05 A1

c R cR Z c⁄Z B1-for R 1 0 4 72
9

displacement, Þ S 0j + j A S 6 ¶0· + 18 ¶ 2 · S ¶ 36 · m
Age Class
2
0
~ ~ ~
U3 U54
M1 M1M1 B1
B1-for cR
(years) boundari
16 72
18U< 19 18 U 19
es

B1-for ∑ cR Work done = ’. Þ S ¶ 8 · . ¶ 36 ·


19U< 20 19 U 20 U12
24 18.5 444 1 24
~ ~
U54
M1

20U< 24 20 U 24 S 1152 + 288 + 648 S 2088 J


70 19.5 1365 1 70

24U< 26 24 U 26
76 22.0 1672 4 19 M1 A1
B1-class

26U< 30 26 U 30
48 25.0 1200 2 24 bloundaries
12
30U< 32 30 U 32
16 28.0 448 4 4
B1-for c⁄Z
−0
Â
11 (a).
Í
6 31.0 186 2 3
ur = Rr + sin Rr , ℎ= A
=
6−1 10
Total 240 5315
B1
∑ cR 5315
(a).
Mean age S S S 22.1458 years € Rr ut , u½ uT, … ub
∑c 240
0
M1 A1
Í
(b). (i). 0 0

10 B1-for Rr
1 0.62318

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 371 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 372
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Í Equation V2W U V1W gives,


5 B1-for ut, u½ 2 S 2.1¥
2 1.21610
3Í ¥ S 0.9524
M1

10 B1-for uT , … ub From equation V1W,


3 1.75149 A1
2Í ô S 9 + 1.4¥ S 9 + 1.4 × 0.9524 S 10.3334
5
4 2.20769 M1 A1
Í
The value of the mean is 10.3334 and the standard deviation is
2
5 2.57080 0.9524.

10 U 10.3334
(b).
ÛVñ > 10W S Û x( > y S ÛV( > 0.350W
sums 2.57080 5.79846
0.9524
1 S 0.5 U 4V0.350W S 0.5 U 0.1368 S 0.3632
W M1
û VR + sin RW ËR ≈ ℎ†Vut + ub W + 2VuT + ⋯ + uH W‡
E

t 2
1 Í
M1 A1
≈ × × †2.57080 + 2 × 5.79846‡ S 2.22546
2 10
12

≈ 2.225 V3 d. pW
M1 13 (a).

(b). (i). A1
1
W W

û VR + sin RW ËR S „ R A U cos R…
E E

t 2 t
1 ÍA Í 1
M1
S ɧ × U cos ¨ U x × 0 U cos 0yÊ
2 4 2 2
ÍA
M1
S U 0 + 1 S 2.234 V3 d. pW
8 B1

Error S |2.234 U 2.225| S 0.009


(ii).
M1 A1
(iii). The error may be reduced by increasing the number of B1
ordinates.
From triangle aî³,
0.4
cos f S S 0.8, sin f S q1 U cos A f S q1 U V0.8WA S 0.6
12
0.5
ÛVñ > 9W S 0.9192 Taking moments about a,
12 (a). B1

ÛV( > T W S 0.9192  × 0.4 sin f S 1~ × 0.4 + 2~ × 0.8


0.5 + 4VUT W S 0.9192  × 0.4 × 0.6 S 9.8 × 0.4 + 2 × 9.8 × 0.8
4VUT W S 0.4192 0.24 S 19.6
M1 M1

UT S 4 FT V0.4192W S U1.400  S 81.6667 N


T S U1.400
A1

9Uô
B1 (b).
S U1.4
¥ u + 81.6667 sin f S 1~ + 2~
Resolving vertically,

9 U ô S U1.4¥ ⟶ V1W u + 81.6667 × 0.6 S 3 × 9.8


u S 29.4 U 49.00
B1 M1 M1

ÛVñ < 11W S 0.7580 u S U19.6 N


ÛV( < A W S 0.7580
B1

0.5 + 4VA W S 0.7580 R S 81.6667 cos f


Resolving horizontally,

4VA W S 0.2580 R S 81.6667 × 0.8


A S 4 FT V0.2580W R S 65.3334 N
B1 M1

A S 0.700 Let ´ be the force exerted by the hinge,


11 U ô
B1
S 0.7
¥
11 U ô S 0.7¥ ⟶ V2W B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 373 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 374
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

From the graph, the roots lies between R = 3.5 and R = 4.0.

1 22 FL √R + 1
For the hence part:

cVRW = 2 FL + √R − 2, ⟹ c ¿ VRW = 2 FL + =
2√R 2√R
cVRr W
RrNT = Rr − ¿ , where € S 0, 1, 2, … …
c VRr W
Ž2 FLC
+ qRr − 2 × 2qRr
RrNT = Rr −
22 FLC qRr + 1
´ S qV65.3334WA + V19.6WA S 68.2101 N
The initial approximation of the root Rt = 3.5 + 8.5 × 0.05 =
M1 B1
19.6
tan k = , ⟹ k = 16.6992° 3.925.
M1 A1
65.3334
Ž2 FH.JA½ + √3.925 − 2 × 2√3.925
B1
The force exerted by the hinge is 68.2101 N in the direction RT = 3.925 − = 3.92168
M1 A1
16.6992° below the positive horizontal. 22 FH.JA½ × √3.925 + 1
B1
|RT − Rt | = |3.92168 − 3.925| = 0.00332 > 0.0005
Ž2 FH.JATGÜ + √3.92168 − 2 × 2√3.92168
let, uT = 2 − 2 FL , uA = √R RA = 3.92168 −
12
22 FH.JATGÜ × √3.92168 + 1
B1
14
= 3.92120
R |RA − RT | = |3.92120 − 3.92168| = 0.00048 < 0.0005
uT ∴ Root = 3.921 V3 d. pW
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
B1
uA
1.86 1.92 1.95 1.97 1.98 1.99 1.99 A1
1.41 1.58 1.73 1.87 2.00 2.12 2.24 B1
12

ÛVñ = 0W = ÛVno green from AW + ÛVno green from BW


15 (a).

+ ÛVno green from CW


1 A³t × b³A 1 B³t × G³A 1 ½³t × H³A
S × + × + ×
3 G
³A 3 TH
³A 3 Ü
³A M1
1 1 × 6 1 × 15 1 × 3 1273
S x + + yS
3 15 78 28 5460
B1
ÛVñ S 1W S ÛV1 green from AW + ÛV1 green from BW
B1-u = 2 − 2 FL + ÛV1 green from CW
1 A³T × b³T 1 B³T × G³T 1 ½³T × H³T
B1-u = √R S × + × + ×
3 G
³A 3 TH
³A 3 Ü
³A
M1

1 2×4 7×6 5×3 8777


S x + + yS
3 15 78 28 16380
B1
B1-axes
ÛVñ S 2W S ÛV2 green from AW + ÛV2 green from BW
M1-indicating + ÛV2 green from CW
1 A³A × b³t 1 B³A × G³t 1 ½³A × H³t
S × + × + ×
where the root
3 G
³A 3 TH
³A 3 Ü
³A
is. M1
1 1 × 1 21 × 1 10 × 1 946
S x + + yS
3 15 78 28 4095
B1

ÛVñ S 0W S ÛVno green from AW + ÛVno green from BW


Alternatively:

+ ÛVno green from CW


1 4 3 1 6 5 1 3 2 2 5 1 1273
S × × + × × + × × S + + S
3 6 5 3 13 12 3 8 7 15 78 28 5460

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 375 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 376
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

ÛVñ S 2W S ÛV2 green from AW + ÛV2 green from BW g S 50 U 34.9388 S 15.0612°


+ ÛV2 green from CW Direction S N 15.0612° E
1 2 1 1 7 6 1 5 4 1 7 5 946 The velocity of B relative to A is 23.9964 km hFTin the direction
A1
S × × + × × + × × S + + S
3 6 5 3 13 12 3 8 7 45 78 42 4095 N 15.0612° E.
1273 946 8777
ÛVñ S 1W S 1 U x + yS
5460 4095 16380
(b).

R ÛVñ S RW RÛVñ R AÛVñ S RW


S RW
0 1273 0 0
5460
B1-for Dmin

1 8777 8777 8777


16380 16380 16380
B1-for relative

B1-for ÛVñ S RW
path

2 946 1892 3784


4095 4095 4095

467 2657
468 1820
Total

¥ S 35 U 15.0612 S 19.9388°
²)r S a³ S 16 sin 19.9388° S 5.4563 km
467
(b). M1 A1
øVñW S ­ RÛVñ S RW S ≈ 0.9979 n³ 16 cos 19.9388°
468 j²)r S S S 0.6268 hours S 38 minutes
Ð L è 23.9964
M1 A1 M1 B1
A o 
1000 hours
ÁXÄVñW S ­ R A ÛVñ S RW U ¹ ­ RÛVñ S RWº
+ 0038 hours
Ð L Ð L
1038 hours
2657 467 A
S Ux y S 0.4642
A1
1820 468
M1 M1 A1 The ships are nearest each other at 10:38 am and the closest
distance between them is 5.4563 km.
Method 2: Vector method

14 sin 29° 17 sin 50°


12 (a).
« S K P km hFT , «o S K P km hFT
U14 cos 29° 17 cos 50°
16 Method 1: Geometrical method
~ ~
17 sin 50° 14 sin 29°
o « S « o U « S K
(a).
PUK P
~ ~ ~ 17 cos 50° U14 cos 29°
6.2354
SK P km hFT
23.1721
Magnitude, ª o« ª S qV6.2354WA + V23.1721WA
~
S 23.9964 km hFT
B1 B1

f S 180 U V50 + 29W S 101°


è S q 17A + 14A U 2 × 17 × 14 cos 101° S 23.9964 km hFT
M1 B1
o 
sin g sin 101° 14 sin 101°
S , ⟹ sin g S S 0.5727,
14 oè
23.9964
⟹ g S 34.9388°

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 377 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 378
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

6.2354
tan k S , ⟹ k S 15.0610°
23.1721
Direction of oè S N 15.0610° E
P425/2
APPLIED
U16 sin 35° U9.1772
(b).
o œ SK PSK P km
MATHEMATICS
~ U16 cos 35° U13.1064
U9.1772 6.2354
PAPER 2
oœ VjW S o œ + j o « S K P+jK P
U13.1064 23.1721
Nov./Dec. 2017
~ ~ ~
U9.1772 6.2354
ª oœ . o« ª ªK P.K Pª
3 hours
j²)r S ~ ~
S U13.1064 23.1721
A V23.9964WA
ª o« ª UGANDA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS BOARD
~
|U57.2235 U 303.7028|
S S 0.6268 hours S 38 minutes
V23.9964WA S.6 MATH 2 UNEB 2017
U9.1772 6.2354
o œ V0.6268W S K P + 0.6268 K P
~ U13.1064 23.1721
Time: 3 Hours
U5.2689
SK P km
1.4179
²)r S ª oœ V0.6268Wª S qVU5.2689W A + VU1.4179W A NAME: COMB:
~
S 5.4563 km INSTRUCTIONS:
1000 hours  Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
+ 0038 hours
1038 hours
section B.
∴ The ships are nearest each other at 10:38 am and the closest
 Show your working clearly.
distance between them is 5.4563 km.
Section A (40 Marks)
12 Answer all the questions in this section

Qn 1: A particle is projected from a point O with speed 20 m s FT at an angle of


60° to the horizontal. Express in vector form its velocity « and its
***END***

displacement œ, from O at any time  seconds. [5]

Qn 2: The probability that a patient suffering from a certain disease recovers is


0.4. If 15 people contracted the disease, find the probability that:
(a). more than 9 will recover. [2]
(b). between five and eight will recover. [3]

Qn 3: The table below gives values of R and the corresponding values of cVRW.

R
cVRW
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7
4.21 3.83 3.25 2.85 2.25 1.43

Use linear interpolation/extrapolation to find:


© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 379 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 380
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

cVRW when R S 0.6.


the value of Rwhen cVRW S 0.75.
(a). [3] Section B (60 Marks)
(b). [2] Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.

Qn 4: In a square ABCD, three forces of magnitudes 4 N, 10 N and 7 N act along Question 9:

ÅR ; R S 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,!
AB, AD and CA respectively. Their directions are in the order of the A discrete random variable X has a probability distribution given by
ÛVñ S RW S R
0 ; otherwise.
letters. Find the magnitude of the resultant force. [5]

Qn 5: A box A contains 1 white ball and 1 blue ball. Box B contains only 2 white whereÅ is a constant.

(a). the value of Å.


balls. If a ball is picked at random, find the probability that it is: Determine:

(b). ÛV2 < ñ < 5W.


(a). white. [3] [3]

(c). Expectation, øVñW.


(b). from box A given that it is white. [2] [2]

(d). Variance, ÁXÄVñW.


[3]
Qn 6: Given that u S + R and R S 2.4 correct to one decimal place, find the
T [4]
L
limits within which u lies. [5]
A particle of mass 3 kg is acted upon by a force ’ S 6• U 36j A – + 54jž
Question 10:
~ ~ ~ ~
Newtons at time j. At time j S 0, the particle is at the position vector
Qn 7: The table below shows the retail prices (shs) and ammount of each item

• U 5– U žand its velocity is 3• + 3– m s FT . Determine the:


bought weekly by a restaurant in 2002 and 2003.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
position vector of the particle at time j S 1 second.
Item Price (Shs) Ammount
distance of the particle from the origin at time j S 1 second.
(a). [9]
2002 2003 bought
(b). [3]
Milk (per litre) 400 500 200
Eggs (per tray) 2,500 3,000 18 Question 11:
Cooking oil (per litre) 2,400 2,100 2
&A VL EFHW ËR correct to three decimal places.
L
A student used the trapezium rule with five sub-intervals to estimate
Baking flour (per packet) 2,000 2,200 15 H

(a). Taking 2002 as the base year, calculate the weighted aggregate Determine:
price index. [3] (a). the value the student obtained. [6]
(b). In 2003, the restaurant spent shs. 450,000 on buying these items. (b). the actual value of the integral. [3]
Using the weighted aggregate price index obtained in (a), calculate (c). (i). the error the student made in the estimate.
what the restaurant could have spent in 2002. [2] (ii). How the student can reduce the error. [3]

Qn 8: The engine of a lorry of mass 5000 kg is working at a steady rate of Question 12:

a slope of inclination k° to the horizontal. If the maximum speed of the


350 kW against a constant resistance force of 1000 N. The lorry ascends The times taken for S5 students to have their lunch to the nearest minute are

lorry is 20 m s FT , find the value of k.


given in the table below.
[5]
Time (minutes) 3–4 5–9 10 – 19 20 – 29 30 – 44
Number of students 2 7 16 21 9

(a). Calculate the mean time for the students to have lunch. [4]
(b). (i). Draw a histogram for the given data.

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 381 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 382
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

(ii). Use your histogram to estimate the modal time for the students to
have their lunch. [8] MARKING GUIDE
á cos k
SNo. Working Marks
«Sx y
á sin k U ~j
1
~
A non-uniform rod AB of mass 10 kg has its centre gravity at a distance an
Question 13:
T
20 cos 60° 10
b SK PSx y
20 sin 60° U 9.8j 10√3 U 9.8j
from n. The rod is smoothly hinged at a. It is maintained in equilibrium at 60° M1 B1
áj cos k
œSx y
angle to an. Calculate the magnitude and direction of the reaction at a. [12] áj sin k U 0.5~j A
to above the horizontal by a light inextensible string tied at B and at a right
~
20j cos 60°
SK P
20j sin 60° U 0.5 × 9.8j A
M1 M1
10j
Sx y
By plotting graphs of u S R and u S 4 sin R on the same axes, show that the
Question 14:
10j√3 U 4.9j A
root of the equation R U 4 sin R S 0 lies between 2 and 3.
B1

Hence use Newton Raphson’s method to find the root of the equation correct to 05

€ S 15, d S 0.4, e S 1 U 0.4 S 0.6


2 (a).
3 decimal places. [12]

Question 15: ÛVñ > 9W S ÛVñ 1 10W S 0.0338


The number of cows owned by residents in a village is assumed to be normally (b). M1 A1
distributed. 15% of the residents have less than 60 cows. 5% of the residents ÛV5 < ñ < 8W S ÛVñ S 6W + ÛVñ S 7W
S 0.2066 + 0.1771 S 0.3837
have over 90 cows.
(a). Determine the values of the mean and standard deviation of the cows.
M1 M1 A1
[8] 05
(b). If there are 200 residents, find how many have more than 80 cows. 3 (a).
[4]
R
cVRW uT
0.5 0.6 0.7

At 12 noon, a ship a is moving with constant velocity of 20.4 km hFT in the


Question 16: 2.25 1.43

uT U 2.25 0.6 U 0.5


direction ± k° ø, where tan k S . A second ship n is 15 km due north of a.
T
S
B1-mobile
½ 1.43 U 2.25 0.7 U 0.5
Ship n is moving with constant velocity of 5 km hFT in the direction | f° æ, uT S 0.5 × VU0.82W + 2.25 S 1.84
M1

When R S 0.6, cVRW S 1.84.


A1
where tan f S . If the shortest distance detween the ships is 4.2 km, find the
H
b (b).

R RA
time to the nearest minute when the distance between the ships is shrtest.

cVRW
[12] 0.5 0.7
2.25 1.43 0.75

RA U 0.5 0.75 U 2.25


S
0.7 U 0.5 1.43 U 2.25
***END***
75 71
M1
RA S × 0.2 + 0.5 S ≈ 0.866
41 82
When cVRW S 0.75, R S 0.866.
A1

Let ´Ã be the resultant force


05
4

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 383 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 384
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

ÛVa ∩ æW 1 1 3 1
ÛVa⁄æ W = =x × y÷ =
ÛVæW 2 2 4 3

R = 2.4, 2L S 0.05
05

1
6 B1
Upper limit S u²ÐL S + V2.4 + 0.05W S 2.8755
B1
V2.4 U 0.05W
S 2.9 V1 d. pW
M1 A1

1
Lower limit S u²)r S + V2.4 U 0.05W S 2.7582
V2.4 + 0.05W
S 2.8 V1 d. pW
M1 A1

4 0 U7 cos 45°
´Ã S K P + K P + K P
0 10 U7 sin 45°
05

4 U 3.5√2 ∑VÛAttH × æW
7 (a).
Sx y Weighted aggregate price index S × 100
M1-horizontal
10 U 3.5√2 ∑VÛAttA × æW
component
U0.9497 500 × 200 + 3000 × 18 + 2100 × 2 + 2200 × 15
SK PN S × 100
M1- vertical
5.0503 component
400 × 200 + 2500 × 18 + 2400 × 2 + 2000 × 15
Magnitude, |´Ã | S qVU0.9497WA + V5.0503WA ≈ 5.139 N 100000 + 54000 + 4200 + 33000
M1 M1
S × 100
80000 + 45000 + 4800 + 30000
M1 A1
191200
S × 100 S 119.65
05

1 1 159800
5 (a).
ÛVæ ⁄aW S , ÛVæ ⁄n W S 1 , ÛVaW S ÛVnW S
A1
2 2 ÛAttH
(b).
ÛVwhiteW S ÛVa ∩ æW + ÛVn ∩ æW ÝS × 100
= ÛVaW. ÛVæ ⁄aW + ÛVnW. ÛVæ ⁄n W ÛAttH
1 1 1 450000
= × + ×1 119.65 S × 100
2 2 2 ÛAttH
450000
M1
1 1 3
ÛAttH S × 100 S 376,096.95
M1 M1
= + = 119.65
4 2 4
A1
A1
ÛVa ∩ æW 1 3 1
(b).
ÛVa⁄æ W = = ÷ = è S 20 m s FT ,Û S 350 kW,
05
ÛVæW 4 4 3
Û 350000
8
⟹´S S S 17500 N
M1 A1

è 20
Alternatively:
B1
At maximum speed, acceleration is zero.

1 1 1 2 3
ÛVwhiteW S ÛVa ∩ æW + ÛVn ∩ æW = × + × =
2 2 2 2 4
(b).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 385 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 386
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

11 A
ÁXÄVñW S ­ R AÛVñ S RW U †øVñW‡A S 225Å U x y
3 M1
Ð L
225 11 A
14
S Ux y S ≈ 1.5556
15 3 9 B1 A1

12

6
10 (a).

 S 3 kg, ’ S ¶U36j A· N
54j
~

1 3
¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶U5· m,
¡£Ø
B1
0 S ¶3· m s FT
U1 0
~

’ 1 6 2
 S S ¶U36j A · S ¶U12j A ·
~
 3
54j
~
M1
18j
2 2j
« S û ¶U12j · Ëj S ¶U4j H · + Z
A
17500 U V1000 + 5000~ sin kW S 5000X
Resolving parallel to the plane gives:
~
18j 9j A
M1
16500 U 5000 × 9.8 sin k S 0 3
16500 U 49000 sin k S 0 When j S 0, « S 0 S ¶3·
M1 M1
16500 ~ ~
0
sin k S 3 3
49000
k S 19.68° ¶3· S 0 + Z, ⟹ Z S ¶3·
0 0
2j 3 2j + 3
B1

« S ¶U4j H · + ¶3· S ¶U4j H + 3·


~
9j A 0 9j A
A1

2j + 3 j A + 3j
05 B1

Þ S û ¶U4j H + 3· Ëj S ¶Uj b + 3j · + Z
9 (a).
~
R ÛVñ S RW RÛVñ S RW R A ÛVñ S RW 9j A 3j H
1
M1
Å Å Å When j S 0, Þ S £Ø ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶U5·
2Å 4Å 8Å B1-ÛVñ S RW U1
1
~

3Å 9Å 27Å 1 1
2

4Å 16Å 64Å B1-RÛVñ S RW ¶U5· S 0 + Z, ⟹ Z S ¶U5·


3

5Å 25Å 125Å U1 U1
4

15Å 55Å 225Å B1-R A ÛVñ S RW j A + 3j 1 j A + 3j + 1


5
Þ S ¶Uj b + 3j· + ¶U5· S ¶Uj b + 3j U 5·
B1
Total
U1
~
1 3j H 3j H U 1
­ ÛVñ S RW S 1, ⟹ 15Å S 1, ⟹ÅS When j S 1,
15 1+3+1 5
M1 B1 B1
Ð L
Þ S ¶U1 + 3 U 5· S ¶U3·
3U1
~
ÛV2 < ñ < 5W S ÛVñ S 3W + ÛVñ S 4W 2
(b).

7 1 5 6
S 3Å + 4Å S 7Å S ≈ 0.4667 ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗
Position vector S £Ø + Þ S ¶U5· + ¶U3· S ¶U8·
15
B1
U1
~
M1 A1 2 1
55 11
(c).
øVñW S ­ RÛVñ S RW S 55Å S S ≈ 3.6667 Distance from origin S q6A + VU8WA + 1A S √101 ≈ 10.05m
(b).
15 3
Ð L M1 A1 M1 A1
(d).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 387 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 388
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

M1 A1
12

Rr 3U2
11 (a).
ur S , ℎS S 0.2
Rr A U 3 5 B1 B1-horizontal

€ Rr ut , u½ uT , … ub
axis

0 2 2 B1-vertical axis

B1- Rr values
1 2.2 1.19565
2 2.4 0.86957 B2-bars

B1- Rr values
3 2.6 0.69149
4 2.8 0.57851 B1-attempting to
5 3 0.5 find mode
sums 2.5 3.33522

H
R 1
û ËR ≈ ℎ†Vut + u½ W + 2VuT + ⋯ + ub W‡
A VR A U 3W 2
1
≈ × 0.2†2.5 + 2 × 3.33522‡ S 0.91704
2
≈ 0.917 V3 d. pW
M1 B1 (ii). The estimated the modal time is 22. A1
A1 12

R 1 H
(b).
H
13
Actual value S û ËR S „ lnVR A
U 3W…
A VR U 3W 2
A
A
1 1
M1
S ln 6 U ln 1 S 0.896 V3 d. pW
2 2 M1 A1

Error made S |0.896 U 0.917| S 0.021


(c). (i).
M1 A1
(ii). The student can reduce the error by increasing the number
of sub-intervals. B1
B1-all forces
12 shown clearly
12 (a).

Class 3  3 ü 3⁄ü Class


boundaries
3–4 2 3.5 7 2 1 2.5 – 4.5 B1-R values

B1- cR values
5–9 7 7.0 49 5 1.4 4.5 – 9.5
10 – 19 16 14.5 232 10 1.6 9.5 – 19.5
3
B1- c ⁄Z values let, 5555 S Ñ,
an ⟹ 5555
a³ = an5555 = 0.75Ñ
20 – 29 21 24.5 514.5 10 2.1 19.5 – 29.5
4
30 – 44 9 37.0 333 15 0.6 29.5 – 44.5

B1- ∑ cR
Total 55 1135.5
 × Ñ = 10~ × 0.75Ñ sin 30°
Taking moments about A,

 = 10 × 9.8 × 0.75 sin 30° = 36.75 N


∑ cR 1135.5
(a). M1 M1

Mean time, RS S S 20.65


B1
∑c 55 ò +  cos 60° = 10~
Resolving vertically,
M1 A1
(b). (i).

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 389 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 390
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

ò + 36.75 cos 60° = 10 × 9.8 Rt S 2.64


ò = 79.625 N 2.64 U 4 sin 2.64
M1 M1
RT S 2.64 U S 2.48099
1 U 4 cos 2.64
B1 B1

ñ =  sin 60° = 36.75 sin 60° = 31.826N |RT U Rt | S |2.48099 U 2.64| S 0.15901 Ö 0.0005
Resolving horizontally,

2.48099 U 4 sin 2.48099


M1 B1
Reaction at A S qñ A + ò A S q31.826A + 79.625A ≈ 85.75 N RA S 2.48099 U S 2.47459
1 U 4 cos 2.48099
B1
ò 79.625
Direction S tanFT x y S tanFT x y |RA U RT | S |2.47459 U 2.48099| S 0.0064 Ö 0.0005
M1 A1
ñ 31.826 2.47459 U 4 sin 2.47459
B1
S 68.21° above the horizontal RH S 2.64 U S 2.47458
1 U 4 cos 2.47459
B1

|RH U RA | S |2.47458 U 2.47459| S 0.00001 < 0.0005


∴ Root = 2.475 V3 d. pW
12
14 (a). A1

R
4 sin R 3.64
2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 B1
12
3.23 2.70 2.06 1.34 0.56 B1
ÛVñ < 60W = 0.15, ⟹ ÛV( < UT W S 0.15
15 (a).

UT S 1.036, T = −1.036


60 − ô
B1
but, T = = −1.036, ⟹ 60 U ô S U1.036¥ → V1W
¥
Also, ÛVñ > 90W = 0.05, ⟹ ÛV( > A W S 0.05,
B1

⟹ A S 1.645
90 − ô
B1
but, A = = 1.645, ⟹ 90 U ô S 1.645¥ → V2W
¥
Equation V2W U V1W gives;
B1

30
B1-u S 4 sin R 30 S 2.681¥, ⟹¥S S 11.19
2.681
From equation V1W;
M1 A1
B1-u S R ô S 60 + 1.036¥ S 60 + 1.036 × 11.19 S 71.59
∴ Mean, ô S 71.59, Standard deviation, ¥ S 11.19
M1 A1
B1-axes
80 U 71.59
(b).
ÛVñ > 80W S Û x( > y S ÛV( > 0.752W
11.19
S 0.5 U 4V0.752W S 0.5 U 0.2740 S 0.226
M1-indicating
M1
where the root
Number of residents = 0.226 × 200 = 45.2
B1
is.
≈ 45 residents VtruncatedW
M1

or, ≈ 45 residents Vrounded offW


A1

1
12
k S tan x y = 11.3099°
FT
5
16

3
f = tan x y = 36.8699°
FT
cVRW S R U 4 sin R 4
For the hence part:

c ′ VRW S 1 U 4 cos R 0 0 0
 œo S œ Ÿ U œ   S K P U K PSK P km
cVRW S R U 4 sin R ,
cVRr W ~ ~ ~ 0 15 U15
RrNT S Rr U ′ , € S 0, 1, 2, … 20.4 sin 11.3099° −5 sin 36.8699°
c VRr W  «o S «Ÿ U «  S K P−K P
~ 20.4 cos 11.3099° −5 cos 36.8699°
Rr U 4 sin Rr ~ ~
7.00075
RrNT S Rr U =K P km h FT
1 U 4 cos Rr M1 B1 24.00385

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 391 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 392
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

0 7.00075
œo VjW S  œo + j  « o S K P+jK P
U15 24.00385
P425/1
~ ~ ~
7.00075j
SK P
PURE
24.00385j U 15
ª œo VjWª S qV7.00075jWA + V24.00385j U 15WA S 4.2
MATHEMATICS
~
PAPER 1
49.0105j A + 576.1848j A + 720.1155j + 225 S 17.64 Nov./Dec. 2016
625.1953j A + 720.1155j + 207.36 S 0 3 hours
U720.1155 ± qV720.1155WA U 4 × 625.1953 × 207.36
jS
2 × 625.1953
j S U0.5742, or, j S U0.5776 UGANDA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS BOARD
12 S.6 MATH 1 UNEB 2016
Time: 3 Hours
***END***
NAME: COMB:
INSTRUCTIONS:
 Answer all the eight questions in section A and only five questions in
section B.
 Show your working clearly.

Section A (40 Marks)


Answer all the questions in this section

A A
Qn 1: Without using mathematical tables or a calculator, find the value of:
Ž√5 U 2 U Ž√5 + 2
8√5
[5]

Qn 2: Find the angle between the lines 2R U u S 3 and 11R + 2u S 13. [5]

Qn 3: Evaluate: &O 10R√1 U R A ËR.


T
[5]
E

S 1 + u A given that u S 1when R S 0.


À¼
ÀL
Qn 4: Solve the equation [5]

Qn 5: Given that 2R A + 7R U 4, R A + 3R U 4 and 7R A + XR U 8 have a common

(a). factors of 2R A + 7R U 4 and R A + 3R U 4,


factor, find the:

(b). value of X in 7R A + XR U 8. [5]

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 393 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 394
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Qn 6: Solve the equation sin 2k + cos 2k cos 4k S cos 4k cos 6kfor Find: &
TN√L
ËR.
0≤k≤ .
 (a).
A √L
[3]
The gradient of the tangent at any point on a curve is U . The curve
b
[5] A¼
L
(b).
passes through the point V2, 4W. Find the equation of the curve.
Qn 7: Using small changes, show that V244W S 3
O
T
,
[9]
bt½
. [5]

Qn 8: The points aV2, U1, 0W, nVU2, 5, U4W and ³ are on a straight line such that (a). The points ÛVXjT A , 2XjT W and HVXjA A , 2XjA W are on the parabola
Question 14:

3Ÿ  S 2ŸÚ. Find the coordinates of ³. [5] u A S 4XR. OP is perpendicular to OQ, where O is the origin. Show
that jT jA + 4 S 0.
(b). The normal to the rectangular hyperbola Ru S 8 at a point V4, 2W meets
[4]

Section B (60 Marks) the asymptotes at M and N. Find the length of MN. [8]
Answer any five questions from this section. All questions carry equal marks.
Question 15:

(a). If (T S , find |(T U (A |. 1


Question 9:
and (A S
A) HNA)
(a). Prove by induction:
TNH) ½ 1 × 3 + 2 × 4 + ⋯ + €V€ + 2W S €V€ + 1WV2€ + 7W
6
[6]
(b). Given the complex number ( S R + u,
N) for all integral values of €. [6]
NA
(i). find .
(b). A man deposits shs. 150,000 at the beginning of every year in a micro-
N)
NA
(ii). show that the locus of is a straight line when its imaginary part finance bank with the understanding that at the end of seven years, he is
is zero. State the gradient of the line. [6] paid back his money with 5% per annum compound interest. How much
does he receive? [6]

(a). Solve the equation cos 2R S 4 cosA R U 2 sinA Rfor 0° ≤ R ≤ 180°. [6]
Question 10:

(a). If R A + 3u A S Å, where Å is a constant, find at the point V1, 2W. [4]


Question 16:
À¼
(b). Show that if sinVR + fW S Û sinVR U fW then: tan R S K P tan f. Hence
âNT
ÀL
(b). A rectangular field of area 7200 mA is said to be fenced using a wire
âFT
solve the euation sinVR + 20°W S 2 sinVR U 20°Wfor
0° ≤ R ≤ 360°. [6] mesh. On one side of the field, is a straight river. This side of the field is
not to be fenced. Find the dimensions of the field that will minimize the
Question 11: amount of wire mesh to be used. [8]

Given that R S TNl Iand S TNl I , find ÀL E .


lE lI ÀE¼
[12] ***END***

Question 12:

3R U u +  S 2, and, R + 5u + 2 S 6.
(a). Line A is the intersection of two planes whose equations are

(b). Given that line B is perpendicular to the plane 3R U u +  S 2 and passes


Find the Cartesian equation of the line. [5]

through the point ³V1, 1, 0W, find the:


(i). Cartesian equation of line B.
(ii). angle between line B and line A in (a) above. [7]

Question 13:

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 395 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 396
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1 0
MARKING GUIDE
T t

û 10R q1 U R A ËR S û 10Rá × Ëá
SNo. Working Marks
A A
Ž√5 U 2 U Ž√5 + 2 Ž√5 U 2 U √5 U 2Ž√5 U 2 + √5 + 2 O √I R
S
1
E E
8√5 8√5 t
U10 H t
M1 M1-
U4 × 2√5 S U û 10á A Ëá S „ á …√I
3
numerator
S S U1
√I

8√5
E E
H
10 √3
B1 B1 A1
S 0+ ק ¨
3 2
for, 2R U u S 3, ⟹ T S 2 10 3√3
05

11 S ×
2 B1
for, 11R + 2u S 13, ⟹ A S U S U5.5 3 8
2 5√3
T U A S ≈ 2.1651
B1
tan k S 4
1 + T A
2 U VU5.5W Ëu
tan k S
05

1 + 2 × VU5.5W S 1 + uA
ËR
4
tan k S U0.75 Ëu
M1

k S 143.1301° û S û 1 ËR
B1
A1 1 + uA
tanFT u S R + Z
M1

But u S 1 when R S 0,
M1

Ë 3
05
tanFT 1 S 0 + Z
I O

but, V1 U R A W S U2R × V1 U R A W
E E
Í
3
ËR 2 B1
ZS
Ë 10 10 4
I O

V1 U R A W × S U3RV1 U R A W × Í
E E

tanFT u S R +
B1-must be in
ËR U3 U3
4
B1
10 Ë
radians
Í
I O

U û V1 U R A W ËR S û 10RV1 U R A W ËR u S tan KR + P
E E B1
3 ËR 4
T
T
10
I

û 10R q1 U R A ËR S ÉU V1 U R AW Ê
A1
E

O 3
05
O M1
E E
10 2R A + 7R U 4 S 2R A + 8R U R U 4
5 (a).
I

SU §0 U V0.75W ¨
E

3 S 2RVR + 4W U VR + 4W
S V2R U 1WVR + 4W
10 3√3
M1

S U §0 U ¨
B1

3 8 R A + 3R U 4 S R A + 4R U R U 4
5√3 S RVR + 4W U VR + 4W
S ≈ 2.1651 S VR U 1WVR + 4W
4
A1
B1

á S q1 U R A The common factor is VR + 4W,


ALT: (b).
let,
let, cVRW S 7R A + XR U 8
B1
áA S 1 U R A
Ëá cVU4W S 7VU4WA + XVU4W U 8 S 0
2á S U2R 112 U 4X U 8 S 0
M1
ËR
Uá 104 S 4X
ËR S Ëá
R X S 26 A1

R á sin 2k + cos 2k cos 4k S cos 4k cos 6k


05

1 √3 sin 2k S cos 4k cos 6k U cos 2k cos 4k


6

2 2 sin 2k S cos 4k Vcos 6k U cos 2kW B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 397 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 398
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

sin 2k S cos 4k VU2 sin 4k sin 2kW  + 3 U 3 U 2


S
sin 2k + 2 sin 4k sin 2k cos 4k S 0 5
B1

sin 2k V1 + 2 sin 4k cos 4kW S 0 1


M1
SU 
sin 2k V1 + sin 8kW S 0 5
sin 2k S 0, or, V1 + sin 8kW S 0 1 1
B1 B1
|(T U (A | S ©U © S
for, sin 2k S 0, 2k S 0°, ⟹ k S 0° 5 5
for, V1 + sin 8kW S 0, 8k S 270°, ⟹ k S 33.75°
∴ k S 0°, 33.75° (+ R + u + 
(b). (i). M1 A1
S
33.75Í ( + 2 R + u + 2
k S 0, †R + Vu + 1W‡†VR + 2W U u‡
180
B1

3Í S
†VR + 2W + u‡†VR + 2W U u‡
A1
k S 0,
16 VR A + 2RW U Ru + VRu + 2u + R + 2W + Vu A + uW
M1
S
05 VR + 2WA + u A
u + Çu ≈ VR + ÇRW, S V243 + 1W, VR A + u A + 2R + uW + V2u + R + 2W
O O
let,
S
7 M1
u S R S V243W S 3, VR + 2WA + u A
O O
, , ÇR S 1 B1-both u and
Ëu 1 Q , 1 1 1 1 ÇR values
ä ä
B1
Q
S R S V243W S × S 2u + R + 2
,
(ii).
ËR 5 5 5 81 405 Imaginary part S S0
Ëu 1 1 VR + 2WA + u A
B1
Çu ≈ × ÇR S ×1S 2u + R + 2 S 0
ËR 405 405
M1
1 1 1
u SU RU1
B1
V243W, ≈ u + Çu S 3 +
O
S3 2
405 405
The locus is in the form u S R + Z hence a straight line.
M1 A1 A1
1
Gradient S U
3Ÿ  S 2ŸÚ 2
05

U2 2 2
8 A1
3 ¹¶ 5 · U ¶U1·º S 2 ¹£Ú ¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ U ¶U1·º
U4 0 0
M1 12

U12 4 cos 2R S 4 cos A R U 2 sinA R


10 (a).
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗
¶ 18 · S 2£Ú U ¶U2· cos 2R S 2V1 + cos 2RW U V1 U cos 2RW
U12 0 cos 2R S 2 + 2 cos 2R U 1 + cos 2R
B1 B1
U8
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ 0 S 1 + 2 cos 2R
¶ 16 · S 2£Ú
cos 2R S U0.5
M1 B1
U12
2R S 120°, 240°
B1
1 U8 U4
¡¡¡¡¡¡⃗ S ¶ 16 · S ¶ 8 ·
£Ú R S 60°, 120°
B1

2
A1
U12 U6
M1 B1

∴ ³VU4, 8, U6W sinVR + fW S Û sinVR U fW


A1 (b).

sin R cos f + cos R sin f S ÛVsin R cos f U cos R sin fW


Dividing throughout by cos R cos f gives:
B1

tan R + tan f S Û tan R U Û tan f


05

2 3 + 2 tan f + Û tan f S Û tan R U tan R


9 (a). M1
(T U (A S U tan f V1 + ÛW S tan R VÛ U 1W
1 + 3 5
2V1 U 3W 3 + 2 1+Û
S U tan f x y S tan R
V1 + 3WV1 U 3W 5 ÛU1
2 + 6 3 + 2 Û+1
M1
S U ⟹ tan R S x y tan f , hence shown
1+9 5 ÛU1
2 + 6 3 + 2
B1
S U sinVR + 20°W S 2 sinVR U 20°W
For the hence part,
10 5
 + 3 3 + 2 By comparison, f S 20°, Û S 2.
S U
5 5
B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 399 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 400
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

Û+1
tan R S x y tan f 16 U 7
ÛU1
2+1 RS ⟶ V4W
tan R S x y tan 20° 16
2U1
M1 B1

tan R S 1.0919 7u U 2 16 U 7
The Cartesian equation of line A is
RS S
R S tanFT 1.0919 S 47.52°, 227.52° 5 16
M1 A1 B1

3
(b). (i).

ËR V1 + j HWV2jW U j A V3j A W Direction vector, » S ¶U1·


12
S 1
~
V1 + j HWA
11
Ëj
B1
1
2j + 2j U 3j b 2j U j b jV2 U j H W
M1 M1
b
S S S Position vector S ¶1·
V1 + j H WA V1 + j H WA V1 + j H WA B1
0 B1
Ëu V1 + j H WV3j A W U j H V3j A W
S RU1 uU1
Cartesian equation of line B is
Ëj V1 + j H WA S S
M1 M1
3j A + 3j ½ U 3j ½ 3j A 3 U1
S S
B1

V1 + j H WA V1 + j H WA
B1 (ii).
Ëu Ëu Ëj 3j A V1 + j H WA 3j 7u U 2 16 U 7
S × S × S
For line A,

ËR Ëj ËR V1 + j W H A jV2 U j H W V2 U j H W RS S
5 16
ËA u Ë 3j Ëj 7u U 2 7 U 16
M1 B1
S „ …× RS S
ËR A Ëj V2 U j H W ËR 5 U16
V2 U j H WV3W U V3jWVU3j AW V1 + j HWA 1 1 7
S × »  S ¶ 5⁄7 · S ¶ 5 ·
V2 U j H WA jV2 U j H W 7
~
U16⁄7 U16
M1 M1 B1
6 U 3j + 9j
H H V1 + j HWA
S × 3
V2 U j H WA jV2 U j H W » S ¶U1·
V6 + 6j WV1 + j H WA
H ~
1
S 7 3
jV2 U j H WH
6V1 + j H WV1 + j H WA »Ÿ . »  S ¶ 5 · . ¶U1· S 21 U 5 U 16 S 0
M1 B1
S ~ ~
U16 1
jV2 U j H WH
B1
∴ k S 90°
6V1 + j H WH
A1
S
jV2 U j H WH 12
A1
1 + √R 1 √R 1 E 1
13 (a).
QO

û ËR S û § + ¨ ËR S û § R + ¨ ËR
12

3R U u +  S 2 ⟶ V1W 2√R 2√R 2√R 2 2


12 (a). B1

R + 5u + 2 S 6 ⟶ V2W 1
O

SR + R+Z
E

2 × V1W U V2W gives: 2


M1
6R U 2u + 2 S 4 1
S √R + R + Z
U ® R + 5u + 2 S 6 ® 2
5R U 7u S U2
M1 A1
let, á S √R
ALT:

7u U 2 áA S R
RS ⟶ V3W Ëá
5 2á S1
ËR
B1

5 × V1W + V2W gives: ËR S 2á Ëá


15R U 5u + 5 S 10 1 + √R 1+á
+ ® R + 5u + 2 S 6 ® û ËR S û × 2á Ëá
2 √R 2á
16R + 7z S 16
M1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 401 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 402
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1 uU4 1
ûV1 + áW Ëá S á + á A + Z S
2 RU2 2
1 1
S √R + R + Z uU4S RU1
2 2
B1

assymptotes are, u S ±R
Ëu 2u For the asymptote u S R
(b). B1
SU 1
ËR R RU4S RU1
Ëu ËR 2
û S Uû 1
2u R
M1
RS3
1 2
M1
ln u S U ln R + Z RS6
2
At point V2, 4W, ∴ îV6, 6W
B1 B1

1 For the asymptote u S UR


B1
ln 4 S U ln 2 + Z 1
2 UR U 4 S R U 1
ln 2 S U ln 2 + Z 2
Z S 2 ln 2 U3
RS3
M1

1 2
ln u S U ln R + 2 ln 2 R S U2
2
B1

ln u S U2 ln R + 4 ln 2 ∴ ±VU2, 2W
ln u S lnV16R FA W length î± S qVU2 U 6WA + V2 U 6WA S √80 ≈ 8.9443 units
M1 B1
16
B1 M1 A1
uS A
R
M1
R A u S 16
12

1
B1 15 (a).
1 × 3 + 2 × 4 + ⋯ + €V€ + 2W S €V€ + 1WV2€ + 7W
6
For € S 1,
12

z. {. | S 1 × 3 S 3
14 (a).
1
iâ × ij S U1 }. {. | S × 1 × 2 × 9 S 3
For perpendicular lines,

6
B1
2XjT U 0 2XjA U 0
× S U1 True for € S 1.
XjT A U 0 XjA A U 0 For € S 2,
2XjT 2XjA
M1 M1

× S U1 z. {. | S 1 × 3 + 2 × 4 S 11
XjTA XjA A 1
4 }. {. | S × 2 × 3 × 11 S 11
S U1 6
B1
jT jA True for € S 2.
4 S UjTjA Suppose it’s true for € S Å, the series becomes:
jT jA + 4 S 0, as required 1
1 × 3 + 2 × 4 + ⋯ + ÅVÅ + 2W S ÅVÅ + 1WV2Å + 7W
6
B1
Ë Ë For € S VÅ + 1W,
(b).
VRuW S V8W
B1-assumption

ËR ËR 1
Ëu }. {. | S VÅ + 1WVÅ + 2WV2Å + 9W
u+R S0 6
ËR
Ëu Uu
M1
z. {. | S ý1 × 3 + 2 × 4 + ⋯ + ÅVÅ + 2Wþ + VÅ + 1WVÅ + 3W
S 1
ËR R
At point V2, 4W, S ÅVÅ + 1WV2Å + 7W + VÅ + 1WVÅ + 3W
6
U4 ÅVÅ + 1WV2Å + 7W + 6VÅ + 1WVÅ + 3W
Gradient of tangent S S U2 S
M1
2 6
U1 1 1
Gradient of normal S S S VÅ + 1WV2Å + 7Å + 6Å + 18W
A
U2 2 6
Equation of the normal at point V2, 4W is,
B1

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 403 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 404
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

1 7200
S VÅ + 1WV2Å A + 13Å + 18W Ñ S 2R +
6 R
1 ËÑ 7200
M1
S VÅ + 1WV2Å A + 4Å + 9Å + 18W S2U A
6 ËR R
M1

1 For minimum length of wire, ÀL S 0


À
M1
S VÅ + 1WV2ÅVÅ + 2W + 9VÅ + 2WW
6 7200
1 2U A S0
S VÅ + 1WV2Å + 9WVÅ + 2W R
6 7200
B1
True for € S VÅ + 1W. 2S A
M1
Since its true for € S 1, € S 2, € S Å and € S VÅ + 1W, then it’s R
R A S 3600
true for all positive integers of €.
R S 60 m
7200
} S 5, Û S 150,000, € S 7 years uS S 120 m
(b). A1
B 60
} r
Total amount, a.`.BL S ­ ar , where ar S Û x1 + y
100
The dimensions are 60 m by 120 m. M1 A1
B1 B1
T
⟹ a.`.BL S aT + aA + ⋯ + aB 12
S ۆV1 + 0.05WT + V1 + 0.05WA + ⋯ + V1 + 0.05WB ‡
S ۆ1.05 + 1. 05A + ⋯ + 1. 05B ‡
M1
XVÄ r U 1W
S ÛÉ Ê , where X S Ä S 1.05
***END***

ÄU1
B1

1.05V1.05B U 1W
∴ a.`.BL S 150,000 É Ê S 1,282,366.331
1.05 U 1
M1 M1 A1

12

R A + 3u A S Å
16 (a).

Ëu
2R + 6u S0
ËR
Ëu U2R R
M1
S SU
ËR 6u 3u
At a point V1, 2W,
B1

Ëu 1 1
SU SU
ËR 3×2 6 M1 A1

Let R and u be the dimensions.


(b).

Area, a S Ru S 7200
7200
uS
R
B1
length of wire, Ñ S 2R + u

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 405 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 406
A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018 A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAST PAPER WITH MARKING GUIDES 2018

OTHER BOOKS BY THE SAME AUTHOR


• MASTERING A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAPER 1.

• MASTERING A-LEVEL MATHEMATICS PAPER 2.

• MASTERING A-LEVEL SUBSIDIARY MATHEMATICS PAPER 1.

• MASTERING A-LEVEL PHYSICS PAPER 1.

• MASTERING A-LEVEL PHYSICS PAPER 2.

• TERMLY O-LEVEL MATH PAPER 1 & 2 PAST PAPERS WITH MARKING


GUIDES.

• TERMLY A-LEVEL SUBSIDIARY MATH PAPER 1 PAST-PAPERS WITH


MARKING GUIDES.

• U.A.C.E MATH 1 & 2 TOPICAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS.

• U.C.E MATH 1 & 2 TOPICAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS.

• U.A.C.E PHYSICS 1 & 2 TOPICAL QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS.

© Compiled By Walugada Ronald.


Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 407 © Compiled By Walugada Ronald.
Ronald. Tel: +256 704 989 851/
851/ +256 785 609 713.
713. Ndejje SSS . Page 408

You might also like